30 September 1987

2 FM 19-10
DISTRIBUTION RESTRICTION: Approved for public release; distribution is unlimited.
FM 19-10 3
4 FM 19-10
*FM 19-10
Field Manual HEADQUARTERS
No. 19-10 DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY
Washington, DC, 30 September 1987

MILITARY POLICE LAW AND ORDER OPERATIONS

Preface
One of the most important missions the Army has is to maintain its
readiness. Unit readiness rests on the morale, discipline, and training of its
soldiers. It rests equally on having quality soldiers and their families feel
good about life in the Army community. Our soldiers and their families must
have a safe and secure environment in which to live, work, and train. The
military police (MP) accept that challenge daily.
MP protect the Army’s assets through active physical security measures.
And MP undertake a vigorous economic crime program. They guard the
Army’s people and installations against terrorist threats. Their initiatives
in crime prevention and family advocacy and their “work friendly” attitude
show they care about soldiers and their families. MP unstintingly fulfill
their law and order mission, knowing it to be vital to the Army’s success in
combat.
This field manual (FM) discusses each element of the MP law and order
mission. It addresses law enforcement operations, investigations,
confinement of US military prisoners, and terrorism counteraction. This
FM will assist MP in understanding how each of these elements is an
essential part of their law and order mission. Commanders will find it useful
in understanding how MP help support the fulfillment of command
responsibilities.
Because many aspects of the MP law and order mission are undertaken
largely to provide a safe environment for the total Army community, much
of the discussion in this FM is devoted to MP law and order responsibilities
in a peacetime environment.
The proponent of this publication is Headquarters, US Army Training
and Doctrine Command (TRADOC). Submit changes for improving this
publication on Department of the Army (DA) Form 2028 (Recommended
Changes to Publications and Blank Forms) and forward it to Commandant,
US Army Military Police School, ATTN: ATZN-MP-DML, Fort McClellan,
Alabama 36205-5030.
Unless otherwise stated, whenever the masculine gender is used both men
and women are included.

*This publication supersedes FM 19-10, 30 September 1976.

1
PART ONE
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

The MP Corps provides the Army a wide In a peacetime environment MP conduct
range of diverse support. On the battlefield extensive law and order operations. These
MP provide commanders combat, combat operations support commanders’ order and
support, and combat service support. Both discipline in the field and on installations
“an Arm and a Service,” the MP Corps plays around the world. The performance of these
an important role in battle. But MP also play operations impacts even beyond the
an important role in supporting commanders maintenance of law and order. Many
beyond the successful resolution of battle. peacetime law and order operations and
subelements embody basic methods,
Through their law and order mission MP measures, and techniques MP use to carry out
continue their active support of Army their BCC and area security missions. For
commanders by ensuring the existence of the example, operating a traffic control post
lawful and orderly environment units need to (TCP) is a measure basic to the MP missions
maintain combat readiness. MP performing of BCC and area security. Operating TCPs is
law and order operations extend the also basic to the MP law and order mission.
commander’s command and control. They MP conducting law and order operations in a
aid commanders in obtaining and peacetime environment are consistently
maintaining combat proficiency. They exercising battlefield skills.
prevent diversion of military resources. They
suppress the chance for criminal behavior; In peacetime as well as in combat MP
they protect and assist the military provide commanders with a well-armed,
community. And they help commanders communications-intensive, and highly
ensure US forces are disciplined troops of mobile asset. While combat ready, the MPs’
high morale. professional orientation ensures their ability
to operate with restraint and authority,
In a theater of operations MP conduct law within probable cause, and with a minimum
and order operations only when the combat use of force. This makes MP ideally suited as
commander requires it and when battle a response force in civil confrontations or
intensity permits. During intense continuous disorders, in terrorist counteractions, and in
combat, like that expected near a main battle low-intensity conflicts in a noncombat area.
area or in a developing theater of operations, Away from conflict, wherever US forces are
MP are most needed to expedite and conserve located, the MP Corps is the protector and
vital resources for combat forces. In intense assistor of the military community. MP
combat the commander’s priority of need is efforts are directed to ensuring a lawful and
most often for MP combat and combat orderly environment. MP help ensure
support operations. MP are employed more commanders have troops, equipment, and
often for battlefield circulation control (BCC), supplies when and where they need them to
area security, and enemy prisoner of war maintain readiness. By their efforts to
(EPW) operations and less often for law and preserve the law, MP help the commander
order operations. But a commander’s need for ensure a high standard of order and
law and order operations depends on the discipline within the commander’s units. By
tactical situation. And it depends on the level their efforts to assist and protect the military
of command involved and the location of the community, MP help ensure a high level of
command on the battlefield. well-being among the commander’s troops.

FM 19-10 5
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

MP provide commanders with the support MP confine US military prisoners. MP take
they need wherever and whenever it is counteractions against terrorism. And
needed. In peace and war MP help always, MP are prepared to quickly expand
commanders ensure a lawful and orderly their law and order operations into their
military environment. MP enforce laws. MP full-scale battlefield range of combat, combat
investigate disorders and suspected crimes. support, and combat service support operations.

Military police help the commander get his people, supplies, and equipment where he needs them
when he needs them. MP help relieve the commander’s burden of providing security and protection for
critical persons, facilities, and equipment. MP are the initial response force to criminal and enemy
attempts to demoralize, terrorize, or sabotage the military community or its operation. MP relieve
commanders of the responsibility for detaining and safeguarding prisoners and MP reduce
opportunities for crime. Only the magnitude and purpose inherent in each operation changes from
peace to war.

6 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 1
The Provost Marshal’s Law and Order Purview

T he provost marshal (PM) for each CONTENTS
command is that command’s advisor on MP
combat, combat support, and combat service Page
support operations. IMPLEMENTING MP OPERATIONS. . . . . . . . ...9
In a theater of operations and in tactical ORGANIZING THE PM OFFICE . . . . . . . . . . . . ...9
units the senior MP officer at each echelon is
the commander’s advisor for MP operations. Military Police Company . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...9
He is a member of the command’s special Operations Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...10
staff. For example, the theater army PM is Administrative Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..l2
the theater’s senior MP. He is responsible for Physical Secruity/Crime
staff supervision of MP matters at theater Prevention Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...12
army level. In theater army area commands Absentee/Deserter
(TAACOMs) and corps, the MP brigade Apprehension Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...13
commanders are their commands’ PM. As Juvenile Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...14
PMs they serve on their commanders’ special Installation Confinement Facility . . . . . . . ...15
staff as planners for MP operations. At Military Police Investigation
division level the senior MP officer is the Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...15
division PM. Patrol Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...16
On military installations outside a theater Game Warden . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...16
of operations the installation PM is the Traffic Section . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...16
installation commander’s advisor for MP law Military Working Dog Section . . . . . . . . . ...16
and order operations. As the chief law Special Reaction Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...16
enforcement officer on the installation the
PM provides the installation commander
with professional and technical advice
concerning law and order objectives, policies, Provides staff supervision for the
and directives. installation confinement facility.
The installation PM— If an Office of Command Provost Marshal
is established, the command PM would, in
Advises the commander and staff about addition to the above, be responsible for
MP abilities. command and control of operations to
Prepares plans and policies. include administration, logistics, training,
and administering of military justice for all
Directs and reviews MP operations. assigned and attached MP units in the
Maintains liaison with United States command.
Army Criminal Investigation Command On installations the commander
(USACIDC) support elements. determines the degree of law and order
Assists and supervises interaction of needed to support order and discipline. The
supporting and supported units. PM advises the commander on the means
Coordinates with civilian law enforcement and methods needed to achieve the
agencies, allied forces, and host nation commander’s needs. The PM implements the
(HN) military and civil police. commander’s law and order policies and

FM 19-10 7
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

plans. The PM ensures MP plans and civilian police. Civilian police are normally
operations supporting the commander’s plan led and directed by persons with many years
are carried out. The PM recommends when of experience in dealing with people and law
and where to concentrate the command’s MP enforcement. In coordination with the local
assets. The PM supervises MP support on the civilian police executive, the PM establishes
installation or within the command’s area of policies to guide MP when dealing with
operation. The PM coordinates matters of MP civilian police. For example, sometimes direct
concern on a daily basis. telephone lines for liaison are established
The PM keeps the commander advised on between an MP station and a civil police
MP operations. The PM ensures that MP station. Arrangements may be made for the
provide protection and assistance to the use of the civil police radios and their
military community. The PM ensures MP telephone call box facilities. But use
enforce laws with objectivity. And the PM ordinarily is limited to emergencies or special
sets the example in community relations that situations, and care is taken not to overload
reflect and enhance the MP image. the civil police networks. (Requests for this
type of service are coordinated with the local
The PM establishes command and control communications-electronics officer or civil
procedures to effectively manage MP affairs officer.) MP must be familiar with the
resources and provide law enforcement when civilian police department’s manual of
and where needed. The PM’s management procedures.
and contingency planning are the key When MP are assigned to work directly
elements to ensuring effective law and order with foreign national police, their actions are
operations. governed by the prevailing status of forces
Planning MP support is a continuous agreements. The PM ensures that MP
process at every echelon. In the absence of maintain a professional attitude and that
specific directions or orders, the PM plans the they are not critical of how other nations do
use of MP assets. The PM evaluates current things.
operations and projects future courses of
action. The PM bases his plans on Large installations may have a deputy
assumptions consistent with sound judgment provost marshal (DPM). The DPM may aid
and a thorough knowledge of the situation the PM by supervising general MP activities
and mission. and services. The DPM may manage
physical security, crime prevention, and
The PM ensures MP planning is practical investigations for the PM office. Often a DPM
and flexible. The PM ensures that plans are makes work assignments and reviews work
coordinated with staff sections and for compliance with policies, standards, and
subordinate commands. And the PM ensures regulations. The DPM may review and
plans reflect manpower and resources needed improve work methods, organizational
by MP. (This includes needs for command structure, and position assignment to achieve
and control, fire support, equipment, and
supplies. It also includes construction, optimum efficiency. The DPM may manage
communication, transportation, and the civilians assigned to the PM office. The
aviation support.) As new information is DPM can assist subordinate supervisors in
received, the PM reviews, updates, and meeting civilian personnel requirements.
modifies plans. The PM ensures that the The DPM can ensure issues like merit promo-
commanders get the MP support they need. tion, performance appraisals, equal employ-
ment opportunity, career development, and
The PM ensures that MP show mutual labor-management relations are addressed.
respect and maintain a professional, working The DPM often writes job descriptions,
relationship when working with local counsels civilians, and communicates with

8 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

the civilian personnel office to obtain further enforcement operations, commercial
guidance on managing civilian personnel. activities programs, and reserve component
The DPM may also manage civil law support for the PM office.

IMPLEMENTING MP OPERATIONS
The primary focus of MP law and order must know where hospitals, fire
operations on a military installation is the departments, and neighboring police
MP station. MP station personnel implement agencies are located. MP are careful not to
the PM’s plans and operations. provide restricted police information or
MP stations are the center of activity for all classified military information to
MP functions, especially law enforcement. A unauthorized persons. But when information
station should be located as near as possible or assistance by the public is requested, MP
to a point that provides effective direction determine exactly what is wanted. Then they
give a clear and concise answer. If MP do not
and centralized control of all MP operational have an answer, every effort is made to
elements. Wherever possible, existing obtain the answer. Or the person is referred to
facilities are used for the MP station. But an appropriate agency to obtain assistance.
consideration is given to the mission,
available transportation route, communica- The PM provides information to information
tions facilities, and proximity to troops or centers. This information is similar to that
facilities. Commanders may establish MP available from the MP station. Information
stations in any area where the incident rate centers may be located in transportation
or offense experience indicates a need for a centers, centers of troop concentrations, main
permanent MP presence. traffic routes, or gates of military
installations.
The MP station operates 24 hours a day, 7
days a week to provide law enforcement The MP station may also operate any
assistance and information whenever number of substations depending on
needed. The general public invariably turns distance, volume of activity, or mission
to the MP for assistance and information. requirements. MP functions center around
When dealing with the public, MP must be patrol operations, traffic control,
able to provide the correct information absentee/deserter return to military control,
needed. And they must be courteous when apprehension/detention of offenders, and
providing assistance and information. MP control and accountability of evidence. (See
posts and patrols often have available maps Appendix A for more information on MP
of the post or city to provide the public. MP stations.)

ORGANIZING THE PM OFFICE
In a theater of operations PM functions continental US (OCONUS) as well as in the
are under a table of organization and continental US.
equipment (TOE) (IAW AR 310-31). On
installations PM functions are organized MILITARY POLICE COMPANY
under a table of distribution and allowances The MP company provides command
(TDA) (IAW AR 5-3). A TDA may contain management, administrative support, and
civilian and military positions, whereas a logistics for assigned military personnel. The
TOE contains only military positions. And a MP company provides discipline, house -
TDA organization can be tailored to suit the keeping, welfare activities, and food services. It
needs of a particular MP organization. A also provides training (see Appendix B for
TDA organization can be used outside the information on MP firearms qualification).

FM 19-10 9
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

OPERATIONS SECTION observation of confinement facilities when
All MP stations have an operations occupied.
. He receipts
. for and secures .personal
section. This section is the primary control effects of offenders and prepares required
point for all MP operations. The pivotal duty reports. He maintains DA Form 3997
position of desk sergeant is part of the (Military Police Desk Blotter) and DA Form
operations section. The desk sergeant is the 1594 (Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s
key individual in this hub of operations. He Log). And he prepares DD Form 460
receives and records complaints. He provides (Provisional Pass). He obtains medical aid
quick response to calls for assistance where for an offender, complainant, or witness who
crimes have been committed. He ensures is physically ill or who seems to be in shock,
traffic is controlled and that traffic accidents in a coma, or heavily intoxicated. The desk
are investigated. He informs the PM of sergeant maintains communications with
serious incidents that deal with personnel, patrols, directs actions of patrols, and
installation security, threats to military reviews patrol reports. And he furnishes
operations, and so forth. He processes, information, as authorized, to military
detains, feeds, and prepares disposition of personnel and the public. He keeps the duty
offenders. And he maintains continual officer informed of pertinent matters and

10 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

dispatches reserves in the absence of the duty military and civilian communities served.
officer. The desk sergeant maintains a lost The operations section provides support to all
and found property service, or coordinates installation contingency plans. It plans for
this service with the adjutant section, as the use of resources and provides operational
directed by local regulations. Also in the control of the special reaction team (SRT).
operations section is the radio operator who The operations section maintains control of
operates the communications net control all MP investigations, criminal intelligence
station. Some station operations sections data collection, and physical security
have subelements for administration, operations. The operations section ensures
communications, and records and reports. all traffic operations are coordinated,
planned, and directed in coordination with
The operations section ensures all law the traffic section. Entry and exit of the
enforcement and investigative activities are installation is controlled by the operations
implemented, coordinated, and controlled as section. The operations section dispatches
directed by the PM. This section ensures that patrols, maintains communications with
police liaison and public relations activities patrols, establishes traffic control points, and
are established and maintained with the mans these points, as required.

FM 19-10 11
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

The operations section establishes patrol conducts research to include multiyear
areas, policies, and responsibilities for MP planning and budget and manpower
personnel while on duty. Personnel projections; it is responsible for
requirements and employment of the implementing the automated Offense
supporting MP company are determined in Reporting System (ORS) and the Vehicle
coordination with the supporting unit. The Registration System (VRS). (See DA Pam 5-3
daily required distribution of personnel is for information on work method techniques.)
determined the operations section. The
number of personnel by grade, job The administrative section prepares
assignment, and required skill is given to the serious incident reports (SIRS) for the PM.
MP unit commander as soon as the Serious incidents are communicated through
requirement is known. the chain of command to ensure commanders
are knowledgeable of such events. SIRS will
The operations section determines MP be processed in accordance with Army
training requirements and recommends them Regulation (AR) 190-40 and AR 27-50.
to the MP unit commander. The operations
section serves as an evaluation center for MP The PM ensures that the commander is
personnel to determine additional training notified when such incidents occur.
and equipment requirements. These Procedures for notifying the chain of
requirements are furnished to the supporting command of incidents and their seriousness
MP company. Job site training is coordinated are usually set by the installation
between the PM and unit commander to commander. Often this is done during his
facilitate continuous development of inbriefing with the PM. The PM ensures the
technical skills of assigned personnel. intent of the commander’s directives are
Inexperienced personnel are paired with reflected in the standing operating procedure
experienced personnel. Duty assignments (SOP). The SOP outlines the notification
must be appropriate to grades. If personnel procedures to be used by the desk sergeant
are not qualified for assignments in and MP duty officer (MPDO). The PM
accordance with their grades, training must ensures that information is factual and
be initiated to correct the deficiencies before passed on in its entirety. The SOP provides
individuals perform such duties. the immediacy in which the installation
commander will be notified. Generally, the
In some stations other sections, like MP commander is given the facts of the case
investigation, absentee/deserter apprehen- verbally as soon as possible. The commander
sion, protective services (when authorized), is given a copy of the military police report
juvenile, military working dog (MWD), and (MPR) which contains all information
wildlife conservation enforcement, may be relevant to the SIR.
organized to operate independently of the
operations section, but they maintain close PHYSICAL SECURITY/CRIME
coordination.
PREVENTION SECTION
ADMINISTRATIVE SECTION The physical security/crime prevention
section oversees the installation’s physical
The administrative section performs all security and crime prevention programs. The
administrative functions for the PM office. section coordinates policies and procedures
This section maintains administrative for these programs. It ensures that the
liaison with other staff sections and the programs are administered and maintained.
National Crime Information Center (NCIC). The personnel in this section help unit
It maintains files and safeguards classified commanders and staff sections formulate
documents. It controls correspondence, and administer security plans and
records, and forms. This section plans and procedures and crime prevention programs.

12 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

MP in the crime prevention section support safeguard personnel, materiel, and
the commander in his responsibility for equipment. These include lock and key
ensuring the welfare of members of the control; protective barriers, lighting, and
command. They oversee the development of sensors; MP patrols, vehicle checks, and
the Army crime prevention program. The searches; community relations programs;
objective of this program is to reduce criminal and neighborhood crime watch.
activity and improve the readiness posture of Physical security surveys and inspections,
all commands. By suppressing the crime prevention surveys, and personal
opportunity for criminal behavior, MP help security assessments for high-risk personnel
the commander maintain a fighting force in a identify existing or potential conditions
state of high morale and discipline. conducive to criminal or terrorist activity.
Physical security personnel establish and Specific guidance for conducting physical
maintain a current priority listing approved security surveys is contained in AR 190-13.
by the commander of critical activities and Specific questions used by the person
facilities within the command. They provide conducting an inspection are developed from
input to the PM and the command staff on regulatory procedures governing the
budgeting, inspection results, and the operation of the activity or facility being
installation physical security plan. examined, pertinent internal security
Specific responsibilities of the physical requirements, and experience. See FM 19-20,
security section include— FM 19-30, and AR 190-13.
Developing and updating installation ABSENTEE/DESERTER
physical security plan. APPREHENSION SECTION
Reviewing physical security SOP.
An absentee/deserter apprehension
Reviewing work orders to ensure section is established if justified by AR 5-9
compliance with physical security and the absentee/deserter program (see
requirements. Chapter 6). Justification depends on caseload
Performing technical assistance visits. and geographic and demographic data. The
Conducting physical security classes. PM resources the section based on historical
caseloads and area of responsibility as
Establishing and monitoring intrusion designated in AR 5-9. The section may be
alarm procedures. organized with an officer in charge (OIC)/
Providing members for installation noncommissioned officer in charge (NCOIC)
command inspection team. and one or more two-man apprehension
teams chosen in accordance with AR 190-9. If
Installation physical security programs the caseload is small, this function may be
are tailored to the local threat. Security performed as an additional duty by MP patrol
requirements are determined by the personnel or the MP investigation section.
installation PM; USACIDC field offices;
military intelligence units, agencies, and The absentee/deserter apprehension
activities; local civilian law enforcement section conducts investigations of absent
agencies; annual DA physical security threat without leave (AWOL)/deserter personnel.
statement; and operations security (OPSEC) The section compiles and distributes all
evaluations and surveys. The installation documents pertinent to AWOL/deserter
physical security program is described in a personnel. The status of individuals is
comprehensive physical security plan. This verified through United States Army
plan addresses specific detection, Deserter Information Point (USADIP), and
assessment, response, delay, and all regulatory reporting requirements
communications measures taken to involving AWOL/deserter personnel are

FM 19-10 13
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

included when reports are processed. The Techniques to be employed by
absentee/ deserter apprehension section aids absentee/deserter apprehension teams in
apprehensions by distribution of making apprehensions must be clearly
AWOL/deserter material in person or by outlined in an SOP. The SOP must state what
telephone. Coordination is maintained with is to be done, how it is to be done, and why it is
civil law enforcement agencies to aid in necessary. Team personnel must be familiar
AWOL or deserter personnel apprehension. with these procedures. Further guidance can
The absentee/deserter apprehension section be obtained from AR 630-10 and AR 190-9.
processes DD Form 629 (Receipt of Prisoner The absentee/deserter apprehension
or Detained Person) in accordance with AR section handles the administration of the
190-45, processes transportation requests, program. The section handles the initial
and takes other administrative actions to reporting requirements concerning
transport AWOL or deserter personnel. absentees/deserters. The section processes
The team must first coordinate with the absentees/deserters being returned to
Staff Judge Advocate (SJA) and then with military control.
civilian police before entering the civilian And the absentee/deserter apprehension
community to apprehend an absentee/deserter. section maintains the administrative
The absentee/deserter apprehension team working files. This includes individual case
briefs the local civilian police on the team’s files in “active,” “inactive,” and “closed”
specific mission. They brief the civilian police categories, as well as a suspense file. Each
on the results of the team’s mission before case file includes documents received, leads
leaving the jurisdiction. If local civilian developed, actions taken, and persons or
police apprehend an absentee or deserter, the agencies with whom coordination was made.
team provides documents for obtaining the Memorandums for record are used for most
reward or reimbursement offered by the actions, or information not shown on MP
Army per AR 190-9. reports, statements, work sheets, or other
documents.
The absentee\deserter apprehension team
can request that civilian police accompany JUVENILE SECTION
the team. If local civilian police cannot PMs with significant juvenile problems
accompany the team, the absentee/deserter can set up a separate juvenile section if
apprehension team requests advice and resources are available. This section handles
guidance from them. The absentee\ deserter juvenile crime, delinquency, and
apprehension team must coordinate with the misbehavior.
SJA when the local civilian police cannot MP and MP investigators (MPIs) assigned
accompany the team. to this section can be volunteers. The number
The absentee/deserter apprehension team of people assigned depends on availability of
is tactful and courteous when dealing with personnel, extent of the juvenile problem, and
the civilian community. The team’s degree of command interest. PMs try to select
professionalism must be evident. Friends, MP or MPIs who have a counseling or social
family, relatives, and local police are work background, or who have been involved
contacted for help in developing leads. An in volunteer work with the young. Personnel
absentee/deserter apprehension team must assigned to this section deal with delinquent
keep in mind that their jurisdiction extends to youths, make appropriate referrals to social
the subject only. It does not extend to those agencies, and provide knowledgeable
who aid the subject or other civilians. The recommendations for disciplinary action and
team will not pressure the family or friends of preventive measures.
an absentee into furnishing information or By closely monitoring juvenile activities
assistance. MP and USACIDC personnel can aid in

14 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

establishing an effective delinquency MPIs wear the duty MP uniform, to include
prevention program, identifying potential the appropriate components of distingushing
problems, and solving juvenile offenses. MP equipment. However, local commanders
Elements of a juvenile delinquency may authorize MPIs to wear the military
prevention program are— uniform devoid of distinguishing MP
Determining juvenile group hangout accessories, or civilian clothing when it is
areas. essential to the successful completion of a specific
investigation. MPIs authorized to wear
Making note of juvenile identities and civilian clothing may request a civilian cloth-
activities. ing allowance in accordance with AR 700-84.
Developing sources of information. MPIs are armed with either the .45-caliber
Determining current feelings of unrest or pistol, the 9-mm pistol, or the .38-caliber
boredom. revolver, depending upon equipment
Identifying group leaders. authorizations and local directives.
Paying special attention to parking lots, Individuals selected to become MPIs must
schools, or vacant buildings as hangout complete formal training. One formal course
areas or targets for delinquent acts. is the MPI course conducted at the United
States Army Military Police School, Fort
INSTALLATION CONFINEMENT McClellan, Alabama. Formal training also
FACILITY can be received through an MPI course
established by a major command authorized
The presence of an installation to award an additional skill identifier.
confinement facility and its personnel
promotes law and order. It assists the Individuals may receive OJT in conjunction
commander in maintaining unit discipline with formal training.
and strength. It is an integral part of the Upon receipt of a favorable written
military justice system. It provides limited response from the US Army Crime Records
counseling, administrative services, and Center (USACRC) and completion of formal
custodial supervision for pretrial prisoners, training, the individual can be awarded the
short-term posttrial prisoners, casual additional skill identifier V5 and be issued
prisoners, and posttrial prisoners awaiting MPI credentials. Credentials are issued to
transfer to a correctional facility. MPIs by the local PM or a designated MP unit
commander. DA Forms 3837 and 3837-1
MILITARY POLICE INVESTIGATION (Military Police Investigator Credentials) are
SECTION the only authorized credentials for MPIs.
Credentials are serially numbered,
The MP investigation section investigates containing the name, description, date of
disruptive incidents and suspected offenses birth, color photograph, and signature of the
for the PM. MPIs conduct those criminal MPI to whom they are issued. The credentials
investigations for which the PM is are authenticated by the PM and are issued
responsible. MPIs may also be called upon to for a period not to exceed 24 months.
provide personal security when needed for
high-risk persons visiting or leaving the area. To ensure positive controls are used for the
MPIs are selected in accord with AR 190-30 by issuance and accountability of MPI
the local commander responsible for law credentials, the PM ensures the following
enforcement operations. The MPI supervisor actions, as a minimun, are taken:
is normally a company grade commissioned Appointment on orders of a commissioned
officer or a senior noncommissioned officer. officer as credential control officer and a
MPIs are normally under the control of the commissioned officer as alternate
operations officer. credential control officer.

FM 19-10 15
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Establishment of a credential control log. Army’s wildlife conservation is managed by
Establishment of controls over unissued the installation game warden.
credentials and the establishment of The game warden is often times organized
adequate inspection procedures. under the patrol section. The game warden’s
Development of procedures for the duties are set by the PM to meet the wildlife
temporary and permanent withdrawal of conservation laws and needs of the local area.
credentials. MP game wardens are the liaison between the
Once credentials are issued to an military installation and the federal fish and
investigator, he becomes responsible for wildlife service, state fish and game agency,
keeping them in a safe place. If credentials and local law enforcement agencies for fish
are lost, the investigator reports this loss and game control. (See AR 420-74 and DA
immediately to his supervisor. Pamphlet 420-7.)
TRAFFIC SECTION
PATROL SECTION
The traffic section provides accident
The patrol section responds to incidents reporting and investigation services for
received by the MP desk or observed by the motor vehicle accidents. This section
MP. MP patrols report and investigate all coordinates with the Directorate of
suspicious activities, apprehend persons who Engineering and Housing and the Safety
have or are in the process of committing an Office concerning traffic patterns and flow.
offense, and ensure the security of the (See FM 19-25.)
military installation. The primary objective
of MP patrols is to protect, assist, and provide MILITARY WORKING DOG
high visibility of MP in areas subject to SECTION
criminal activity. MP patrols— The MWD section manages and operates
Ensure physical security of military MWD facilities. It provides advice on MWD
installations, personnel, property, and matters. It trains and maintains proficiency
equipment. of MWD teams to support MP and other
Secure crime scene. agencies. It maintains the health and welfare
Enforce laws, orders, and directives on of MWDs. And it maintains kennels, related
military installations or areas under facilities, and equipment. (See FM 19-35.)
military control.
SPECIAL REACTION TEAM
Provide information and assistance to
members of the military community and The SRT, through intensive training in
the general public. combat in built-up areas, marksmanship,
Control the flow of military and civilian rappelling, physical training, first aid, and
traffic subject to their jurisdiction. the use of specialized equipment, is designed
to neutralize or apprehend a barricaded
Control crowds of military and civilian offender with a minimum of danger to
personnel subject to their jurisdiction. hostages, team members, other MP, and
others. All team members receive cross-
GAME WARDEN SECTION training in the specialized duties of other
MP actively support the conservation of members. For additional information see
installation wildlife. The MP support of the Chapter 21.

16 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 2
Extending MP Support

The specific operations MP perform at a
given time are determined by the need of the CONTENTS
echelon or installation commander and by Page
the availability of MP resources. On the
AUGMENTING RESOURCES ON THE
battlefield the echelon commander’s BATTLEFIELD. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
priorities of need determine which MP ENHANCING SUPPORT ON THE
operations are accomplished. In a peacetime INSTALLATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
environment the installation commander’s Using Reserve Forces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .18
priorities determine which MP operations Using Military Working Dog Teams. . . . . .18
must be accomplished. In either case MP Using Contracted Services . . . . . . . . . . . .19
assets are limited, thus all assets are Chain of Command . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
committed at all times. Statement of Work . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .20
Using DOD Guard/Police Force . . . . . . . . .22
The PM must consider ways to extend his
resources. Even on the battlefield, for Using Volunteers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .23
example, courtesy patrols may be performed Recruiting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
by non-MP personnel when authorized by the Conducting Orientation and Training. .25
Coordinating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...26
commander. In peacetime, when dictated by Maintaining Program. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
the situation, the PM may request assistance
in the form of additional manpower and
equipment from general purpose tactical MP
units assigned to the installation. These units contracting services and Department of
include, but are not limited to, corps MP Defense (DOD) guard/police force require
companies, heavy division MP companies, extensive planning, coordination, and
and light division MP companies. Assets like justification. Other assets, like volunteers,
unit reserve and ready reserve forces and require some expenditure of existing MP
MWD teams are readily available to the PM. resources, but this loss is more than offset by
Some installation alternatives like the gain in productive assistance.

AUGMENTING RESOURCES ON THE BATTLEFIELD
On the battlefield the PM, aware that not that his division MP assets are totally
all MP operations can be accomplished all of committed. The corps PM then assesses his
the time, continuously effects a trade-off own assets to see if he can provide the
between the number and kind of MP requested support. He informs the division
operations that the commander requires and PM of his decision. If the corps PM agrees to
the number and kind of MP operations that provide support, the problem of how to do the
can be resourced. But in some circumstances mission is solved. However, the corps PM
augmentation assets may be required to may say he cannot offer support at that time.
accomplish the mission. The division PM then reconsiders the
If the division PM needs more assets to division commander’s desires and goals
accomplish missions, he uses his technical (criticality of the missions). He must decide
link with the corps PM. He requests X number whether or not to request support through the
of MP assets to do the mission. He explains official chain of command. If he decides to

FM 19-10 17

161-016 0-94-2
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

make the request, he notifies the division should be provided, the corps commander will
chief of staff or the G3. He tells him that he direct the corps PM to provide the assets. But
has not been able to get support from the they may decide corps assets cannot be used
corps PM. He asks for commander-to- to support the division’s mission. In that case
commander contact to get the needed support for those missions is delayed until
support. The chief of staff or the G3 informs division or corps MP assets are free to do
the division commander. He, in turn, talks to them.
the corps commander. If they decide support

ENHANCING SUPPORT ON THE INSTALLATION
In considering enhancing support on the USING MILITARY WORKING DOG
installation, there are questions that must be TEAMS
answered. Will the majority of duties consist
of protection or enforcement? And how Use of MWD teams also extends. PM
critical is the mission to national security? resources. The teams, consisting of one dog
The answers to these questions can make a handler and his dog, can often function in
difference in the composition of the work place of a two-man MP team.
force. The PM may decide that a reserve force All dogs and their handlers are trained at
is needed or that an MWD team would better Lackland Air Force Base. All dog handlers,
suit the needs of the installation. Or the PM even those working with narcotics/explo-
may decide that contracting services, a DOD sives detector dogs, are first trained as patrol
guard/police force, or volunteers could be dog handlers. Patrol dog handler training
used to supplement the MP. teaches handlers how to care for and feed
their assigned dog and the importance of
USING RESERVE FORCES obedience and proficiency training. This
training helps handlers to develop a complete
Reserve forces such as unit reserves and understanding of their role in the MWD
ready reserves can provide the PM with program.
added personnel. To respond to emergency All dog handlers receive training on the
situations the size and makeup of the MP unit drug abuse problem, techniques of searching,
reserve force depends on the situation and the law of search and seizure, custody of
MP resources available. The unit reserve is evidence, and other subjects as deemed
made up of MP who are off duty, who have necessary.
just completed a tour of duty, or who are
assigned to later tours of duty. The unit The dog handler must be qualified with
reserve is used only when ordered by the PM the .45-caliber pistol, the 9-mm pistol, the
or his authorized representative. Vehicles .38-caliber revolver, and/or the M16 rifle
and emergency equipment are required when before he may carry the weapon. No other
this force is used. An MP unit reserve is used weapon will be used nor may any weapon
for specific purposes, such as control of be carried concealed.
disasters or civil disturbances. The length of tours of duty for MWD teams
is determined by the needs of the command.
A ready reserve force is a small motorized Schedules must also consider the climate and
reserve patrol force. This force is available to terrain conditions that can enhance or reduce
meet minor emergencies, reinforce details, a dog team’s effectiveness. Scheduling must
and handle special events. This force is either include the time necessary for training the
stationed at the MP station or on call in the dog, caring for and feeding the dog, and
MP unit area. kennel sanitation and maintenance.

18 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

The standard for employment is Authorizations are reduced to the numbers
approximately 30 hours per week. Proficiency that can maintain the standard. Excess
training is mandatory. And at least four MWD teams are reassigned to areas where
hours of proficiency training per week are they are needed.
required in performing patrol dog techniques There is no need to withdraw MWD teams
and tasks. from their posts during inclement weather.
Dual-trained MWDs will require four hours The dog’s ability to detect an intrusion will
of training in patrol tasks and four hours of still exceed that of his handler or many other
training in specialty tasks (drug or explosives physical, mechanical, or electrical intrusion
detection). The minimum standard of detection systems. MWDs stationed in cold
proficiency to maintain certification as a weather areas should be acclimated to their
narcotics detector dog team is a 90 percent or boots and blankets during training. As a
better detection rate. The minimum standard result, the dogs do not resist wearing
of proficiency to maintain certification as an protective equipment when weather
explosives detector dog (EDD) team is a 95 conditions necessitate its use.
percent or better detection rate. Narcotics or
explosives dog teams must maintain an If a narcotics or explosives detector dog is
average proficiency that meets or exceeds the unable to continue detector duties, or fails
minimum proficiency standard. Failure to do recertification, and retraining fails to correct
so for three or more consecutive months will the situation within 45 days, the
result in automatic recertification of the circumstances will be throughly documented.
narcotics or EDD team. The team is (See Chapter 11 for more information on
recertified only after retraining and MWD teams.)
consistent demonstration of the minimum
standard of proficiency. An appointed USING CONTRACTED SERVICES
certification authority or the instructor staff The Army has PM activities that are or
of the Air Force training activity can then may be are subject to the Commercial Activi-
recertify the team. ties (CA) Review Program (see AR 5-20).
The effectiveness of narcotics and Under the CA program privately owned
explosives detector dog teams depends on civilian firms compete with in-house
continual reinforcement of their detection government activities. The CA program
ability through proficiency training. During requires that a local point of contact (POC) be
a handler’s extended absence, a minimum of designated at each installation to coordinate
four hours of proficiency training must still the installation CA program. This POC is
be conducted each week. This training can generally designated within the Directorate
be performed by the kennel master, a dog of Resource Management (DRM).
trainer, or a qualified narcotics or explosives An example of a service a PM may consider
detector dog handler. for contracting is police/guard training.
It may be necessary to periodically increase When considering contracting the PM
the frequency or length of proficiency train- must—
ing to compensate for or correct training or Identify the need for the contractor
operational deficiencies. When proficiency services.
training is increased, there will be some Coordinate with the installation
trade-off with utilization. However, it should Directorate of Contracting (DOC).
be possible to maintain the utilization and
proficiency training ratio. When both Determine if the services to be contracted
training and utilization consistently fall can be performed by a civilian company.
below the employment standard, a reduction Decide if contracting for the services will
of MWD team authorizations is indicated. be cost effective.

FM 19-10 19
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Decide if the services can be performed specifies to what degree the services are to be
more efficiently by a contractor. performed; that is, how well, to what degree,
The PM should coordinate with the local and how accurately.
CA point of contact prior to contracting any The SOW contains paragraphs which
services. This coordination is to determine if address:
these services are subject to a CA review. Scope of Work. This paragraph is a brief,
Once these decisions are made, the local simple, and concise overview of what
Resource Management Office (RMO) is the contractor services will involve.
contacted to determine if funds are available Objective. This paragraph identifies the
for contract services. If funds are available, a goal to be accomplished by the contracting
recommendation is made to higher service.
headquarters to contract for the required Phase-In. This paragraph states how
services. A program analyst, your DRM many days the contractor has to
POC, signs a DA Form 3953 (Purchase commence the work. This may involve
Request and Commitment) indicating the time for training of employees and for
availability of funds. obtaining the necessary equipment. The
Chain of Command phase-in time begins the day the contract
The chain of command is an essential is awarded.
ingredient for a successful contract. The General. This paragraph is an overview of
chain of command includes— the services that are going to be performed
The contracting officer (KO), who holds by the contractor and under what
the position which governs all government condition (for example, weekly, monthly,
contracts on an installation. The KO is first, second, or third shift).
appointed by the major command. Contract Personnel. This paragraph
The contract officer representative (COR), addresses the specifics for each task the
who is usually the author of the statement contractor is to perform. It is written in the
of work (SOW). The COR represents the SOW as “The contractor shall.”
contracting officer and the interests of the Quality Assurance Plan. This paragraph
United States government. addresses the specifics of the tasks to be
The contractor, who manages the contract, performed by the contractor and
and the contract employees, whom the eventually becomes an appendix of the
contractor has hired. contractual package. The quality
Statement of Work assurance plan should specify that a
written response from the contractor is
The solicitation package becomes the SOW required for all written deficiencies noted.
and part of the contractual package. For a Government-Furnished Items or
PM services contract, the individual most Notification. This paragraph addresses
knowledgeable and most familiar with the those items that the government will
types of services required and with the provide to the contractor for the
mission is the likely candidate to develop the performance of services. The equipment
SOW for the contract. will be listed specifically and separately. It
The SOW consists of tasks, conditions, and will be a technical exhibit during the
standards for the services to be performed. negotiation phase and will eventually
The task statement tells what job is to be become an appendix of the contractual
performed. The conditions statement tells package. The notification addresses
what is required to perform the services and occasions that require government
under what circumstances the services are to notification to the contractor to include
be performed. The standards statement changes in negotiations.

20 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Contractor Furnished Items/Equipment. SOW is approved, it is announced in the
This paragraph addresses what the Commerce Business Daily, to which many
government requires the contractor to companies subscribe. The contract at this
furnish for performance of services to point is open to the public for bids. Potential
standard. contractors have 15 days after the date of
Contractor Responsibilities. This publication of the Commerce Business Daily
paragraph states exactly what services in which the announcement of the SOW
are to be performed. appeared, to make a request for proposal to
Contract Performance Period. This the DOC.
paragraph states the period of time the If a company decides to bid on the contract,
contractor has to perform the services which means to offer all services required by
required by the contract (for example, the SOW for a certain price, the company
1 October 87-30 Sepember 88). prepares a solicitation package. The
Attachments. The attachments may solicitation package provides a brief history
include known companies and the of the company, descriptions of previous
evaluation plan. The known companies government contracts awarded it, and
will include institutions, companies, and resumes of their key personnel.
organizations that already perform the When one or several solicitation packages
services being considered for contracting. have been received by the DOC, a technical
The evaluation plan identifies the review board is conducted. The technical
specifics that the technical review board review board consists of the COR, a DOC
looks for in each bidder’s package. representative, an SJA representative, and
Evaluation Factors and Subfactors. This others who are technically proficient in the
paragraph lists specific areas in which descriptions outlined in the SOW. All
total points are awarded. These factors individuals making up the board must be
and sub factors are given numerical value disinterested parties to the companies
and used by the technical review board to providing solicitation packages.
determine who is awarded the contract. A method of conducting the technical
There is no publication that tells how to review board is to begin with the lowest
develop a particular contract since bidder and work your way up in dollar
requirements and specifications for each amounts. The bidder, when selected by the
contract are different. When developing the KO becomes the contractor. A meeting then
SOW the COR can use Federal Acquisition takes place between the contractor and the
Regulations (FARs), SOPs, and other chain of command to “fine tune” the SOW.
publications. The COR may ask for guidance A COR may be the most technically
from the chain of command. Quality contract proficient person in the area for which a
service is totally dependent on a quality contract is proposed. Sometimes a PM serves
SOW. If a task is not outlined in the SOW it as a COR. The COR is appointed in writing
will not be accomplished by the contractor. by the KO.
The FAR outlines the areas required in the The COR represents the interests of the
SOW. The Office of Federal Procurement United States government and carries out
Policy publishes the Guide for Writing and each aspect of contracting duties in a
Administering Performance Statements of professional manner. The COR also
Work, which outlines the details for represents the KO, who governs all
development of SOWS. government contracts on an installation.
After the SOW is drafted, it is staffed with The KO is the only person authorized to enter
the local DOC. The DOC will staff the SOW into contracts for the government or change
with the local SJA for legal advice. After the a contract on behalf of the government.

FM 19-10 21
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

The contractor is the manager of the When services are not performed or are not
contract. The contractor plans, controls, and performed according to the terms of the
allocates available resources. The KO/COR contract, the DOC takes one of the following
administers the contract. Contract actions:
administration covers all actions from award Criminal.
of contract to close of contract. The resolution Civil.
of problems that arise after awarding of a
contract is a major concern in contract Administrative.
administration. The largest single challenge Contractual.
in administering contracts is to ensure that In resolving contractual problems, the
products or services paid for are in fact DOC can issue a “cure notice.” This notice
received.
states that the contractor is not performing in
The COR ensures the requirements are accordance with the contract and that the
carried out in accordance with the situation must be corrected. The DOC can
specifications of the contract. The COR is also issue a “show cause” letter. This letter
responsible for spot checking and inspecting states that the contractor has a certain
the contractor’s performance of work. A amount of time to show cause why the
quality assurance evaluation plan is government should not terminate the
developed and acts as a checklist for the COR contract. The contractor must then prove that
or a technical assistant appointed by the KO. the problem is beyond his control.
When a deficiency is noted, a written notice When contracts are terminated, the
of deficiency is forwarded to the contractor. A defaulting contractor becomes responsible
copy is provided to the KO. The contractor for paying all reprocurement costs. In some
keeps the COR informed in writing of actions cases a contractor can be made to pay a
taken to correct the deficiency. Copies are predetermined amount based on failure to
provided to the KO. provide products or services by a given date.
The COR’s file contains but is not limited
to— USING DOD GUARD/POLICE
A copy of the contract and all changes and FORCE
modifications.
Purchase requests and commitments The responsibilities of a DOD guard force
(PR&Cs), which indicate to RMO that and a DOD police force have similarities and
services are rendered for a fee to be paid at differences. To understand these similarities
a later date. and differences, supervisors and managers
need to compare and contrast the
Copies of obligations of monies, which are responsibilities of each force.
received from RMO.
A duplicate copy of the COR appointment A DOD guard force is established primarily
letter, the original of which is maintained to protect government property from hazards
by the DOC. such as sabotage, espionage, theft, fire, and
accidental or willful damage and destruction.
All correspondence between the KO, COR, As a secondary responsibility, guards
and the contractor. maintain law and order and control the
Names, titles, and positions of individuals movement of persons and materials into,
functioning for the COR as technical and within, and from government property being
administrative assistants. protected.
Phone conversation records between the A DOD police force is established primarily
COR and the contractor. to promote law and order. It protects the life,
Records of inspections performed. property, and civil rights of persons. It

22 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

preserves the peace; prevents, detects, and officers to exercise arrest authority granted
investigates accidents and crimes; by statute. As special officers, guards may
apprehends violators; and provides aid and have the same power as sheriffs and/or
comfort in emergency situations. As a constables on federal property to—
secondary responsibility, DOD police protect
government property. Enforce the laws enacted for the protection
of persons and property.
Guards and police, as well as MP, are Prevent breaches of the peace.
designated as military law enforcement
officials by the Manual for Courts-Martial Suppress affrays and unlawful
(MCM), United States 1984. Each is fully assemblies.
empowered by the Uniform Code of Military Enforce rules and regulations established
Justice (UCMJ) to apprehend military by proper authorities.
members while in the execution of their The jurisdiction and authority of these
official law enforcement duties. Members of special police officers does not extend to the
each category share the same restrictions serving of civil processes. They are restricted
over apprehension of persons not subject to to federal property where the United States
the UCMJ. Differences between DOD has exclusive or concurrent criminal
personnel assigned as civilian police or jurisdiction. Guards are prohibited from
guards lie in the duties performed, not in their receiving extra compensation for exercising
authority. Additionally, members of each this additional arrest authority.
series serve as agents of the installation
commander in the preservation of peace. DOD police in federal jurisdiction enforce
Persons not subject to the code may be a wide variety of federal and state statutes, as
apprehended and detained by personnel in well as agency rules and regulations.
either series and turned over to the Authorized under the rules governing the
appropriate civilian authorities. armed forces, persons serving in the police
series are expected to exercise authority to—
Further, guards, police, and MP have the Apprehend, under warrant, any person
ordinary right of citizens to assist in the
maintenance of peace. This assistance accused of having committed any offense
includes the right to make a citizen’s arrest of against the laws of the United States or
civilian violators on military installations. against any rule or regulation prescribed
under pertinent law.
Since no federal citizen’s arrest statute exists,
care is taken not to exceed the citizen’s arrest Apprehend, without a warrant, any person
authority of the locality. In some states committing any such offense in their
citizens may make arrests for felonies but not presence.
for misdemeanors. In other states a private Apprehend, where applicable, without
citizen may make arrests for any crime warrant, any person in a situation in
committed in his presence. Personnel should which there are reasonable grounds to
become familiar with the provisions of the believe that person has committed a
citizen’s arrest authorization granted by the felony.
law in their locality.
See AR 190-56 for more information on
Administrative restrictions may be Army DOD guard/police forces.
imposed locally requiring DOD guards to
detain violators pending the arrival of USING VOLUNTEERS
specific law enforcement personnel. Law To enhance the operation of a PM activity,
enforcement duties can be expected of guard PMs may seek to use volunteers. Department
force personnel. If so, they may be deputized, of the Army policy on volunteers is that they
commissioned, or appointed as special police will be used to the maximum extent possible

FM 19-10 23
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

within legal restrictions. Federal law (31 demands on the PM’s staff are minimal. For
United States Code [USC] 1342) prohibits the this reason, this is the preferred option. See
United States government from accepting DA Pamphlet 608-28 for details.
most types of voluntary services. But the Another option to consider is a volunteer
Comptroller General of the United States has coordinator to recruit participants and
rendered decision B-204336 which approves administer the volunteer program. The PM’s
the limited use of volunteers in Army crime staff assists in recruiting and training
prevention programs. Before performing any volunteers and in any other way necessary to
services, volunteers must sign a DA Form make the program a success. The volunteers
4712-R (Volunteer Agreement) to agree to and the coordinator develop a strong sense of
perform their duties without pay. Volunteers identity with the PM office, and there is a
are not government employees. They must built-in flexibility and responsiveness that
have their own volunteer chain of command may not exist when working through the
headed by a volunteer coordinator. Army Community Service volunteer
Military and civilian retirees perform program.
efficiently as part of an installation crime An outside service organization can
prevention or crime analysis section. They administer the volunteer program. This option
have the interpersonal skills, work habits, is preferable when a recognized service
and attitudes needed to be effective members organization desires to setup a volunteer crime
of the crime prevention staff. Volunteers may prevention program for both the installation
perform many crime analysis support and the local civilian community. This
functions. They may prepare and distribute program ties together the Army and civilian
literature to support crime prevention programs, but the PM has relatively little
campaigns. They may make presentations on control over this volunteer program.
crime prevention and assist in organizing
and operating neighborhood watch or other Recruiting
crime prevention programs. Volunteers may The PM and installation commander must
not answer telephones, register vehicles, or understand the importance of the volunteer
perform any other functions which paid program. One of the most important issues in
civilian or active duty personnel have creating a volunteer program is to decide
historically performed. Any other duties exactly what needs to be done. There must be
must be approved by Department of the a specific, immediate need for volunteers.
Army. Positions are not created, then individuals
recruited to do the work. Job descriptions
Organizing and administering a volunteer must be developed for each position. Job
program requires an investment in time. descriptions define a task and its subtasks,
Volunteers require work space, equipment, and explain how the task will benefit the
and other support to do their jobs effectively. overall mission. See DA Pamphlet 608-28 for
How the volunteer program is organized will guidance in preparing job descriptions.
determine how much time the PM’s staff However, any format that clearly defines the
must expend on the program. There are at task, skills needed, reporting system, and
least three different organizational models time requirements is acceptable.
which may be employed. Which model is best
will depend on the local situation. The American Association of Retired
Persons has local chapters in most towns.
On many military installations, the Army Their rolls are usually filled with retirees who
Community Service has already established desire to maintain a relationship with the
or can establish a volunteer program. The military community. Retirees almost always
Army Community Service recruits have the character traits and stability
volunteers and administers the program. The required for the crime prevention program.

24 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Because they are permanent residents of the work tours. This includes scheduling backup
community, they offer a potential source of personnel if the scheduled volunteer does not
continuity to any operation. report for work. The coordinator sets work
There may be other local community standards. And minor breaches of work
service organizations having likely standards are documented by the
volunteers. Examples include the United coordinator. Persons who fail to meet
Way, Red Cross, Noncommissioned Officer’s standards are counseled. Active duty and
Association, and Retired Officer’s paid civilian personnel offer advice on how to
Association. perform tasks correctly. They must intervene
directly when a volunteer causes a safety
Volunteers should be interviewed several violation. But volunteers are disciplined only
times. One interview is usually a group by the coordinator. Volunteers must meet the
meeting. At this time, volunteers are given same basic standards as paid employees.
application blanks to take home and to return They must report for work on time and act
by mail. The program is explained, and it is professionally while on the job. And their
announced whether or not a background after-duty conduct must not reflect adversely
check will be conducted on specific jobs. If a on the installation law enforcement activity.
background check is required, local PM and
civilian police department records, NCIC Volunteers seldom work a full day. It is
files, and USACRC files are checked. The necessary to recruit enough people to assure
group meeting allows the volunteers to be the work load is not too great. But it is also
discreetly assessed and preliminary important not to have too many volunteers.
judgments made as to their suitability. Recruiting is a continuous process. A current
inventory, showing where volunteers are
The most effective interview is one-on-one. needed, and a list of people who have
This interview is the best way to learn expressed interest in becoming volunteers
individual interests, assess talents, and are useful.
develop support of potential volunteers for
the program. Guidelines are developed before All support required is identified and
the interview is conducted to obtain the arranged before the volunteers report for
information wanted from the interviewee. duty. To the maximum extent possible,
Interviewers must know what jobs are volunteers are provided the same working
available and the hours available for conditions as paid staff. As a rule, they
volunteer work. Volunteers are given the are not segregated, but work closely with
chance to select the hours they want to work. full-time staff so that a productive
relationship develops.
One of the best assets for a volunteer
program is to have a motivated coordinator. Because volunteers will not usually work a
A motivated coordinator can greatly 40-hour week, it is often not possible to assign
facilitate recruiting. Coordinators need— each volunteer an individual desk. However,
when volunteers share work space, at least
Some managerial or supervisory skills. part of it (for example, one desk drawer) is
Good communications skills. designated for each person’s use.
Ability to work under minimal
supervision. Conducting Orientation and Training
Dynamic, pleasing personality. Orientation is important. There is a
Ability to identify and solve problems. general orientation to the MP Corps and the
PM office. Volunteers are also taken on a tour
The coordinator is a key figure in of the MP station. They are told how their
maintaining the integrity of the program. particular job fits into the overall scheme and
The coordinator schedules volunteers for provided general information common to all

FM 19-10 25
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

new employees. There is also a specific To ensure that an effective working
orientation on the volunteer program. relationship develops between employees
Volunteers are provided an explanation of and the volunteer organization selected, all
the job and the job setting. Step-by-step supervisors, civilian employees, and soldiers
procedures to be followed in the performance must be briefed on the program.
of tasks are carefully explained. Volunteers Included in the briefing are the specific
will perform required tasks under the functions volunteers will perform. The
supervision of a paid employee or briefing must clearly state that volunteers
experienced volunteer. The volunteer is given will not replace full-time staff and that their
more freedom in small increments as he participation will have no impact on career
demonstrates his ability to accept the added advancement, job stability, or any other job
responsibility. conditions. The briefing should define the
Formal training must be provided when relationship between volunteers and paid
the need is identified and as determined by staff, especially as it relates to supervision
the PM. Lesson plans are developed for all and discipline.
formal instruction. Classes are brief and, The briefing should also address the
whenever possible, scheduled to coincide benefits that will accrue as a result of the
with volunteer work periods. volunteer program. It is essential that
Volunteers are also used to organize everyone understands that volunteers will
neighborhood watch programs or similar enhance the staff’s ability to provide
activities outside the office. If so, the need for first-rate law enforcement support to their
government transportation and government installation.
drivers’ licenses must be considered. If the Maintaining Program
installation requires vehicle registration,
arrangements must be made to provide The PM must ensure that volunteers
decals to volunteers to register their privately receive the feedback necessary to maintain
owned vehicles. their morale and commitment to the
program. There are several ways to ensure
Coordinating this goal is met. Volunteers and line
Once the decision has been made to use personnel must get acquainted. One way to
volunteers and the organization model has do this is to include volunteers in all social
been chosen, it is important to coordinate functions in the office that are scheduled
with other installation activities which may during duty hours.
be affected. It is essential that appropriate Volunteers must understand what types of
commanders and staff organizations are well information and procedures enhance
informed about the program so they can successful police operations. One way to get
respond to inquiries. As a minimum, the this information to volunteers is to allow
following people are briefed: them to sit in on unclassified briefings.
The installation commander. Service award certificates are developed to
The garrison commander. present to volunteers for active participation
The Director of Personnel and Community in the program. Awards are keyed to the
Activities. number of hours contributed; for example,
The civilian personnel officer. 500, 1,000, or 5,000 hours. (The volunteer
The public affairs officer. coordinator should accurately record hours
of service performed and notify the PM when
The staff judge advocate. a service award is due.) Award ceremonies
The Army Community Service are held to present certificates and to
coordinator. recognize the contributions of the volunteers.

26 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

A luncheon or dinner may be planned to that corrective actions were attempted. If the
honor the volunteer staff at least annually in removal is for one incident of unacceptable
one of the installation clubs. Members of the behavior or a violation of trust, the incident is
installation command group may attend, as fully investigated in order that the
well as key members of the PM/security volunteer’s rights are protected. The
office. situation is thoroughly investigated by the
Volunteers are removed from the program volunteer coordinator and discussed with the
for poor performance. Removal from the crime prevention officer and PM. When the
program is accomplished formally. The decision is made to remove a volunteer from
volunteer coordinator must have the program, the decision is relayed to the
documented proof of such performance, volunteer personally by the PM or a
including counseling statements showing designated representative.

FM 19-10 27
CHAPTER 3
Resourcing MP Operations

The proper management of resources is CONTENTS
an important aspect of a PM’s operation. The
PM is responsible for providing the input that Page
will ensure MP operations can be carried out.
UNDERSTANDING THE COMMAND
Hence, PM familiarity and involvement with BUDGET PROCESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
budget development is critical. The execution
Obtaining Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .28
of the budget requires a clear understanding Participating in the Resource Process. . . . .31
of the budget cycle. It also requires close Using Available Funds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31
scrutiny of requirements and monitoring of Obtaining Funds for Unexpected
the commitment, obligation, and dis- Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32
bursement of funds. DEVELOPING THE INSTALLATION
COMMAND OPERATING BUDGET. . . . . . .34
MP programs compete for funding.
Effective planning, programming, and
budgeting of funds to obtain resources management document for law and order
requires knowledge of the system. activities for the installation. It represents
Programming of resources is usually planned the summation of existing resources, their
two to five years ahead. The PM’s resource application, and new initiatives that require
plan serves as an overall resource resourcing.

UNDERSTANDING THE COMMAND BUDGET PROCESS
The program analysis and resource review, OBTAINING FUNDS
which major Army commands (MACOMs) The PM obtains funds through the Army’s
submit to Headquarters (HQ) DA, indicates strategic management system known as the
the missions, issues, or initiatives that the planning, programming, budgeting, and
MACOMs would like to see included in the execution system (PPBES). The Army
Army program objective memorandum PPBES establishes and maintains the
(POM). The POM conveys the Army’s pro- Army’s portion of the DOD Five-Year
posed program to the Office of the Secretary Defense Program and Defense Budget. The
of Defense. It addresses resource levels for Army PPBES is influenced by both the DOD
five fiscal years beginning with the biennial PPBES and the joint strategic planning
program. system. These systems provide input to the
Secretary of Defense and the Joint Chiefs of
A major objective during budgeting and Staff. Through its disbursement of funds the
execution is to maintain program and budget Army PPBES carries out guidance from
consistency. Acceptance of any change to higher HQ. It influences policies, strategy,
program levels in the approved POM requires force objectives, materiel acquisition, and
determining program trade-offs to achieve a other considerations. And through its request
zero-sum change. Adjustments during budget requirements, the PPBES allows for policy
formulation must remain within the levels participation by the Army staff, Army field
approved as depicted in the Army’s total operating agencies, and MACOMs. (AR 1-1
obligational authority (TOA). contains additional information. )

28 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

PPBES architecture allocates program and sustaining, manning, lnformation
budget resources to products described by management, training, managing, and
management decision packages (MDEPs), facilities) with an Army staff point of contact
which collectively establish Army force designated to defend and manage the PDIP.
capability in terms of— The other component of the MDEP is a
Missions of TOE units. budget increment package (BIP) managed by
Acquisition, fielding, and sustainment of the Director of Army Budget. The BIP com-
systems. (Linkage to units exists through plements the PDIP and covers the prior year,
off-line decision support systems main- current year, and budget year.
tained by the Deputy Chief of Staff for Fund sources, known as “appropriations,”
Research, Development, and Acquisition.) in the PPBES are geared to meeting specific
Activities of the support and mobilization types of needs. For more information on
base. PPBES, see AR 1-1 and DA Pamphlet 5-9.
Operations of Army installations.
The PM will obtain most resources through
Special functional areas (program and the Operations and Maintenance Appropria-
budget packages that cut across two or tion (OMA) of the PPBES. OMA subelements,
more other management areas in order called programs, are drawn on for base
to define and protect resources having operations, training, and property main-
high-level interest during a specific tenance, among other needs. Program 11
period). monies are divided into functional areas as
MDEPs have two components. One com- “lettered” accounts.
ponent is a program development increment It is the “T” account in Program 11 of OMA
package (PDIP), which is managed by the that is important to PMs. The T-account
Director, Program Analysis and Evaluation. monies are designated for the preservation of
The PDIP covers five years and helps build order. The T account is subdivided into
the Army program. The PDIP helps the separate elements of resource:
decision-making process accommodate either
decreases or increases to the TOA and Civilian pay.
manpower levels. It provides discrete, Contracts.
executable levels that can be readily Travel.
extrapolated to unit equipping. The PDIP is supply.
managed by functional areas (equipping, Equipment.

FM 19-10 29
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Civilian pay is based on compensation Command item manager. OPA funds are also
rates and authorized strength levels. provided as a “tail” to Major Construction,
Contractual elements of resource are based Army (MCA) projects to furnish intrusion
on a schedule of itemized contracts currently detection systems as government-furnished
in effect and updated to reflect deletions of equipment to a contractor. PMs must
contracts not expected to be renewed and understand that OPA funds are identified for
anticipated new contractual requirements. the purchase of specific items and cannot be
Travel and temporary duty (TDY) reflect a reprogrammed. For example, OPA funds for
schedule of trips to include place to be an installation MCA project to upgrade a
visited, length and purpose of visit, mode of fence cannot be used to buy automatic data
transportation, and per diem rate or total processing (ADP) equipment for the MP
estimated cost per individual trip. Supplies station. PMs must evaluate and identify the
are separated into two types: consumable appropriate resource for the requirement
and nonconsumable. Consumable supplies being considered. When in doubt, PMs should
are those items of supply required by section contact their local budget analysts or
chiefs or subactivities. These items, such as MACOM PM office for advice.
stationery and batteries, are priced out and
compared with historical supply records. Funds in support of MP investigations are
Nonconsumable supplies are durable items available through USACIDC confidential
such as equipment. The basis for the funds to the PM. These funds, known as
nonconsumable supply element is the .0015 funds, are used in support of infor-
equipment replacement schedule which is mation gathering, investigative activities,
derived from the expected life of the covert operations, and other related
individual item. Within certain limits activities. All MPI personnel must be
reprogramming may occur between the thoroughly briefed on the conditions and
elements (except for civilian pay). This procedures under which .0015 funds can be
action reallocates resources from, for used for payment or reimbursement.
example, the consumable supply element to
the travel element. The PM obtains .0015 funds by submitting
The PM must stay informed about com- a letter of request to the approving official.
The letter of request explains who
mitments and obligations of the T account. (specifically) will be obtaining and using the
The installation commander may reprogram funds. After the .0015 funds have been
money from the T account to another approved by the approving official, the fund
installation account within certain limits. custodian requests and actually obtains the
These limits differ from MACOM to money. The fund custodian must account for
MACOM. A reprogramming action should be all advanced and expended funds.
a cooperative effort which examines all law
enforcement programs to ensure program MPIs obtain .0015 funds in support of
interests are protected. The budget analyst specific operations. They must then provide
within the Directorate of Resource the fund custodian with an accurate
Management will be able to give local accounting of all expenditures. This
guidelines. accounting is documented on DA Form 5070-R
The PM can obtain other funds, however, (Justification Statement for .0015
through other appropriations. For equipment Contingency Funds). The form is submitted
such as night-vision devices or voice-secure to the fund custodian for his records. MPIs
radios, PMs may address Other Procurement, must be aware that funds are for authorized
Army (OPA) funding requirements to their expenditures only and are subject to
MACOMs. Approved OPA funds are pro- disapproval otherwise. Guidelines are
vided to the MACOMs by the Army Materiel contained in AR 195-4.

30 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

PARTICIPATING IN THE The next step is to get involved with
RESOURCE PROCESS resource management in the early stages.
The PM must effectively participate in the Then the PM should follow each action
PPBES to resolve and follow up resourcing through to completion. At each step in the
issues. The PM must identify needs based on process decisions will be made and priorities
the requirements, activities, and tasks to be will be set. For example, during the first
performed. (See DA Pamphlet 5-3 for more stage of the decision process, a given PM
information on activity and task analysis.) requirement may receive a high priority. But
during the second stage, this requirement
The justification of need is a critical may be given a lower priority because of
element in resourcing. Justification must changing priorities, unprotected require-
reflect the importance of the need and the ments, and emergencies. The funding
impact on the mission if the need is not met. process is not predictable. The PM must
Resources must be identified and justified in realize that no decision is final until the
a resource plan. funds are actually obligated.
At each installation the PM must learn The final step is to do the necessary
who develops resource priorities and what homework. Even though the PM plans,
committee makes recommendations. programs, and identifies present needs, the
Examples of such committees are the amount of time required for the process to
program resource advisory committee evolve full circle is agonizing and frus-
(PRAC) and the installation planning board. trating, but important. Continuous evalua-
The PRAC and installation planning board tion of all law enforcement requirements,
make decisions that affect the PM’s mission threat assessments, and problems should
performance. funding not be received must occur on a
The PRAC recommends to the installation regular basis. The PM should implement a
commander which programs are to be time-phased plan for the phases of the law
funded. Major activity directors (MADs), enforcement needs program.
who are members of the installation’s Using Available Funds
PRAC, are in the best position to make PMs can keep informed about com-
meaningful financial estimates to support mitments and obligations of the T account
their missions and to provide relevant through the budget analyst. A commitment
justification for the required funds. The PM is the first step toward spending dollars. A
must be able to participate or, at a minimum, commitment indicates to the PM’s MAD an
provide input to the installation PRAC anticipated obligation of dollars. Since a
regarding those issues of utmost concern to commitment constitutes an administrative
the PM missions. reservation of funds, committed funds
The installation planning board decides should not be used for making future budget
the priority of installation work orders. For decisions. Once the procurement cycle is
example: Will the requirement for kennels be complete, and a contract awarded or services
funded this year? Will permanent or tem- rendered which require programmed
porary kennels be constructed? Where will periodic payment, the dollars are con-
they be located? The PM may not be a voting sidered obligated. Obligation rates provide
member of these decision-making groups, a measure from which to assess a
but he may attend the meetings. (The budget well-managed budget execution program.
analyst should be aware of when the Once obligated, the execution of contracts,
meetings are conducted.) It is more difficult delivery of equipment, or provision of
for the committee to reprogram PM funding services should be monitored and evaluated
if the PM is present and armed with defense to determine if obligations will require
for PM requirements. adjustment.

FM 19-10 31
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

PMs may receive a monthly account status fiscal years, serves as the base document for
report from the budget analyst. The account identifying installation resource
status is reported on any locally designed requirements for the budget year. This is
form that will assist the budget analyst in followed by the contract process which
monitoring obligation of funds. The report involves the installation and MACOM
transmits budget information about commanders. Finally, the budget execution
underutilization of funds, indicates the review (BER) occurs midway through the
possibility of reprogramming funds, and current year. PMs should anticipate potential
indicates when funds are low. The monthly requirements and identify their needs early
account status is an important document for in the budget process. PMs should also
the PM because it provides a history that can continuously monitor their programs and
be used for future budget guidance and identify possible alternatives that could serve
decision making. as a means for providing resources for
The relationship between the PM and the unanticipated requirements. In the future
budget analyst is critical. The PM and budget installations will review budget execution
analyst must communicate openly about through the review and analysis process.
budget matters to provide the commander This process will allow commanders
accurate information to make fiscal throughout the chain of command to have
decisions. Failing to keep the commander continuous monitoring of each COB.
informed invites decisions that can have When addressing UFRs, PMs must be
negative implications on existing and thorough in determining if the requirement
planned law enforcement programs. can be accomplished if funds are made
available. The requirement and supporting
Obtaining Funds For Unexpected justification for UFRs must be clear and
Requirements specific. The UFR status lists are prioritized
Important to the success of any instal- and continually updated at the MACOM
lation’s law enforcement effort is the PM’s level. The lists are then forwarded to the
acquisition of dollars for unprogrammed, Office of Army Law Enforcement (OALE)
unfunded requirements. These requirements resource manager.
are referred to as unfinanced requirements The MACOM PM must ensure an open
(UFRs). UFRs may result from an channel of communication with the OALE
unexpected need arising from a change in resource manager. And the MACOM PM
policy, situation, or resource. Or UFRs may should provide a copy of the individual
also result from an earlier reduction in UFRs to the OALE resource manager.
funding. PMs identifying a UFR should During the programming, budgeting, and
immediately contact the budget analyst for execution phase of PPBES, the OALE
advice. PMs should provide the budget resource manager interfaces with MACOM
analyst complete rationale and justification budget analysts. The OALE resource
to support the UFR. A UFR will normally be manager translates PM requirements to
reviewed by the program director and “budgetese.” This provides for a more
appropriate staff elements for authorization, thorough understanding by the MACOM
prioritization, and potential trade-offs. and higher level budget analysts who “edit”
the UFRs and other documents.
A UFR may be submitted for consideration
anytime during the fiscal year. However, the Most important, the OALE resource
most appropriate times are during three manager will speak for the MACOMPM when
formal budget processes. First, the command opportunities arise allowing DA to provide
operating budget (COB), developed midway extra funds to MACOMs. The suspense
through the current year for the following two requirement to obtain the extra funds is

32 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

normally very short—sometimes a matter of of other activity MACOM UFRs. The OALE
hours. The short response time prohibits resource manager must be prepared at the
coordination between the OALE resource time the opportunities arise for extra funds.
manager and the MACOM PM. The OALE Keeping the OALE resource manager
resource manager must be armed with the informed with dependable rationale and
justification to present and defend the justification for UFRs is paramount in the
MACOM PM's UFRs against the competition successful awarding of extra dollars.

FM 19-10 33
161-016 O-94-3
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

DEVELOPING THE INSTALLATION COMMAND
OPERATING BUDGET
The systematic development of a COB is between the comptroller and the MADs and
not a regulatory process that must be prepares the installation BMG. The PRAC-
followed at the installation. But the use of recommended installation BMG is then
such a procedure ensures a well-coordinated presented to the installation commander,
operating budget that reflects the major normally in the form of an oral briefing. The
mission director’s recommendations. It also commander then directs, changes, and/or
reflects the installation commander’s approves the PRAC-recommended
decisions on how the financial resources will installation BMG and returns it to the
be used to accomplish the mission. comptroller for final copy and publication.
The COB contains detailed costing of the The comptroller distributes the final
installation BMG to the MADs. The MADs
approved program as well as administrative then break out dollar guidance to the activity
schedules to be used in support of the Army level and furnish operating activities with
budget estimates. The COB addresses two BMG and funding targets. The activity chiefs
fiscal years: The execution year and the prepare their portions of the installation
budget year. The budget year data are used COB. An activity may comprise subactivities,
primarily for reprogramming actions and the and the activity chief will further break out
apportionment request to the Office of the funding targets. The MADs receive input
Management and Budget. The biennial and applicable supporting schedules from
program years are the two years following each activity chief. Each MAD reviews,
the budget year. evaluates, and adjusts the activity portions.
To develop the COB the comptroller The MAD then prepares a summary
receives budget and manpower guidance schedule, UFR list, and decrement list. The
(BMG) from the MACOM and distributes it to comptroller receives, reviews, evaluates, and
the MADs. During the interim, the comp- prepares recommendations and/or
troller reviews the BMG from the MACOM adjustments to the summary schedules,
and develops a time-phased schedule for UFRs, and other supporting schedules. The
completion of the COB. MADs review the comptroller then completes all schedules
BMG, giving special attention to their area of required in the draft installation COB and
responsibility. They prepare recommenda- assembles them for presentation to the
tions to the MACOM BMG and forward these PRAC. The PRAC reviews the installation
recommendations to the Comptroller, draft COB to ensure compliance with the
Directorate of Resource Management. BMG from the MACOM, resolves any
differences among the PRAC members, and
The comptroller evaluates the recom- makes necessary adjustments. The chairman
mendations, makes his own recommenda- of the PRAC presents the recommended
tions, and coordinates with the MADs for installation draft COB to the installation
development of their recommended dollar commander. The commander, after directing
targets. The comptroller then prepares a draft any necessary changes, approves the
installation BMG directive which includes installation COB, signs it, and returns it to
dollar targets and distributes it to the MADs. the comptroller for transmittal to the
Next, the PRAC resolves any differences MACOM.

34 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 4
Managing Military Police Information

Military police success in effecting law CONTENTS
and order relies upon acquisition, processing, Page
and application of certain essential
information. Police information aids in crime UNDERSTANDING THE CRIMINAL
prevention and criminal investigations. INTELLIGENCE CYCLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Police information supports the commander COLLECTING AND RELEASING
in administering his unit or installation. INFORMATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 37
Police information in the US Army is one of USING MILITARY POLICE MANAGEMENT
the elements of command intelligence. INFORMATION SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Offense Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
The primary purpose for gathering police Vehicle Registration System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
information is to support the commander or Correctional Reporting System . . . . . . . . . . . 39
PM and to support the enforcement elements DEVELOPING AND USING MP
of MP units. The information system in law INFORMATION FILES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
enforcement includes recording, reporting, Area Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
evaluating, and managerial tasks associated Activity Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40
with MP reports, criminal investigations Individual Files . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 41
reports, traffic accident reports, and armed USING OTHER INFORMATION SOURCES. . 42
forces traffic tickets. The information National Crime Information Center . . . . . 42
system can contribute in great measure to Crime Records Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
selective enforcement. Federal Bureau of Investigation . . . . . . . . ...43
Drug Enforcement Administration . . . . . . . . 43
In correctional administration, police
information includes many of the recording
and managerial tasks for confinement
facilities, hospital prisoner wards, security elements, to include tactical
rehabilitation training centers, and military forces. (See FM 19-30.)
correctional facilities. MP develop and In preserving public order, police
exchange police information and criminal information includes many of the recording
intelligence with other police forces in their and managerial tasks associated with civil
area of operations. Police information, disturbances, disorders, and natural
including criminal intelligence, is obtained disasters. MP conducting the normal
through daily contact with people, MP, and functions involved with occurrences of these
other law enforcement and security forces. types will develop and exchange police
information with local police and security
In physical security, police information agencies, national police forces, and military
includes recording and managerial tasks forces involved. However, military agencies
associated with security of individual rooms cannot be used for collecting, reporting,
or buildings, structures, facilities, and processing, or storing civil disturbance
installations. In conducting and monitoring information unless specific approval is
physical security, MP will develop and obtained from Headquarters, Department of
exchange police information with other the Army. FM 19-15 discusses intelligence
police forces, private security agencies, operations in civil disturbance situations,
industrial representatives, and other including the critical items of information,

FM 19-10 35
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

sources of information, and collection by cording command and staff actions assoc-
individuals. iated with stability operations. FM 100-20
discusses these operations and the MP
In certain situations, such as countering support to such operations, including police
terrorism, police information may go beyond intelligence.
the field of law and order and extend into
tactical and other types of intelligence. And Disciplinary control boards rely heavily on
the information can include recording police information. In overseas areas, data
command and staff activities associated with generated by well-directed police information
planning, organizing, and executing MP area efforts can contribute greatly to political
combat operation support. MP contribute to planning relevant to relations between
the intelligence required by the area United States forces and the local population
commander with particular respect to the or government. In CONUS, data generated
threat situation. (See FM 90-14.) by police information-gathering operations
can often be more valuable than pure military
In operations against insurgent elements intelligence in planning local public
the police information system includes re- relations.

UNDERSTANDING THE CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE
CYCLE
The criminal intelligence cycle is a con- are standard procedures and expedients,
tinuous process. Planning ensures that improvisations made necessary by local
intelligence collectors are provided a logical, conditions and resources, and the
orderly system for conducting the collection employment of available specialized
effort. Ideally, it ensures that all needed personnel and equipment.
intelligence is collected in time to be of use If criminal intelligence is to be useful it
and that all possible sources of intelligence must be recorded and capable of being
are exploited by appropriate collection rapidly retrieved when needed. Such records
agencies. Planning includes establishment of include journals, files, tapes, reports, maps,
priority areas of interest, allocation of photographs, and automatic data processing
resources, and alternate means of files.
intelligence gathering. The establishing of
priority areas of interest is normally required Evaluating criminal intelligence involves
because of resource limitations. It is virtually determining the reliability of the source and
impossible to collect all criminal intelligence the pertinence and accuracy of the
in all areas of MP responsibility. Resources information. The determination of a source’s
are directed to criminal intelligence reliability is dependent upon past experience
considered most critical. Priorities are not with the source. Accuracy concerns the
permanently fixed but may vary with the truthfulness of the information and the
situation. likelihood that such information may be
The need to exploit all sources of criminal true. The fact that a source may be
intelligence requires resourceful, flexible, and completely reliable does not mean that all
aggressive direction and coordination of the information from him is accurate. The
intelligence collection effort. Commanders information must be evaluated in its relation
and MP personnel involved in gathering to other information on hand and the
criminal intelligence must be aware of the prevailing circumstances of its collection
capabilities and limitations of all available (see FM 19-20).
resources to make the best use of them. Criminal intelligence is analyzed
Among the collection techniques employed singularly before being integrated with other

36 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

information. This affords an opportunity for Formally or informally many types of logic
information to be viewed on its own merit. can be applied, as well as new methods of
After analyzing information for its own statistical analysis, operations research,
worth, it is then included with other data and systems analysis, and computer analysis.
integrated with related information. This The timely distribution of available data is
allows an examination of all available of vital importance to MP operations.
information and presents the greatest Criminal intelligence is useless unless placed
possibility of deriving criminal intelligence. where it can be used. Distribution is made at
Analysis is conducted at all levels of MP the most advantageous time, by the most
information activities. The best basis on rapid means available, considering the
which to conduct analysis is experience. classification of the material.

COLLECTING AND RELEASING INFORMATION
The collection and release of information It is a requirement of the Privacy Act that
pertaining to US citizens is governed by law. people be informed of the purpose for
The Freedom of Information Act allows obtaining information. Individuals are not
citizens to obtain information and records required to disclose their social security
that have been gathered on them by various numbers. However, the authority to obtain it
governmental agencies. The Privacy Act for DA forms is contained in 10 USC 3012. If
restricts the kind of information about an individual refuses to disclose his social
citizens that government agencies can security number, it will be obtained from
collect. For more information on records official personnel records. The law places
administration and release of information, restrictions on transferring information
see AR 190-45. concerning an individual to other agencies or
AR 340-17 governs the procedures the organizations, particularly those outside the
Army will follow when a freedom of federal government. In accordance with
information request is received. Each status of forces agreements (SOFAs) or local
installation has a Freedom of Information laws, transfer of investigatory information
Act officer with whom coordination is may be allowed to local, state, and foreign
made when acting on requests. Some police (see AR 340-21). Coordination with SJA
MP/investigative records are exempt from is made concerning questions and problems
disclosure. Denial of information can be involving this act and release of information
made only by designated initial denial to other law enforcement agencies.
authorities who are generally heads of the
DA staff agencies. All records pertaining to juvenile
offenders must be safeguarded from
AR 340-21 governs the procedures the unauthorized disclosure. They are released
Army will follow concerning the Privacy only on a need-to-know basis. They must be
Act. AR 340-21 provides guidance on the maintained in a secure file in the juvenile
various law enforcement information office or PM office, with very limited access.
systems of USACIDC and the MP. Some See AR 190-45 for more information on how
investigative and internal control records in to store juvenile records.
the law enforcement field are exempt from
disclosure. Some of these exempt records are During juvenile proceedings, information
informant registers, accreditation files, on the juvenile and the circumstances of the
reports of investigation, MP reports, and SIR offense may be furnished only to the court,
files. Each record-release request must be counsel for the juvenile, the government, or
handled on an individual basis. others entitled to review sealed records.

FM 19-10 37
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Records may also be released to a treatment classified or libelous. The PM and MP unit
facility to which a juvenile has been com- commanders must be familiar with
mitted by the court if the director submits an ARs 360-5 and 360-61.
inquiry in writing. And sometimes records The PM, in coordination with the PAO,
may be released to an agency considering uses all available public information media,
the subject for a position involving law
enforcement work or affecting national such as television, radio, newspapers, and
security. posters to—
Introduce MP and their mission so there
Records should give detailed listings of will be understanding and cooperation
regulations the juveniles have violated. And between MP and the military and civilian
they should include the disposition made by communities.
civilian authorities. But permanent records
of nonessential minor incidents or situations Explain enforcement plans, policies,
resolved in conference with parents or the programs, and changes so members of the
juvenile are not made. If the juvenile is military community know the law
found innocent, the records are destroyed, enforcement programs and govern
sealed by the court, or otherwise disposed of themselves accordingly.
in accordance with local directives. Juvenile Explain pertinent provisions of
records transmitted outside the MP station agreements entered into with local civil
or PM office will be assigned protective police.
markings as specified in AR 340-17.
Explain the role that all members of the
MP may, at times, come in contact with military community must play to prevent
the news media. Establishing a cooperative crimes and offenses, and actions they are
relationship with the news media can to take to assist MP if they become
eliminate misunderstanding between the victims of crimes and offenses.
military community and the news media.
Publicize outstanding accomplishments
MP do not release information to the news of MP and other members of the military
media. If asked to give information, MP community in preventing crimes and
decline. The requestor is referred to where offenses.
the information may be obtained. A
definitive policy as to what news is to be The sources of departmental information
made available, through what channels, available to the press are strictly controlled,
and under what circumstances it is to be standardized, and reduced to a minimum.
released is established by the PM in When stories are misinterpreted, the
coordination with the public affairs officer responsible reporter is contacted and the
(PAO) of the installation. proper interpretation given. MP must be
careful not to exaggerate occasional petty
The PAO, like the PM, also is a staff criticisms that are printed in the papers, as
officer of the commander. The PAO keeps long as general press relations impact
the community informed about unit positively on the military community. In
operations or developments that ma y impact this respect, MP must remember that the
on the military community. The PAO also press is usually a good barometer of
keeps the commander advised of community community opinion and wields a great
opinion and the probable community influence upon it. Good press relations can
reaction to impending operations and mean that favorable stories will be given
developments. front page coverage and unfavorable stories
The PAO may release to the press will be presented in a less damaging light,
information concerning the post that is not consistent with the facts.

38 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

USING MILITARY POLICE MANAGEMENT
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
In an effort to standardize automated in- assistance on how to use the ORS, see the
formation management throughout the MP Offense Reporting System Functional Users
Corps, specific systems have been created for Manual.
use Armywide. Under the umbrella Military VEHICLE REGISTRATION SYSTEM
Police Management Information Systems
(MPMIS), the ORS, the VRS, and the The VRS is a stand-alone system, indepen-
Correctional Reporting System (CRS) dent of other MPMIS systems, that can
support the law enforcement mission of the provide useful vehicle data to the MP and
MP. Each system is designed to provide data unit commanders. It entirely automates the
query and report capability in response to registration of vehicles authorized on any
managerial or investigative requirements. installation. The necessity for the timely
retrieval of vehicle information is
OFFENSE REPORTING SYSTEM fundamental and can most efficiently and
The information used by the ORS is taken effectively be achieved through automation.
from each DA Form 3975 (Military Police VRS complements the registration process
Report). Information is stored in the by meeting the increasing demands of law
enforcement for timely information.
computer until it is requested through a data Whether or not the actual registration
query or in the form of a standard report. process is conducted by personnel assigned
Automation of this information does not do to the PM is not important. Information
away with the requirement to prepare and stored through VRS is equally valuable
store hard copy MP reports and associated through the process of data query and
case documents. These documents must be standard reports.
available for court or court-martial
proceedings. However, ORS provides rapid Reports are requested as required by the
access to detailed information as well as MP. The types available include registration
broad statistical analysis. by decal number, state license number, or
personnel type. Additionally, VRS monitors
Standard reports generated through ORS the status of driving privilege suspension
may be requested and used as needed at the and revocation as well as validation of
installation level, or they may be used to safety inspections, insurance, and post
satisfy a regulatory requirement for decals. For assistance on how to use the
standard information such as the law VRS, see the Vehicle Registration System
enforcement and discipline report. Features Functional Users Manual.
of ORS include computer-generated reports
that identify crime by location, summarize CORRECTIONAL REPORTING
all offenses by type, profile adjudication of SYSTEM
persons apprehended by the MP, and The CRS assists in the management of the
produce separate reports on any cases Army’s confinement facilities. Information
involving juveniles. Additionally, ORS on each prisoner is taken from confinement
monitors the status of all open MP reports orders, release orders, personal history
referred to MPIs, USACIDC, traffic, or other documents, and other sources. This
investigative agencies. It further recognizes information assists the correctional facility
overdue suspenses for DA Form 4833 staff in monitoring the custody and control
(Commander’s Report of Disciplinary or of all prisoners assigned. The data base is
Administrative Action). ORS is beneficial in used to generate various types of daily,
assisting MP in the identification of problem monthly, and quarterly reports as required
areas or units on an installation. For by regulation. Reports provide information

FM 19-10 39
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

on the status of the prisoner population. performed on the information in the data
Reports make it possible for prisoner gains base. For assistance on how to use the CRS,
and losses to be tracked. Reports also make it see the Correctional Reporting System Users
possible for statistical analysis to be Manual.

DEVELOPING AND USING MP INFORMATION FILES
MP information files must contain as immediate apprehension, is reported by
much information as possible, cover as patrol personnel. Usually a locally devised
many years as possible, and be efficiently field interview card is used for this purpose.
organized, consistent with the limitations It should contain spaces for complete
imposed by AR 380-13. Information files are identification of the individual (and vehicle
retained indefinitely. (To request modifica- if applicable), the time and place of the
tion of the Army filing system and method of interview, the reason for the interview, and
storage and retention, see AR 25-400-2.) the person’s stated reasons for being in the
These files must be excluded from general area. Additional space can be provided for
inspection or review by anyone other than any remarks of the MP and for his signature.
designated persons except upon authori- Data compiled from field interview cards are
zation from the commanding general or transferred to information cards filed in the
installation commander. Cross-referencing of police information file.
files is mandatory. Automatic data
processing is used to the maximum extent AREA FILES
possible. Area files include information on any
The sensitive nature of these files must be definable geographic area that has activities
understood by all persons concerned. Files of police interest. On a CONUS installation,
contain offense charts, statistical it may include housing areas, supply and
summaries, blotters, DA Forms 3975, and storage areas, and recreational or training
information from MP and criminal areas. Off post, it may include bar, hotel, or
investigations. These files also include pawn shop areas, or any area of potential
rumor, supposition, conjecture, and gossip; civil disturbances. With only slight
this information may be damaging to modifications, the same considerations
otherwise innocent persons. These files may apply in overseas areas. In overseas areas
also contain information on friends, where units or specific groups move into an
relatives, or fellow MP. From contacts made area and more or less claim it as their own
with other MP and MPIs and information area, files become very revealing and
already contained in the files, MP can extremely important. In rear area protection
pinpoint establishments, activities, friends, or in stability operations, areas of police
and problems. interest may include those areas where
populations are known to be unfriendly to
MP patrols and their supervisors are alert the United States or allied forces, areas
and observant for all items of interest. They suitable for guerrilla training or bases, and
report such items fully and promptly. They areas that may provide potential sources of
question the identities of persons supply and equipment for insurgent forces.
encountered in unusual places at unusual
times. They ask their reasons for being in ACTIVITY FILES
those places at those times. And they may The activity files contain all information
ask for other information as well. Interview of interest to the MP. The categories in this
information, if it does not lead to an system vary, and the information is not

40 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

limited by the area of influence or by restrictions of AR 380-13 do not apply in the
jurisdictional considerations. theater of operations.
All activities that can pose a threat to
military personnel, functions, or property INDIVIDUAL FILES
are included in an activity file. Information
concerning persons and organizations not Any individual identified as being of
affiliated with the Department of Defense special significance to the MP, either
may be acquired, reported, processed, and because of activities, leadership, contacts, or
stored under the authority of AR 380-13 only even as a symbol of some nature, has a
if in the judgment of the commander dossier within the restrictions of AR 380-13.
concerned there is reasonable basis to This dossier is nothing more than a complete
believe that one or more of the following has biography to include information on habits,
or is likely to occur: income, friends, weaknesses, and personal
history. The individual’s police record,
Theft, damage, or sabotage of weapons, disciplinary record, and details of other
ammunition, equipment, facilities, or contacts with law enforcement agencies are
records belonging to DOD units or included. See AR 340-17 and AR 380-13 for
installations. guidance regarding non-DOD-affiliated
Compromise of classified defense personnel.
information by unauthorized disclosure or
espionage. INVESTIGATORY FILES
Demonstrations occurring on or
immediately adjacent to Active or Reserve Investigatory files compiled for enforcing
Army installations which are of such size civil, criminal, or military law are considered
or character that they are likely to exempt from mandatory release provisions
interfere with the conduct of military of the 1974 Freedom of Information Act
activities, as defined in AR 380-13. (5 USC 552). Information requests
concerning data determined to be releasable
Direct threats to DOD military or civilian by the PM and SJA are honored in
personnel regarding their official duties or accordance with the provisions of AR 340-17.
to other persons authorized protection by Requests for information from representa-
DOD resources. tives of the press will be processed through
Activities or demonstrations endangering the appropriate command information
classified defense contract facilities or key officer. Information is not released to
defense facilities. representatives of the press if it is likely to—
Interfere with law enforcement
Acts occurring on Active or Reserve Army proceedings.
installations in violation of laws or Deprive an individual of fair and
regulations. impartial justice.
Subversion of loyaltv, discipline, or Invade the personal privacy of an
morale of military and DOD civilian individual.
personnel (18 USC 2387). Disclose nonroutine investigation
A distinction must be recognized between techniques and procedures.
the various restrictions governing the Disclose confidential investigative
collection, storage, and dissemination of information and sources of information.
information in a peacetime environment and Reveal information that might endanger
the need to gather information in support of the lives or physical safety of law
tactical operations. Normally, the enforcement personnel.

FM 19-10 41
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

USING OTHER INFORMATION SOURCES
NATIONAL CRIME INFORMATION (DCSPER), is responsible for overall Army
CENTER participation in the NCIC. In addition to
The NCIC is a computerized information operating the Army’s central terminal in the
system established by the Federal Bureau of NCIC system, it maintains liaison with the
Investigation (FBI) as a service to all law FBI on NCIC matters. Currently, Army field
enforcement agencies—local, state, and terminals in the NCIC are located at
federal. The system operates by means of designated installations and the Military
computers, data transmission over District of Washington. AR 190-27 specifies
communication lines, terminal devices, and, procedural requirements for Army users of
most important, people. Its objective is to the NCIC system. The FBI publishes a
improve the effectiveness of law enforcement manual containing standards, procedures,
through the efficient handling and exchange and instructions for NCIC participants.
of documented civil and military police PMs maintain and update a copy of the
information. NCIC operating manual and refer to this
manual when questions arise concerning
The NCIC makes centralized criminal proper procedures for using the NCIC.
data rapidly available to law enforcement FM 19-20, AR 190-9, and AR 190-27 provide
agencies. Patrol tactics and investigative further details concerning the NCIC.
habits must be reviewed in light of this
capability if the system is to attain optimum CRIME RECORDS CENTER
use. The success of the system will depend on
the extent to which patrols, supervisors, and The USACRC receives and maintains the
investigators use it in daily operations. permanent files of USACIDC reports and
investigations and designated MP reports.
The US Army participates in the NCIC USACRC ensures retention of these records
system in conjunction with other law and supplies data and copies of files or
enforcement agencies. The system affords documents to agencies authorized to request
the Army timely police information such information. USACRC also maintains
regarding deserters; wanted persons; and liaison with other federal intelligence
stolen, missing, and recovered automobiles, agencies as prescribed in AR 195-2.
boats, securities, license plates, weapons, The function of the USACRC is to—
and other identifiable property.
The NCIC provides data on military Receive and file all USACIDC reports of
absentees and deserters as provided in investigation.
AR 190-9 and AR 190-27. Data are Receive and file MP reports acquired
obtained from DD Form 553 (Test) under the provisions of AR 190-45.
(Deserter/Absentee Wanted by the Armed
Forces) forwarded by PMs to the USADIP at Operate and maintain criminal data
Fort Benjamin Harrison, Indiana. The reference files.
USADIP, staffed by MP and personnel Provide record checks, both emergency
specialists, ensures that information and routine, for USACIDC elements,
received is current and correct, and that it is other federal investigative agencies, and
entered into the NCIC and disseminated to other authorized users.
all appropriate law enforcement agencies.
Develop specialized statistics and reports
The Office of Army Law Enforcement, on crime within the Army as required by
Deputy Chief of Staff for Personnel Headquarters, Department of the Army.

42 FM 19-10
THE MP LAW AND ORDER MISSION

Transmit, upon reqest, copies of violations, such as counterfeiting and
USACIDC reports of investigation and internal revenue violations. The FBI
MP reports to USACIDC elements, classifies and maintains fingerprint files on
Department of the Army, federal all present and past federal employees
investigative agencies, and other (including military personnel) and all
authorized users. persons apprehended for the commission of
serious crimes. The bureau also maintains
The USACRC will, upon request of the NCIC.
authorized users, conduct a search of
available files for information on a The 1984 Memorandum of Understanding
particular individual. File searches can be between the Department of Justice and the
made as part of a crime survey check of Department of Defense relating to the
employees at a particular establishment. investigation and prosecution of certain
Such checks are considered routine. crimes (see AR 27-10) provides guidance on
Requests for immediate record checks may investigative responsibility between the FBI
be forwarded by telephone, telecopier, or and military criminal investigative
teletypewriter. Telephonic format is organizations.
contained in AR 195-2. Letter or message
requests are addressed to Director, US Army DRUG ENFORCEMENT
Crime Records Center, 2301 Chesapeake ADMINISTRATION
Avenue, Baltimore, Maryland 21222.
Requests contain, if available, the name, The Drug Enforcement Administration
date of birth, place of birth, social security has prime responsibility for enforcing laws
number, and military service number. and statutes relating to narcotic drugs,
marihuana, depressants, stimulants, and
hallucinogenic drugs. The agency will assist
FEDERAL BUREAU OF federal, state, and local law enforcement
INVESTIGATION agencies in the exchange of information and
The FBI investigates all violations of training to control the use and trafficking of
federal laws, with the exception of specified narcotics and other drugs.

FM 19-10 43
PART TWO
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS
Military police law enforcement operations are used on and off the battlefield to help
help the commander keep his command ensure critical personnel, equipment, and
combat ready and combat efficient. The supplies arrive where they are needed.
enforcement of military laws, orders, and Sometimes the purposes for using the
regulations is a function of command. measures differ. In a peacetime
Commanders, by enforcing laws and environment, MP use physical security
regulations, ensure order and discipline. measures to reduce the opportunity for
Each commander is responsible for crime. In a theater of operations, the
maintaining order and discipline in his unit. measures are used to protect critical facilities
Leaders are the key to order and discipline. and supplies from the enemy. Yet the
From on-the-spot corrections to referrals for measures still suppress the opportunity for
crime. (Battlefield uses for traffic control and
action under the Manual for Courts-Martial, physical security measures are discussed in
leaders execute their responsibilities through FM 19-4 under Battlefield Circulation
the chain of command. To assist the chain of Control and Area Security.)
command, MP are empowered by division,
corps, and echelons-above-corps command- It is, however, recognized that most MP
ers to exercise control over soldiers who efforts that directly enforce laws and support
violate military laws, orders, and regula- order are undertaken mainly in a peacetime
tions. MP at all levels support the com- environment. These efforts include both
mander in his responsibility for command proactive and reactive measures. MP
and control by ensuring that his directives undertake and support preventive programs
are complied with. to remove conditions promoting crime and to
reduce opportunities allowing crime. MP
Sometimes it is not in the commander’s enforcement efforts encourage voluntary
best interest to employ MP assets compliance by all personnel with laws,
specifically on law enforcement operations. orders, regulations, and directives of the
Yet even then MP efforts continue to reduce commander.
the opportunity for crime. All MP missions
contribute to the preservation of law and Military law enforcement is best served by
order. Law enforcement is an implied factor achieving the greatest compliance with rules
in all MP operations. In the course of any with the least amount of punitive action. MP
operation MP perform, MP operate in a accomplish much at potential trouble spots
manner and with intent to encourage by encouraging law-abiding persons to
support and to enforce the commander’s cooperate actively in helping fellow soldiers
discipline and military law. act properly. Friends and buddies are
encouraged to remove troublemakers from
Even in a theater of operations when the the scene. And proprietors are encouraged to
intensity of battle dictates the need to call MP when there may be disorders. But
concentrate MP efforts on combat support when necessary, MP undertake active
operations, the opportunity for crime is enforcement measures. MP take immediate
nonetheless reduced as a result of MP action to halt crimes in progress, to
missions. MP battlefield combat support apprehend perpetrators, and to aid victims.
operations and peacetime law enforcement MP undertake enforcement measures that
operations use many of the same measures. range from conducting raids and seizing
Sometimes the purpose for using the illegal drugs to patrolling roadways and
measures is the same. TCPs and checkpoints regulating traffic.

44 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 5
Having Authority and Jurisdiction
M ilitary police carry out their law CONTENTS
enforcement operations with strict regard for Page
the needs of the Army and the safety of the EXERCISING AUTHORITY AND
military community. At the same time, MP JURISDICTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
maintain a strict regard for the rights of the Authority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
individuals making up that military com- Authority Over Persons Subject
munity. Just as MP undertake their law to UCMJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
enforcement operations in the military com- Authority Over Persons not Subject
to UCMJ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
munity to protect and preserve the life of the Posse Comitatus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
community, they also protect and preserve Jurisdiction. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .47
the legal rights of members of the military Military Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
community. In so doing, MP carry out the Civil Jurisdiction . . . . . . . . . . . ... . . . . . . . . . 49
Army policy of equality before the law. PROTECTING LEGAL RIGHTS . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Rights Warning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
EXERCISING AUTHORITY Temporary Detention . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
AND JURISDICTION
All military personnel performing police military commander which must be based
work operate within their jurisdiction and upon federal law.
authority. Jurisdiction and authority are not
the same. MP may have the authority to The authority of MP in a friendly foreign
apprehend a suspect, but the military nation or territory may be, and in most cases
may not have jurisdiction to try the suspect. is, different from MP authority in the US.
Authority is the lawful right of designated This difference arises from the law of the
persons or agencies to exercise governmental country concerned (except as otherwise
power or control. Military jurisdiction is the provided by agreement) being applicable to
extent of and limitation on the right of an all persons, including MP in that country.
armed force to exercise authority and control Consequently, in the absence of an
over persons and offenses. international agreement to the contrary, US
troops in a friendly foreign nation are subject
AUTHORITY to the UCMJ and the laws of the nation in
which stationed.
The authority of MP to enforce military
law, orders, and regulations, by appre- An agreement to resolve jurisdictional
hension if necessary, is derived primarily conflicts is the status of forces agreement.
from the President of the United States as Basically, the SOFA authorizes one
Commander in Chief of the armed forces. MP government to take action in cases where
must familiarize themselves with the both governments could take action. A
contents of the articles of the UCMJ if they formula decides which government will act in
are to perform their duties effectively. a particular case. The North Atlantic Treaty
National Guard and Army Reserve MP Organization (NATO) SOFA was the first
usually exercise no authority overactive duty significant agreement negotiated and has
military unless they are themselves subject to become the model for most later agreements.
the UCMJ. In a domestic territory under For example, during joint NATO operations
martial rule, the authority of the MP over US Army MP can be tasked to be a part of a
persons other than those subject to the UCMJ NATO combined MP detachment (see NATO
is derived from policies and orders of the Standardization Agreement [STANAG] 2085).

FM 19-10 45
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Authority Over Persons Subject to apprehended and detained long enough to
UCMJ be turned over to civil authorities.
MP have authority to take appropriate Civilians not subject to the UCMJ also
action with persons subject to the UCMJ. may be apprehended for violation of
This authority is not limited to military properly promulgated post regulations.
reservations or federal property. All active These persons then may be escorted to the
duty military personnel are subject to the entrance of the post and may be forbidden
provisions of the UCMJ. It also pertains to reentry by the installation commander.
some retired members and other personnel
enumerated in Article 2, UCMJ. Civilians not subject to the UCMJ may be
cited for violations of the Assimilative
The UCMJ, as established by Congress, Crimes Act not amounting to felonies or
provides one basic code of military justice breaches of the peace (such as fishing
and law for all services. The code authorizes without a valid permit) and referred to a
the President of the United States to set rules US magistrate.
of evidence; pretrial, trial, and posttrial Civilians not subject to the UCMJ may be
procedures; and maximum punishments for subject to military authority in situations
violations of the UCMJ. Under this involving martial law or hostilities.
authority, the President has issued the MCM.
The MCM is a primary source document for Thus, commanders and MP have authority
matters relating to military justice. It is an to apprehend civilians in many circum-
executive order implementing the provisions stances; they may also detain civilians for a
of the UCMJ. It establishes the military law reasonable period of time in order to effect
of evidence. their arrest by civilian law enforcement
authorities. The local SJA is consulted
Ordinarily in the US, MP have the same regarding the applicable rules. AR 600-40
authority to apprehend friendly foreign provides general guidance regarding
military personnel as they have to apprehend apprehension and restraint of persons not
civilians. On post this authority arises from subject to military law.
the installation commander’s inherent
authority to maintain order on the Commanders have the authority to eject
installation. However, after authorization by trespassers on the installation and to enforce
the President and upon request of the the ejection of any person previously barred
commanding officer of a friendly foreign from entry. This authority comes from 18
force having service courts in this country, USC 1382, which provides that “whoever,
MP may apprehend a designated member of within the jurisdiction of the United States,
the friendly foreign force and deliver him to goes upon any military, naval, or Coast
US military authorities for delivery to the Guard reservation, post, fort, arsenal, yard,
requesting force. station, or installation, for any purpose
prohibited by law or lawful regulation; or
Authority Over Persons Not Subject to whoever reenters or is found within any such
UCMJ reservation, post, fort, arsenal, yard, station,
or installation, after having been removed
In areas under military jurisdiction or therefrom or ordered not to enter by the
control, MP in some cases may take persons officer in command or charge thereof, shall be
into custody whether or not they are in the fined not more than $500 or imprisoned not
military services: more than six months or both.”
Persons not subject to the UCMJ who are
found committing a felony or a The US Magistrate System provides the
misdemeanor amounting to a breach of the Department of the Army with a means of
peace on a military reservation may be processing and disposing of certain minor

46 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

offenses and traffic violations. A minor Thus, it does not prohibit the use of Army
offense is defined as one in which punish- bomb disposal experts in deactivating and
ment would not exceed imprisonment for one destroying explosives found in civilian
year, a fine of not more than $1,000, or both. communities. Nor does it prohibit Army
DD Form 1805 (United States District Court medical personnel from rendering medical
Violation Notice) will be used to refer minor care to persons injured in a natural disaster.
offenses to the US Magistrate Court. Further, this law does not prohibit an
individual member of the Army from
If a case is referred to magistrate court, the making a citizen’s arrest for a felony or
individual is given the option of either paying breach of the peace committed in his
a fine or appearing before the court to contest presence. The act does not prohibit
the charges. For only the most serious development and maintenance of effective
offenses is a court appearance mandatory. working relationships between MP and their
The court frequently sits on the military civilian counterparts nor the loan to civilian
installation. An advantage to such a system authorities of certain types of equipment.
is the prompt and expeditious disposition of
minor offenses without resort to a federal But the law does prohibit concerted use,
district court. under orders, of units or individuals of the
Army to execute the law. The Posse
Posse Comitatus Comitatus Act does not prohibit investiga-
tion of offenses committed by civilians if
MP authority does not extend to civilians there is an Army interest. The SJA should be
outside areas under military jurisdiction or consulted on a case-by-case basis to
control. The military cannot be used to help determine whether or not there is an Army
execute civilian law. The Posse Comitatus interest and the measures to be taken during
Act provides that whoever, except in cases the investigation.
and under circumstances expressly
authorized by the Constitution or by act of The Posse Comitatus Act does not apply
Congress, willfully uses any part of the Army when a state activates its National Guard in
to execute civil law shall be fined not more accordance with state law. Such a force can
than $10,000 or imprisoned not more than be used to enforce the laws of the state.
two years or both. This act applies to However, if the National Guard is called into
enforcement of federal, state, county, or local federal service, the Posse Comitatus Act
law. And a related statute makes it an offense applies.
to have military personnel at a place where
elections are being held, except when such JURISDICTION
force is necessary to repel armed enemies of
the US (18 USC 592 and 593). Jurisdiction limits the exercise of
authority. The jurisdiction of every offense
Military forces acting in civil disturbances or incident depends upon the status of the
under the provisions of 10 USC 331-333 are suspect, international agreements and
not in violation of the Posse Comitatus Act. treaties, the “service connection” of the
Nor does this prohibition extend to offense, and other factors. The SJA is
employing federal military forces to protect always consulted where questions exist
federal functions and property or to acting in about jurisdiction.
an emergency. Acts having a primary
military purpose and only incidentally The term “exclusive jurisdiction” refers to
enforcing civilian law are not prohibited. the power granted to Congress by the United
States Constitution to exercise legislative
Note that the Posse Comitatus Act does authority. It also applies to similar power
not prohibit military assistance to protect acquired by the US through cession by a
public safety as opposed to law enforcement. state, or by a reservation made by the US

FM 19-10 47
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

upon the admission of the state into the an area in a state but has not obtained
Union. In the exercise of exclusive jurisdiction. Where the federal government
jurisdiction, the federal government has no legislative jurisdiction over its land,
assumes sole jurisdiction over the it holds such land in a proprietorial interest
designated area. For example, many only and has the same rights as any other
military installations have exclusive federal landowner. In addition, there exists a right
jurisdiction. The federal government then of the federal government to perform the
exercises its executive, legislative, and functions delegated to it by the Constitution
judicial authority over that area and the without interference from any source. It may
personnel within it. To avoid the difficult resist—by exercising its legislative or
task of enacting and maintaining a code of executive authority, or through court
criminal laws appropriate for all areas under proceedings—any attempted interference by
its legislative jurisdiction, Congress passed a state instrumentality of its exercise of
18 USC 13, commonly referred to as the constitutional responsibilities. Congress
Assimilative Crimes Act. In this statute, also has authority to enact laws for the
Congress provided that all acts or omissions protection of US property. Subject to these
occurring in an area under federal conditions, when the US acquires only a
jurisdiction, which would constitute crimes if proprietorial interest, the state retains all the
the area were under the state jurisdiction, jurisdiction over the area it would have if a
will constitute similar crimes, similarly private individual rather than the US owned
punishable, under federal law. This act does the land. The Assimilative Crimes Act does
not assimilate crimes based on state statutes not apply to areas of federal proprietorial
that are contrary to federal policy and law, jurisdiction. In such areas, MP exercise
such as civil rights legislation, nor does it authority in compliance with the
assimilate state law if there is an existing instructions of the appropriate commander.
federal statute or law on the subject.
Concurrent jurisdiction exists when the Military Jurisdiction
US is granted authority that would Military jurisdiction is exercised through
otherwise amount to exclusive legislative the application of military law, the law of
jurisdiction over an area, but the state in war, military government, martial law, and
which the area is located retains the right to military orders and regulations –
simultaneously exercise its authority along
with that of the federal government. It is an Military law regulates the entire military
area of dual jurisdiction. Under concurrent establishment of the US.
jurisdiction, state criminal laws are Law of war is that segment of treaty and
applicable in the area and can be enforced by customary international law applicable to
the state. The same laws can be enforced by warfare.
the federal government under the Military government is the administra-
Assimilative Crimes Act, which is applicable tion by which an occupying power
to areas under concurrent as well as exercises executive, legislative, and
exclusive jurisdiction of the US. Federal judicial authority over occupied territory.
criminal laws also apply. Many crimes fall Martial law or martial rule is the
under both federal and state sanction, and temporary exercise of control over
either the federal or state government, or domestic territory by a military
both, may take jurisdiction over a given commander as authorized by the
offense. President.
Proprietorial interest applies to instances Military orders and regulations are used
in which the federal government has in a military organization for its internal
acquired some right or title of ownership to direction.

48 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Military jurisdiction extends to military enforced by state, county, and local
personnel whether or not they are in an area governments and their regulatory agencies.
under military control. The military has For example, traffic regulations, liquor laws,
exclusive jurisdiction to try persons subject and closing hours are usually set by local
to the UCMJ for offenses purely military in law. Some penal laws pertain to specific
nature, such as unauthorized absences. The matters or areas within the civil jurisdiction
Supreme Court has abandoned the of the federal government. Such federal law,
requirement of showing a “service like customs regulations and counterfeiting
connection” for off-post offenses before a laws, is enforced by federal agencies.
service member can be tried. A service
member may now be tried in a court-martial Under international law, a friendly foreign
regardless of any service connection. It is power normally has primary jurisdiction to
Army policy that a service member will not prosecute nonmilitary offenses committed
ordinarily be prosecuted under civil within its borders by members of a visiting
jurisdiction and later under military force. This power may be further defined or
jurisdiction for the same offense. The surrendered to military authorities through
military rarely has jurisdiction to try SOFAs and other treaties or agreements
civilians. depending upon the nature and circum-
stances of the offense. This limitation to
prosecute does not prohibit commanders
Civil Jurisdiction from taking administrative action against
Civil jurisdiction is exercised through the suspects. Guidance on the exercise of
application of state and federal law. Under military jurisdiction subsequent to action by
the Constitution the states retain the right to civilian authorities is found in AR 27-10.
regulate conduct of persons within their When doubt exists on jurisdiction over a
boundaries. Penal laws, which declare particular individual or offense, consult the
certain acts to be unlawful, are defined and SJA.

PROTECTING LEGAL RIGHTS
An MP can make contact with a person in Amendment. This is a proper activity of a
any place the MP is lawfully situated. commander or MP. Every contact between
Examples of lawful contacts include the police and a citizen is not a detention,
questioning of witnesses to a crime and and does not demand a basis for the contact.
warning a pedestrian that he is entering a Many contacts between MP (and commanders)
dangerous area. These types of contacts are and other persons are not based on suspicion of
reasonable, permissible, and within the criminal activity. However, some contacts may
normal activities of MP and commanders. result in finding evidence of a crime.
They are not detentions in any sense. MP
may inspect or walk through barracks or the Contacts between MP and others may
unit area. MP may be any place where occur without thought of criminal activities.
consent has been given by a person who has MP assist disabled people, untangle con-
the power to give consent. They may be any gested traffic, and escort intoxicated persons
place with the consent or authorization of a to shelter. MP perform other helping
commander, or any place where they are activities as required.
present to effect a lawful apprehension. RIGHTS WARNING
An MP may make a contact when the The law requires that a military member
person is not subject to the Fourth who questions a military or civilian suspect

FM 19-10 49
161-016 O-94-4
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

or accused must be exercising some form of On many occasions, an individual may
police or disciplinary power before he is approach an MP, a commander, or a
required to read the person his rights. If an noncommissioned officer and furnish in-
apprehending MP considers it important to formation concerning criminal activities.
question a suspect while in the field, the Listening never requires a warning.
MP must advise the suspect of his rights. However, any time the listener wants to
Any individual can be read rights before interrupt the person giving the statement
even the most innocent questioning. and clarify some information, questioning
However, a commander or MP who is does take place and a warning is required.
questioning a suspect is performing a A warning is not needed before question-
disciplinary role and has to read the person
his or her rights. When in doubt, read the ing a person who is merely a witness to a
rights. crime. Nor is it needed to question someone
who may know something about a crime but
When a law enforcement official or who is not a suspect. For example, asking a
commander intends to question an accused witness to a crime which way the perpetrator
or suspect of an offense and knows, or went requires no warning. Nor would asking
reasonably knows, that counsel either has someone to show his identification card if
been appointed for or retained by the the identification card is not suspected to be
accused or suspect with respect to that evidence.
offense, the counsel must be notified of the The warning is repeated any time there is
intended interrogation and given a a significant delay in questioning. If
reasonable time in which to attend before the questioning a person who after waiving his
interrogation may proceed. A suspect or rights and agreeing to answer questions has
accused who is intoxicated or who is been released for the night, the next day that
suffering from a serious injury or illness person must be rewarned of his rights. But if
should not be interrogated. Nor should a the person is released for lunch or is released
suspect or accused be interrogated who is to go back to the unit to get some clothing, a
hysterical or emotionally upset. In these new warning is not required. And if it is
cases the court may rule that the suspect known that an accused or a suspect has been
could not give an intelligent, knowing warned by another officer and has chosen to
waiver of his rights. During an interrogation waive his rights, there is no need to give
the questioner will not attempt to persuade, another warning when there is no
trick, or threaten the suspect or accused into significant delay in questioning. The
waiving his rights. The suspect or accused warning also is repeated to a suspect if he
will make his own decisions. The questioner indicates that he did not understand the first
will not subject the suspect or accused to warning or that he might want to change his
prolonged questioning without a break. The mind about answering questions.
questioner will not threaten the suspect or If a suspect remains silent after he has
accused into confessing and will not been given the required warnings and has
physically abuse the suspect or accused. been asked if he wants a lawyer and is
A suspect or an accused must be warned willing to make a statement, he is not
whenever answers are wanted to questions. questioned further. However, if the person
If a person will be asked to perform an act merely indicates that he will not sign a
that might be the equivalent of speech, such waiver form but is willing to waive his
as pointing to a coat worn on a specific date, rights, the questioning can continue. When a
the rights must be read. It is not necessary person waives his rights but objects to note
for the warning to be given before taking by the questioner, the questioning
conducting a lawful search of the suspect. can continue; but the note taking stops for
But if any doubt exists, the rights are read. practical reasons.

50 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

If the accused or suspect first agrees to Witnesses to the lineup are not allowed to
answer questions and then says that he does make an identification in the presence of
not want to talk or say anything more, the one another.
questioning stops. If the accused or suspect The suspect or his counsel is allowed to
answers some questions, then stops and determine the suspect’s position in the
requests a lawyer, the questioner must stop lineup. The suspect is allowed to change
asking questions until a lawyer has been his position after each viewing.
provided or the accused or suspect initiates
further questioning. When individuals in the lineup are
required to try on clothing or to perform
When a lineup will be used, the suspect other acts, all individuals perform these
must be warned of his lineup rights and his acts, not just the suspect.
right to counsel. If a suspect is under any The suspect’s counsel may request certain
form of pretrial restraint, or if charges have changes in the lineup procedures;
been preferred against him, then before however, he has no right to dictate how
placing him in a lineup at the MP station, police will conduct the lineup. See FM 19-20
the MP must warn the suspect of his right to for more information on lineups.
counsel.
The warning must be given by using the
“Although you do not have a right to warning shown on the back of DA Form 3881
refuse to appear in a lineup, you have (Rights Warning Procedure/Waiver
the right to have a lawyer present when Certificate). A service member’s rights under
the witnesses to the crime view the the self-incrimination clause and Article 31
lineup. If you wish, a military lawyer will ensure that he cannot be forced to answer
be appointed for you to represent you any incriminating questions or to make any
free of charge.” incriminating physical acts equivalent to
speech (for example, soldiers cannot be
ordered to point out the clothes that were
To ensure the pretrial lineup is not worn at the time of a rape offense). The
suggestive, the following steps are taken: taking of such evidence is considered to be
There are at least four fillers in the lineup. requesting a statement within the meaning
of Article 31.
MP are not to be used as fillers in lineups.
Additionally, fillers in a lineup are not Correct use of DA Form 3881 requires the
informed of who the suspect is otherwise narrative warning on the reverse of the form
nonverbal communication by them may be read verbatim to the suspect. (See FM 19-20
be communicated to the witness. Fillers in for a detailed discussion for issuing rights
the lineup resemble the suspect. When the warnings.) Warning the individual of his
characteristics of the suspect cannot be rights means more than just reading the
matched, it may be better to use some sort warning found on the back of DA Form 3881.
of photographic identification. To waive his rights, the suspect must show
some understanding which ordinarily will
The person conducting the lineup is not to require, after each warning, an answer on
be involved with the specific the suspect’s part that proves his
investigation. The person is not to make understanding. The individual must state,
any suggestions because they may first, that he is willing to make a statement,
adversely affect the integrity of the lineup. and second, that he does not wish to have an
Witnesses must be separated before and attorney present nor to consult with an
after any identification of the suspect. attorney before questioning can continue.
One witness may have an unfavorable The suspect is then asked to execute the
influence on another. waiver portion of the form documenting his

FM 19-10 51
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

desires concerning questioning. If the form (waiver block) and the investigator
suspect agrees to answer questions but signs the form where indicated. The suspect
refuses to sign the waiver portion of is asked to initial the investigator’s state-
DA Form 3881, the heading blocks of the ment, but initials are not essential. Guidance
form and the rights portion are completed as for preparing DA Form 3881 can be found in
usual. The investigator then prepares a FM 19-20. When a suspect consents to
statement for the waiver block of the form. questioning, the statement is recorded on
The statement must state that the suspect DA Form 2823 (Sworn Statement). When
understands his rights, does not want a questioning is completed, a DA Form 3975 is
lawyer, wants to discuss the offense under filled out and the required entries made on
investigation, but refuses to sign the waiver DA Form 3997 and DA Form 3998 (Military
certificate. The statement is added to the Police Desk Reference).

52 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The individual requesting a statement or The youth must be kept entirely away from
conducting the interrogation will probably operational activities of the MP station. The
do so in the English language. If there area where juveniles are detained must be
appears to be a language barrier, the comfortable, private, and out of public view.
interrogator must ensure that the individual Unless there is another suitable area, the
is aware of his rights in his native language, PM’s office may have to be used. Since
The understanding of the rights also comes juveniles are not subject to the UCMJ, the
into play when an individual is grossly detainment of juveniles in correctional
intoxicated. Such an individual cannot custody, detention cells, or hospital prisoner
make a voluntary waiver. wards is forbidden. A detention cell may be
used for juveniles when there is a threat to
TEMPORARY DETENTION the community, the juveniles, or MP
involved and authority has been obtained
Detention is temporary. It is not used for from the installation commander through
purposes of confinement. Persons are legal channels. (See Chapters 6 and 10 for
detained only when military necessity, the more information on juveniles.)
safety of the individual, or the safety of Facilities for temporary detention of
others makes it necessary. adults apprehended by MP are located
Juveniles are detained only if all or some within the MP station. These facilities are
of the following conditions are met: close enough to the desk for continuous
The detainment is authorized by the observation. They are sufficiently removed
installation commander. so normal operations will not be hindered.
These facilities must not be open to casual
The juvenile is suspected of a serious view by visitors. If the cell location does not
criminal offense requiring the exercise of permit desk personnel to maintain
jurisdiction by civilian law enforcement observation when occupied, a guard or an
authorities. MP must be posted. Closed circuit television
The parents or other suitable relatives are can be used as an alternative method of
not available to take custody of the observation. In detaining females, female
offender at the time of apprehension. MP must be present for security and
The detainment is for the purpose of observation purposes. Male and female
detainees are not placed in the same cell.
transferring custody of the juvenile, at the
earliest possible time, either to the child’s Detention of suspects requires a blotter
parent or to the appropriate state or entry that shows who ordered the detention,
federal agency having jurisdiction. the reason, the time detention began, and the
time of release. Detainees are furnished
If a juvenile must be detained until the normal amounts of food and water. Bedding
appropriate juvenile authorities are is provided if detained more than 12 hours.
contacted, the MP will then notify the Normally, detention does not exceed 24
military sponsor’s unit commander. In cases hours. However, the installation commander
where the juvenile has no military sponsor, may extend the period to 72 hours. Use of
the MP will follow the directions given by showers and latrine facilities for women is
the juvenile authority. Because of special determined by individual PMs per AR 190-38
protections accorded juveniles under many and available facilities.
state statutes, MP may not obtain If the decision is made by the PM or
fingerprints or photographs of a juvenile responsible MP supervisor to place a
without written consent of the juvenile suspect in detention, a thorough search
judge. Nor may names or pictures of the must be made. Personnel performing the
juvenile be released to the public. search and those acting as witnesses must

FM 19-10 53
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

be of the same sex as the offender being includes suspicions or allegations of
searched. After the search has been offenses. The suspicion or allegation is
conducted, the offender is then placed in a described in the report, whether or not it is
cell. Money, other valuables, and personal derogatory to the person detained. Entries
property (other than individual clothing and are made on the MP blotter on all temporary
wedding rings) are taken from the offender, detentions.
inventoried in his presence, and secured. Persons who are under the influence of
Items of clothing that could be used to inflict drugs, injured, or ill must be examined by a
bodily injury are taken from the suspect if medical officer before or immediately after
deemed necessary by the responsible MP being placed in detention. A blotter entry is
supervisor. The suspect is given a receipt, made indicating time, diagnosis, disposition,
DA Form 4137 (Evidence/Property Custody and the name, rank, and organization of the
Document), for all items taken. The reason medical officer or physician’s assistant.
for and degree of any use of force required is Minor injuries requiring simple first aid,
also recorded in either the desk blotter or the such as cuts and abrasions, are treated by
DA Form 1594. MP unless the suspect specifically requests
a medical officer. Written certification must
A DA Form 3975, DA Form 3998, and be filed by the medical officer concerning the
DA Form 4137 must be prepared on any person’s health if an examination is
detention involving an offense. This required.

54 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 6
Undertaking Preventive Programs

M ilitary police law enforcement CONTENTS
programs support command strength, Page
readiness, and well-being. And they help CRIME PREVENTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...55
assist and protect the military community.
Providing Physical Security . . . . . . . . . . . . ...57
Most MP programs are proactive. Controlling Vice Activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...58
Preventing crime by suppressing the Prostitution and Gambling . . . . . . . . . . ...59
opportunity for it is at the base of all law Alcohol and Drug Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . ...60
enforcement planning. MP programs are Preventing Juvenile Delinquency. . . . . . . ...62
diverse. Major programs are directed toward Diagnostic Interview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...62
supporting military law enforcement needs. Police and School Liaisons. . . . . . . . . . ...63
But a number of efforts like customs Juvenile Council . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...64
information services and wildlife conser- Controlling Traffic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...64
vation are equally supportive of civilian law Installation Traffic Control. . . . . . . . . . ...65
enforcement needs. And often the liaison Traffic Offenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...66
and interaction between MP and the civilian ABSENTEE/DESERTER PROGRAM . . . . . . . .70
community that makes a program effective WILDLIFE LAW ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM 70
is, in itself, proactive for law and order. MP CUSTOMS INFORMATION SERVICES ..70
DISASTER RELIEF AND AREA
DAMAGE CONTROL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...72
CRIME PREVENTION
Crime prevention is a primary goal for all their effectiveness, modifying measures, and
Army law enforcement elements. Strong developing further information. During the
installation physical security programs and planning step of the crime prevention
vice control programs support installation program development, the PM must
crime prevention programs. The DA crime generate sufficient, accurate, and up-to-date
prevention program goal is to provide a information with which to organize a viable
secure environment for service members and prevention plan. A series of priorities must
their families, government employees, and be established to determine where MP assets
the general public. Crime prevention is a are needed.
command responsibility having a con-
tinuing command emphasis. One of the principal means for developing
Crime prevention employs proactive information on the extent of a criminal
measures aimed at protecting persons and threat is the use of a crime prevention
their property and the property of the federal survey. This is an examination of all
government. Basic policies of crime physical and geographical features within
prevention are presented in AR 190-31. Use and adjacent to military facilities in order to
of specific preventive techniques is made determine any conditions that may ease or
after a careful review of a problem and its encourage criminal acts that will be
causative factors. Concern is focused on the detrimental to the command. This thorough,
complete, and continuing report includes the
number and types of crimes being committed composition of both military and civilian
and where crimes are being committed. populations, a review of the state of order
Crime prevention is an ongoing process of and discipline in the command, and a study
planning, implementing measures, evaluating of any physical features of the military site.

FM 19-10 55
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

It becomes the principal guide for high visibility of uniformed patrols usually
determining the personnel, equipment, and results in a decrease in crime rates.
direction of the crime prevention program.
Military peculiar offenses, such as disrespect Evaluation is made as a result of analysis
and disobedience to orders, are command and review developed through statistical
concerns and must be prevented by the unit data on the effectiveness of the command
commander. Installation crime prevention program. Based upon the analysis and any
efforts focus on preventing the more violent change of priorities by the commander, the
crimes, such as murder, rape, and assault, by initial program is altered to become more
active enforcement and patrolling activities. effective. The cycle then begins again.
In a mature theater of operations crime The PM, as the chief law enforcement
prevention program, the major effort of the official of the command, has primary staff
PM is toward detecting organized criminal responsibility for crime prevention. His
behavior that threatens the command as a efforts are supported by staff members,
whole. These areas include organized vice subordinate commanders. members of
activities, wholesale pilferage of arriving governmental and law enforcement agencies
supplies, black-market operations, currency within the civilian community, and other
manipulation, organized deserter bands, and agencies. The installation crime prevention
narcotics activities. Such areas are a council meets to review findings of physical
command-wide concern and require security and crime prevention inspections
command-wide participation in their sup- and corrective actions taken. They also
pression and prevention. review the financial impact of installation
crime and preventive measures. They
The crime prevention plan is placed into address crime trends and conditions
action; orders, plans, and operational conducive to crime. And they discuss the
procedures are published. Education effectiveness of existing crime prevention
programs are implemented to alert members programs. The council looks for ways to
of the command to any criminal threat that increase the usefulness of the program. The
exists. Organized task forces may be council is chaired by a member of the
employed to aggressively move against installation command element. The PM or
those criminal threats considered by the security officer serves as the coordinator.
commander to be the most threatening to The council includes delegates from the in-
good order and discipline within the stallation staff, major unit commanders, and
command. delegates from tenant or attached units.
Most often when crime does occur, the A crime prevention officer, appointed in
Crime Prevention Branch, augmented by writing by the installation commander,
MP investigators, conducts a crime analysis manages the installation crime prevention
to identify problem areas. The areas are then program (AR 190-31). MP with extensive
targeted by crime prevention and MPI experience in physical security or MP
personnel in a manner which makes investigators are normally assigned as
apprehension highly possible. This permits crime prevention specialists. Unit crime
the uniformed patrol to remain in their prevention officers (E6 or above) are
patrol area, deterring crime through designated in writing at all levels of
maximum visibility. command. Unit crime prevention officers—
The system may require additional Conduct announced or unannounced
personnel to be assigned to the Crime crime prevention inspections of unit
Prevention and/or MP Investigation areas.
sections based on an increased role in Ensure electro-stylus etching markers are
targeting high crime areas. However, the available to the military community for

56 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

marking government and personal council’s consideration, inspecting the
property. implementation of council-mandated
Develop crime prevention themes for measures, and coordinating the efforts of
installation and local command unit/activity crime prevention officers in
information programs. implementing the installation crime
prevention program. For a state-of-the-art
Crime prevention personnel support the discussion of crime analysis, crime
installation council by performing crime countermeasures, and community crime pre-
data analysis, drafting programs for the vention programs, see DA Pamphlet 190-31.

PROVIDING PHYSICAL SECURITY vulnerable activities within a command.
An effective physical security program This includes reserve centers and Reserve
supports installation crime prevention. A Officers’ Training Corps (ROTC) activities
strong physical security program helps that a command supports. The results of
identify, reduce, eliminate, or neutralize physical security inspections are reported on
conditions favorable to criminal activity. DA Form 2806- 1-R (Physical Security
Physical security inspections and surveys Inspection Report). Physical security
are conducted as a part of the overall surveys are reported on DA Form 2806-R
program. Physical security inspections and (Physical Security Survey Report). (See
surveys reduce the opportunity, and desire, AR 190-13.) Activities examined may be
for engaging in criminal acts. Physical internal (such as cash flow procedures) or
security inspections and surveys are made external (such as lighting intensity or door
on designated mission-essential or security).

FM 19-10 57
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Physical security inspectors are selected with recommended actions to the com-
by the PM, security officer, or installation mander. Upon receipt of the commander’s
commander. Inspectors must hold military decision, a written report is provided to the
occupational specialty (MOS) 95B and meet responsible office for action and reply. If
the qualifications listed in AR 190-13. extensive time is needed for the corrective
Civilian inspectors must meet Office of action, target dates for completion are
Personnel Management qualification established and reported in the reply.
standards. (These standards can be found in
the local civilian personnel office.) Qualified Follow-up inspections should be made of
physical security inspectors are issued the facility, activity, or area inspected after
DA Form 4261 and DA Form 4261-1 (Physical a lapse of not more than three months. This
Security Inspector Identification Card). will show if recommendations have been
carried out. It will also show if major
Before conducting inspections the inspec- changes in mission or personnel may make
tors must know the function or mission of further study and evaluation necessary.
the area, facility, or activity being inspected. Specific guidance in establishing and
They must be familiar with the regulations maintaining a practical, economical, and
and directives required for the operation of effective physical security program is
the activity. They should know of offenses or contained in AR 190-13. For activities that
incidents that have occurred in the past. may require surveys and inspections, see
They review prior surveys or inspections FM 19-30, AR 195-2, and AR 190-13.
conducted and who conducted them. They
also note deficiencies found and if any CONTROLLING VICE ACTIVITIES
personnel changes have occurred. An effective vice control program helps
Inspectors check to see if adequate ensure a command’s strength, readiness,
security safeguards are provided. They note and well-being. Vice activities have adverse
practices or conditions that contribute to the effects on the health, welfare, and morale of
commission of crimes. They look for changes a command. Prostitution, gambling, nar-
or additions required. That is, they see what cotics, and other types of vice can lower the
personnel, regulations or directives, pro- command’s readiness or contribute to
cedures, or equipment is needed to satisfy criminal incidents. MP suppression of vice
security requirements. And they note the helps the commander maintain discipline
actions needed by the commander, PM, or and order.
other staff officers to provide required On post, the control of vice is a PM
security. responsibility. Off post, the control of such
After inspecting, the inspector makes a activities rests in the hands of the civil
thorough analysis of findings. He or she authorities. But MP may assist in the
weighs deficient measures, factors, or prevention of offenses outside a military
conditions against existing standards and installation by enforcing off-limits
requirements. The inspector balances regulations. And they can warn military
manpower and financial costs of personnel to avoid known trouble spots and
recommended measures against the areas.
protection provided. Then the inspector The provisions of the Posse Comitatus Act
briefs the PM on the findings using maps, prohibit participation by MP in raids,
plots, sketches. He recommends corrective searches, and seizures of establishments off
action. If necessary he makes on-site visits post conducted by civil police. However, in
with the PM to clarify the recommendations. overseas areas where this act does not apply
Following the inspector’s final briefing, MP may participate in such action if
the PM reports the findings of the survey requested by civilian authorities and when a

58 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

military member is involved. Since SOFAS commander may also take necessary
and international law will apply, the local countermeasures, such as temporarily
SJA office is contacted before participating declaring the affected area or establish-
in any such activity. ments off-limits to soldiers.
The May Act, 18 USC 1384, was initially
Prostitution and Gambling enacted by Congress in 1941 as an
AR 190-24 and AR 210-10 provide that emergency measure to prohibit prostitution
prostitution will be suppressed by all within such reasonable distances of military
commanders in areas under Army control and/or naval establishments as the
and among persons subject to Army Secretaries of the Army and Navy should
jurisdiction. The regulations specify that determine to be needed for the efficiency,
places of prostitution will be placed off-limits health, and welfare of the Army and Navy.
The act makes it unlawful within such
to military personnel. Commanders are “reasonable distance” to engage in
enjoined to cooperate with agencies engaged prostitution, to aid or abet prostitution, or to
in activities designed to suppress procure or solicit for the purpose of
prostitution affecting military personnel. prostitution. Persons or organizations not
subject to the articles of the UCMJ who are
The suppression of prostitution is an guilty of violating the May Act will be
established policy of the Department of the deemed guilty of a misdemeanor punishable
Army in its program for the welfare of by a fine of not more than $1,000, or by
personnel, the development and guidance of imprisonment for not more than one year,
character, and the control of venereal or both.
disease. The policy applies to all overseas
commands as well as those commands Department of the Army policy stresses
within the continental United States. It is control of gambling rather than suppression.
the responsibility of all commanders to But Army regulations prohibit gambling in
secure compliance with this policy. All service clubs (AR 215-1) and gambling by
practices that can in any way be interpreted disbursing officers (AR 37-103). Excessive
as fostering or condoning prostitution will be losses because of gambling may lead to
prohibited. Violations will be handled commission of other crimes and offenses,
through appropriate disciplinary actions. such as robbery, burglary, and embezzle
Identified houses of prostitution will be ment. The PM is familiar with the gambling
declared off-limits to all US military situation within his jurisdiction and
personnel. Action taken in this connection adjacent areas. The PM studies its impact on
will be coordinated with proper authorities of offense rates and the conduct of personnel
the other services. In the United States, the who are off duty. When appropriate, the PM
civil authorities have complete control over recommends to the commander that
the suppression of prostitution off the consideration for off-limits action be
military installation. The policy of presented to the Armed Forces Disciplinary
suppression is accomplished through Control Board. Information on dishonest
cooperation with civilian law enforcement gambling practices is made available to civil
agencies and health organizations. Full agencies concerned with controlling
cooperation will be given civilian and other gambling.
government agencies engaged in the
suppression of prostitution and the Preventive action against gambling is
elimination of sources of venereal infection. implemented through appropriate command
Where local authorities fail to cooperate, the channels. Publicity relating to gambling is
commander may appeal to higher authority used to inform all personnel of the inherent
to negotiate improvement of conditions. The dangers of gambling.

FM 19-10 59
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Alcohol and Drug Abuse Installation commanders, with the help of
The introduction, sale, possession, and use the post MP, will maintain an alcohol safety
of alcoholic beverages are permitted on Army action program (ASAP) and an alcohol
installations as authorized by AR 215-2. But countermeasures program patterned after
commanders must ensure that persons under the Department of Transportation Alcohol
21 years of age are not permitted to use, Safety Action Projects. These programs are
possess, buy, or introduce intoxicating designed to help identify alcohol and drug
beverages in any form to an activity unless abusers. Rehabilitation programs require
the laws of the state allow it. Persons under extensive planning, coordination,
21 years of age must not be employed in any supervision, and an understanding of the
capacity for the sale, handling, dispensing, offender to be effective. Evaluations of
or serving of any intoxicating beverages. accident rates, driver’s license suspension
Nor may intoxicating beverages be sold, and revocation actions, public opinion, and
used, consumed, or permitted in, on, or about feedback from counseling and medical
the premises of any service club, crafts personnel are used to enhance these
facility, or youth activity facility. The PM programs.
enforces the command’s adherence to this The public must be aware of the alcohol
regulation. and/or drug problem, the behavior of an
The costliness of drugs and difficulty in intoxicated driver or drug user, and the
obtaining them can result in the user impact these problems have on the
resorting to criminal acts to obtain them. community. Individual actions that may be
Commanders and PMs at all levels curb the taken by the public need to be emphasized.
use or sale of narcotics and other prohibited To enhance the MP enforcement effort
drugs through education, detection of against alcohol and drug abuse, the public
trafficking, and prompt apprehension and must be educated in the—
disposition of users and suppliers. Nature of the ASAP and its objective.
Enforcement and countermeasures
In areas where narcotics, marihuana, and employed.
other dangerous drugs are readily available
to military personnel, information on the Implied consent provision.
dangers of using these drugs, the aid that Blood alcohol content index and its
can be given to police authorities, and the applicability.
progress made in prosecuting sellers and Legal and administrative consequences of
users of narcotics is disseminated through driving while intoxicated.
command, public information, and human
self-development program channels. For The PM analyzes past and present alcohol
example, specially trained personnel may and drug offenses. Traffic studies, as
speak to assembled troops on the dangers of described in FM 19-25, maybe undertaken to
drug use. determine factors such as voluntary
compliance with speed limits, effectiveness
Public awareness is an important factor in of traffic control devices, and accident
the prevention of alcohol and drug abuse. patterns. The PM then attempts to isolate
Coordination with civilian law enforcement areas requiring additional traffic
and Alcoholics Anonymous can help to supervision and enforcement beyond
formulate and implement drug and alcohol normally available resources. Once the PM
abuse awareness programs. These programs identifies the factors that contribute to
also can help identify on- and off-post alcohol and/or drug problems, counter-
conditions that contribute to the measures are adopted and corrective actions
installation’s alcohol and drug problem. taken.

60 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Countermeasures will be proportionate to SJA, the information officer, and the unit
the resources available for the mission and commander will have an active part in these
to the nature of the specific problem. Some programs as well.
effective countermeasures include— The unit commander will ensure military
Checkpoints at installation entrances to personnel are referred to the installation
check vehicle registrations/driver’s alcohol and drug program for evaluation
licenses and to determine if the driver is or when convicted of, or subject to, official
has been drinking. administrative action for any offense
Traffic patrols dedicated solely to involving driving while under the influence
detecting and apprehending drinking of alcohol or drugs. The person’s past history
drivers. of such offenses will determine if referral to a
Concentrated public education programs. mandatory drug-alcohol education or
rehabilitation program is required. Driving
The PM is concerned with all aspects of privileges will be revoked in accordance with
these programs, but other staff agencies AR 190-5 for all drunk driving convictions as
such as installation medical authorities, the well as for those individuals who refuse to
alcohol and drug counselor, the chaplain, the submit to chemical intoxication tests.

FM 19-10 61
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

PREVENTING JUVENILE If a juvenile offense is committed on a post
DELINQUENCY where there is concurrent jurisdiction and
Military sponsors are responsible for the MP investigation reveals that a dependent
proper conduct of their dependents. juvenile has committed a state crime, final
Investigation into the causes of misconduct disposition could include administrative
and the collection of background data are action or trial by the appropriate civilian
limited to essential information. But MP court or both. Many state statutes do provide
may extend their investigation to include the for appeal of an adjudication of delinquency.
conduct of the child’s military sponsor if that If a state provides for an appeal, the juvenile
conduct is dangerous or harmful to the child. court will provide the PM’s juvenile section
Depending upon the frequency and nature of this information and further guidance.
the juvenile’s offenses, a number of Damage to federal property is a federal
corrective measures may be taken. crime. When juveniles commit serious
federal offenses, the appropriate
In CONUS the commander has several coordinating agencies may include the FBI,
administrative options that may be used US Marshals, and the US Attorney’s Office.
separately or collectively. The commander The ability to prosecute juveniles in federal
may find it sufficient to accept payment for district court is limited by 18 USC 403.
property that was damaged, destroyed, or According to the Supreme Court of the
stolen. The juvenile may be barred from using United States, a juvenile has no con-
specific post facilities in which the offense took stitutional right to appeal. When the offense
place. Hospital, dental, and other statutory takes place OCONUS the juvenile may be
privileges can be denied only under prosecuted in HN courts if the case is serious
extraordinary circumstances (10 USC 1076). The and upon the advice of the SJA.
commander also may order the youth off the
post and barred from reentry. The com-
mander may take more serious administra- Diagnostic Interview
tive measures for youths who reside on post When an offense has occurred that in-
by terminating the sponsor’s government volves a juvenile as a suspect, a juvenile
quarters. When OCONUS the commander officer or noncommissioned officer (NCO)
may reduce or suspend the juvenile’s conducts a diagnostic interview as soon as
privileges, officially reprimand the sponsor, possible after the offense is committed. The
or return the sponsor and dependents to the purpose of the interview is to seek an answer
United States. as to why the offense occurred, and to gather
information to determine what disposition
In CONUS the commander’s judicial would be in the best interests of the youth,
options include considering the the family, and the military community.
circumstances of the crime, jurisdiction, and Investigation into the causes of the
prior offenses of the juvenile. Close liaison misconduct and the collection of background
must be established between the PM, SJA, data are limited to essential information.
and civil authorities. But MP may investigate the conduct of the
child’s military sponsors if that conduct is
State and local juvenile courts are the dangerous or harmful to the child.
desired agencies for handling minor juvenile
cases as prescribed by 18 USC 5032. If an The diagnostic interview is conducted with
offense committed by a juvenile is a state the juvenile, with one or both parents
crime and not committed in an area of present. The intent is to deal with the
exclusive federal legislative jurisdiction, problem in a family context if possible,
local police and courts may assume rather than as the youth’s problem alone.
jurisdiction. The interview may be conducted in private if

62 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

parents are uncooperative, domineering, or if nation. This calls for great discretion and
their presence has an adverse effect upon the tact. Delinquent behavior off the installa-
juvenile. While commanders have every tion may affect relations with the host
right to monitor the situation and to receive nation. In incidents occurring on the
reports of diagnostic interviews, they are not installation, MP become involved in the
allowed to actively participate in counseling investigation on referral of the incident to
sessions. the proper social service activity for
disposition. Minor incidents may be
During the interview the juvenile officer disposed of without formal action. The
attempts to find out if the juvenile has a parents are counseled and the youth
previous history of delinquency and reprimanded, with a warning as to the
behavior problems and, if the youth was a consequences of future delinquency. More
runaway, where he or she went and what serious incidents involving juvenile
happened. The juvenile officer attempts to dependents which are detrimental to the
find out the youngster’s feelings about the command may result in administrative
family and behavior at home as well as the action being taken.
parents’ feelings about the youth and their
perception of the current problem. The Police and School Liaisons
juvenile officer also attempts to find out
what actions, if any, the parents and the Police and school liaison programs include
juvenile are taking to solve the behavior MP visiting installation schools to create
problems. Guidance on investigating ongoing communication between the PM,
juvenile delinquency and conducting the MP, the school faculty, and the student
juvenile interviews and interrogations is body.
found in FM 19-20. The PM can establish good relations with
local school officials by—
Based on the interview, the juvenile officer Becoming acquainted with school officials
may counsel the juvenile and the family if a on both a formal and informal basis.
satisfactory solution appears to have been
agreed upon. The youth may be referred to Reviewing the school delinquency preven-
the school guidance counselor, a chaplain, or tion program and tactfully recommending
other social service personnel if the youth improvements and offering other
and family express a desire to seek assistance.
professional help for their family problems. Working with the school guidance
Or the youth may be referred to the mental counselor or other school staff to
hygiene clinic, an Army social worker, or determine disciplinary problems and
other appropriate agency if it appears that other relevant data.
deeply rooted problems are impairing the Offering to speak and show films to the
youth’s normal functioning in the family or students on bicycle safety, drug and
community. The juvenile officer may alcohol information, and other programs
recommend to the PM that administrative that will aid in creating a feeling of trust
action be taken against the youth. Normally, and friendship.
this is reserved for repeat offenders. Or the Making MP assets available for school
juvenile officer may recommend that the functions or affairs, such as open house
juvenile be referred to the appropriate civil displays, career days, athletic programs,
juvenile court system. and tours of military facilities.
MP overseas often must contend with both
juvenile dependents of United States mili- Meetings between parents and the MP and
tary and civilian personnel and non- school staff can do much to educate the
dependent juvenile citizens of the host parents to the causes of delinquency. The

FM 19-10 63
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

development of a close working relationship battlefield, control of traffic is a part of the
with area schools will increase the main MP mission of BCC. In combat MP use
effectiveness of any plan for delinquency many of the same basic measures for BCC
prevention and control. The active that in a peacetime environment are used to
assistance of school officials is necessary if accomplish their law and order mission.
plans for the welfare of the students are to be Traffic control is accomplished as main
successful. supply route regulation enforcement. The
In a school environment the MP may serve traffic control measures used for BCC
as a resource person for school counselors. include measures of—
Depending on local policy, the MP may even Operating traffic control posts.
become a part of a carefully structured Operating mobile patrols.
school counseling and referral team. The MP
may present safety and other lectures and Emplacing temporary route signs.
advise school authorities on means of Other, more specialized, measures include
controlling theft and vandalism. The MP is operating—
not used to enforce school regulations,
maintain order within classrooms, or Holding areas.
become directly involved in ordinary school Roadblocks.
behavioral problems. Checkpoints.
Defiles.
Juvenile Council Straggler control posts.
The juvenile council maintains an ongoing Straggler collecting points.
liaison with federal, state, and local juvenile
systems and planning agencies. The juvenile See FM 19-4 for detailed discussion of traffic
council seeks to coordinate the juvenile control as part of BCC.
welfare services of all installation agencies. In a peacetime environment on military
It makes the system responsive to the child’s installations, in addition to the measures
needs by eliminating jurisdictional disputes used routinely to control circulation on the
and misconceptions. The juvenile council battlefield, MP enforce installation traffic
reduces duplication of juvenile services and
provides for efficient delivery of such laws. They investigate motor vehicle traffic
services through systemwide planning. accidents within their jurisdiction. They
Planning must be flexible and responsive to assist civilian agencies investigating traffic
community needs. accidents involving military personnel or
military vehicles. As part of their traffic
Members of the council review juvenile control measures, MP may coordinate
cases, dispositions, and follow-up treatment convoy movements with civil police
to ensure proper handling. The council is authorities or provide convoy escort. They
also responsible for the formulation and may also conduct vehicle registration. They
review of post delinquency programs. may supervise the installation’s vehicle im-
Representation on the council by the poundment lot. And to help ensure
installation commander will allow juvenile movement of traffic, MP often employ speed
problems and trends to be closely monitored and intoxication detection equipment to
and can generate interest within the screen for unsafe drivers.
command for juvenile programs.
MP conduct traffic control studies to
CONTROLLING TRAFFIC obtain information on specific traffic
problems and usage patterns unique to
MP control traffic to enable the safe an installation. Traffic control studies
movement of personnel and supplies. On the (see FM 19-25) provide information on types

64 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

of accidents that occur most frequently, the of military and civilian vehicles. These plans
time of day when accidents are most are coordinated with headquarters, staff
frequent, the place where accidents are most offices, and civil authorities before
likely to occur, and driving offenses and implementation. Plans will include accident
other factors that tend to cause accidents. investigation and prevention and the
ADP equipment used for storage, retrieval, conduct of traffic control studies and
interpretation, and validation of traffic surveys. When developing plans, movement
control information has greatly improved of military convoys, emergency medical
the usability of traffic data. These data, once vehicles, and fire trucks will take precedence
collected and analyzed, can be used to over all other vehicular traffic.
prevent traffic accidents. The PM can use
these studies to determine present and future MP are responsible for implementing the
needs concerning traffic control and installation traffic control plan. These
associated traffic programs. responsibilities include—
Enforcing all traffic laws, regulations,
The PM can also use these studies to and orders.
analyze past and present alcohol and drug
offenses. The PM then attempts to isolate Reporting and investigating traffic
areas requiring additional traffic accidents.
supervision and enforcement beyond Operating traffic control posts on the
normally available resources. Once the PM installation.
identifies the factors that contribute to Reporting traffic conditions.
alcohol and/or drug problems, counter- Performing escort and convoy escort
measures are adopted and corrective actions duties.
taken,
Recommending type and location of
Results of traffic studies provide MP with traffic control devices.
methods to prevent accidents. One method is Advising facility engineer of traffic signs
to distribute MP effectively during the hours and control devices that need repairing
and days when, and at points where, or replacing.
congestion is greatest or where accidents are
most likely to occur. MP must give particular Whenever possible, traffic signs and
attention to the types of violations that are devices are used to indicate routes and
causing accidents. MP also evaluate dangerous points and to direct or control
effectiveness of traffic enforcement traffic. Unmanned traffic control equipment
measures and emphasize driver training and aids in providing maximum control using a
pedestrian education. MP recommend more minimal number of MP assets. MP post
effective uses for traffic control devices and temporary signs and route markings.
safeguards. They also coordinate traffic flow Luminous paint or other appropriate
with facilities engineers. They recommend material may be used for night illumination
engineering improvements to eliminate consistent with safety or blackout
hazards that cause frequent traffic regulations. Information concerning signs
accidents. can be found in the Manual on Uniform
Traffic Control Devices.
Installation Traffic Control The making and posting of permanent
The basis for a well-planned and signs and devices is a facility engineer
organized traffic control plan is a traffic function. MP on patrol report to the facility
enforcement program and educational and engineer the location of traffic control
safety programs. MP traffic control plans equipment needing repair. MP report to the
provide for the safe and efficient movement PM control points requiring signs.

FM 19-10 65
161-016 O-94-5
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Speed-measuring devices are used to Traffic Offenses
conduct speed studies and increase MP ensure military vehicles are operated
compliance with traffic laws. When only by authorized military or civilian
planning to use speed-measuring devices, personnel. MP efforts are directed toward
the device or method best suited for the serious traffic offenses. Serious offenses
situation must be considered. These include speeding, reckless driving, drunken
considerations are— driving, overloading, and transporting
Cost. civilians without authority. The driver or the
Local recognition by judicial authorities. senior passenger, or both, if charged with a
serious offense, may be apprehended and the
Training required for persons to use vehicle impounded. Minor offenses not
devices. referable to the magistrate system may be
Maintenance requirements. referred to the unit commander using
Mission and environment of unit DD Form 1408 (Armed Forces Traffic Ticket)
employing the devices. or DA Form 3975. All other traffic offenses
will be handled using DD Form 1805.
Speed-measuring devices or methods used If the installation commander tasks the
by the MP are– PM to have vehicles registered on post, then
Stopwatches. DA Form 3626 (Vehicle Registration/Driver
Radar. Record) must be filled out and maintained.
Aircraft. DA Form 3626 is prepared on each
registrant of a car. A separate form is
Pace method. prepared on persons who also drive the car
See FM 19-25 for more information on and are involved in a chargeable traffic
speed-measuring devices and methods. offense or receive a moving traffic violation.

66 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

It is made out in one copy. If the form Two copies are returned to the PM office
indicates suspension or revocation of the for transmittal to US District Court. A copy
registrant’s driving privileges or shows is returned to the PM office for filing. And a
accumulation of points, the form is to be copy is issued to the violator or placed on the
mailed to the PM of the gaining command violator’s vehicle. All violation notices
upon permanent change of station (PCS) of require:
the soldier concerned. Social security number of issuing MP.
The forms of military personnel who are Date of notice.
being separated from the service and civilian Description of violation, including place
personnel who terminate employment will be and time if applicable.
destroyed. Information concerning decals
Violation code number and issuing
and control procedures is outlined in AR 190-5. location code number.
DD Form 1805 is used by law enforcement
agencies in conjunction with the US DD Form 1408 is used for reporting minor
Magistrate System to cite individuals with traffic offenses. A copy of the form is
minor offenses. PMs must coordinate with forwarded through command channels.
the US magistrate of his area for— DD Form 1408 is administratively processed
A list of minor offenses for which mail-in in accordance with AR 190-5. The form does
procedures are authorized. not require any supporting forms or letters of
transmittal. A copy is filed in the office of the
The amount of the fine for each specific PM. A copy is given to the violator. Or in the
offense. case of an unattended vehicle violation, this
A list of minor offenses which require a copy will be placed under the windshield
mandatory appearance of the violator wiper of the vehicle or otherwise
before the magistrate. conspicuously affixed to the vehicle.

FM 19-10 67
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

DD Form 1408 may also be used as a to make multiple turning movements within
warning notice. Void traffic tickets will be the lane of travel, will knock down or run
marked VOID in large letters and all copies over cones.
turned in to the desk sergeant.
The MP observes visual clues when the
DD Form 1920 (Alcoholic Influence suspect is operating a vehicle. An effective
Report) is used to record observations of an detection program begins with the
individual apprehended for an offense in recognition that those who drive under the
which alcoholic influence, such as drunken influence have certain behavior patterns
driving, is a factor. This form is made out in that can be identified.
sufficient copies to satisfy local
requirements. At least one copy will be The typical contact involves three
attached to each copy of the DA Form 3975. separate and distinct phases. It should be
emphasized that MP will probably not go
Detecting an intoxicated driver is both the through all three phases with every
most difficult task in the enforcement effort suspected violator. Probable cause must be
and the most important. If MP fail to detect established to apprehend. Many times this is
violations, other countermeasure programs readily apparent by phase two.
will also fail. Several methods may be used In phase one the MP observes the vehicle
to deter violators. An effective installation in motion to note any initial clues of a
intoxicated driving prevention program may possible violation. The major decision is to
include the use of systematic gate determine if there is sufficient cause to stop
inspections, a cone maze, or regular, trained the vehicle. The MP observes the manner in
patrols. which the suspect responds to the signal to
Systematic gate inspections may be used stop and notes any additional evidence of a
to deter violators. These inspections may be violation. The MP looks for clues such as
conducted to ensure security, military driver—
fitness, or good order and discipline. Gate Attempting to elude the stop.
inspections must be coordinated with the Stoping vehicle in roadway where
local SJA and authorized by the installation shoulder is available.
commander. Gate inspections must be Useing the wrong turn signal.
documented, and signs must be displayed to
warn personnel that they are liable to search Obstructs other traffic.
upon entry, exit, or while on the installation. Once the vehicle is stopped, phase two
Incoming personnel who object to being begins. In phase two the MP observes the
inspected are not searched over their driver during initial contact. The major
objections. In this case they can be denied decision is to determine if the suspect should
the right of entry. Personnel exiting the exit the vehicle for field sobriety testing. The
installation cannot refuse inspection. MP MP observes the driver exit the vehicle and
selected to participate in the inspection are notes any additional evidence of
thoroughly briefed. MP maintain a log impairment. The MP looks for more obvious
recording all significant events. clues such as the driver—
The cone maze is setup in an S shape and Fumbling through his billfold.
also is an effective detection aid. Normally, Leaning on the automobile for balance,
the unimpaired driver will see the cones at a Slurring his speech.
reasonable distance, perceive the problem, Stumbling.
slow down, and carefully adjust to the Seeming to lack orientation.
challenge. An impaired driver, on the other
hand, because of inadequate perception, Having a flushed face.
unusually fast vehicle speed, or the inability Having bloodshot eyes.

68 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

If the MP is still undecided at this point, been refined by scientific research to make
phase three begins. In phase three the MP them as accurate and discriminating as
administers a preliminary breath test and possible. When properly administered and
formal psychophysical field sobriety tests interpreted, these tests are highly reliable
consistent with state law to evaluate the tools used to evaluate a suspect’s degree of
extent of the suspect’s impairment. The MP alcohol impairment. But the HGNT is a
must take adequate traffic control measures difficult and complex test to train. This test
during the testing phase to ensure the can only be used if the MP has been trained
suspect’s safety at all times. The major and certified competent by a qualified
decision is to determine if the driver is to be trainer. PMs can send MP to the Driving While
apprehended. Tests will help determine Intoxicated (DWI) Law Enforcement/Instructor
probable cause. Once the decision to Training Course at Lackland Air Force
apprehend has been made, the successful Base, Texas, to receive training in HGNT
prosecution depends upon the MP’s ability to procedures. MP who are trained can then
organize and present all relevant train unit members.
information to the court. The MP’s
observations are critical. The MP must use his or her judgment to
determine which test is used. The one-leg
Blood withdrawal is the most accurate stand test and the walk and turn test are
method of determining different levels of divided attention tests because they require
alcohol and/or drug intoxication in the the suspect to divide his attention between
blood. This procedure is done by authorized mental tasks and physical tasks. Both tests
medical personnel. However, breath require the suspect to balance and listen. The
analysis has been accepted as a substitute MP must demonstrate the one-leg stand and
for blood withdrawal for alcohol testing. the walk and turn test before requiring the
Evidential blood alcohol testing equipment suspect to perform the test.
is critical to the actual evaluation and
subsequent prosecution of violators. The use The one-leg stand test requires the suspect
of the portable breath tester may provide to balance while counting out loud. The walk
sufficient evidence for probable cause. Each and turn test requires the suspect to—
installation is authorized one chemical Comprehend verbal instructions.
breath-testing device by Common Table of Process information.
Allowances (CTA) 50-909. Chemical breath
analysts are selected and trained to use the Recall memory.
device. The device provides rapid, reliable,
and judicially acceptable test results. For While administering this test, the MP
judicial purposes, the device used must be determines if the driver—
one that is authorized for use in the host
state. Chemical breath-testing devices and Keeps his balance while listening to the
the percentage levels of alcohol impairment instructor.
are outlined in AR 190-5. Starts before instructions are finished.
If the chemical breath-testing device is not Stops to steady himself while walking.
available or is not legally usable in the area, Touches heel-to-toe.
then the formal psychophysical field
sobriety tests are used. The one-leg stand, Steps off the line.
the walk and turn, and the horizontal gaze Uses arms to balance.
nystagmus test (HGNT) have been Loses balance while turning.
developed by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration, using many years of Takes the incorrect number of steps or
experience throughout the country, and have just cannot do the test.

FM 19-10 69
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

ABSENTEE/DESERTER PROGRAM
MP pursue an aggressive absentee/deserter and other related activities in accordance
program that is preventive as well as with AR 190-9. Absentee/deserter
reactive. The reduction of absenteeism is investigations are undertaken to provide the
primarily within the sphere of command command a broad-reaching ability to return
leadership. But the PM as advisor to the absentees/deserters to military control. And
commander emphasizes the preventive because good coordination and communica-
measures available to commanders to reduce tion between military and civilian law
absenteeism in the Army. He also does this enforcement agencies is basic to the
through his participation as a member of the absentee/deserter program, the program
Army Community Service Council, the also serves to enhance MP/civilian police
Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Board, relationships.

WILDLIFE LAW ENFORCEMENT PROGRAM
The Wildlife Law Enforcement Program the hunting and fishing seasons are
operates to enforce laws pertaining to water monitored as determined by the installation
pollution, litter, forestry, recreational commander and state and federal laws. The
facilities, and boating. The intent is also to program also ensures the enforcement of
protect government property such as range environmental and safety regulations. It
buildings, construction or range equipment, ensures that training on boating and
and telephone and power lines. Measures hunting safety includes local, state, and
used to accomplish the program range from federal laws pertinent to the local area.
check stations at roadblocks and Coordination is effected between the DEH,
checkpoints to publicity and administrative the installation recreation activity, the
measures like information points. safety office, and the game warden on
camping, boating and hunting safety. The
The Wildlife Law Enforcement Program program ensures that help and information
ensures control of predators and domestic are provided to persons using government
animals on the installation. It ensures that recreation facilities.

MP CUSTOMS INFORMATION SERVICES
MP customs units furnish a wide variety of radio, and similar news media. General
customs information to entire commands as information may be prepared in the form of
well as units and individuals. MP customs news releases. Radio and television talks
personnel often present briefings on customs and interviews may be presented. Brief and
information to units and other groups. The concise fact sheets can be developed, and
units provide desk sergeants of MP stations display posters may be produced and
basic customs information for answering distributed on items of current or continuing
routine questions from the military customs interest.
community. The MP customs units
themselves can be contacted for detailed and Specific information will be sought,
technical information. General information, particularly by individuals, on such matters
such as new or changed requirements, as sales or transfers of personal property, the
privileges, procedures, and so forth, are import or export of certain items, weapons
publicized through newspapers, command and vehicle registration requirements,
information publications, armed forces border crossings, and others. Specific

70 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

information may be furnished by MP render customs assistance to sales
maintaining and publicizing walk-in and facilities by—
telephonic services to which all members of Briefing managers and sales personnel.
US forces have ready access. An important
part of the customs information service is Monitoring facilities frequently.
the ready availability of all blank forms Providing managerial personnel with
required for customs actions. Instructions pertinent customs information and
for completion of the blank forms should ensuring that each facility has
also be made available. Display boards with regulations on file, to include weapons
completed samples may be maintained at regulations when applicable.
walk-in service locations. Providing a customs briefing at the
The walk-in station may also display— annual rod and gun club convention, if
Customs travel information for the host one is held, or at any other meeting of the
and neighboring countries. membership.
A list of restricted trademark items. To ensure that sales personnel and members
US rates of duty for various imports. have a basic knowledge of pertinent customs
regulations, detachment commanders, field
State laws pertaining to importation of officers, and NCOICs coordinate with each
alcoholic beverages. local sales store manager and arrange
The addresses and locations of host formal or informal customs classes. They
nation offices concerned with customs, also maintain good rapport with managerial
tax, and registration matters. personnel and assist them in developing a
Personnel assigned to provide customs customs enforcement program.
information must be experienced and, as a
minimum, familiar with the contents of— Public events conducted by US forces in
overseas locations, such as open houses,
DOD Regulation 5030.49-R. Fourth of July celebrations, youth carnivals,
The Gun Control Act. and so forth, to which nonmembers of the
ARs 40-12, 55-71, 55-355, 215-1, 600-290, forces may be invited or admitted, may
involve the transfer or sale of US forces
and 608-4. tax-free items, particularly food and bever-
Pertinent international agreements. ages, to nonmembers. Such transfer or sale
often requires prior approval of the host
Command directives. country customs and/or tax authorities.
In addition MP customs personnel must be This approval will probably specify limits to
familiar with applicable Army and the amounts which may be so transferred or
command regulations that pertain to the sold, as well as require that they be
operation of sales facilities. Weapons and consumed on the premises. Items such as
other tax-free items are often sold at rod and tobacco products on which taxes are
gun clubs in host countries. MP must make collected at the time of the sale are not
every effort to monitor these operations normally included in such approval. MP
frequently. And MP ensure that managers customs personnel can furnish assistance in
and sales personnel are thoroughly informed an advisory capacity to persons planning
of host country and US customs such events and can assist them in
requirements. Particular emphasis is given obtaining any required approval.
to transfer limitations, firearms registration, Consultation with the local SJA office will
resale, importation requirements into normally be required since a legal
CONUS, and provision of accurate interpretation of treaties and local statutes is
information to customers. often involved.

FM 19-10 71
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

DOD Regulation 5030.49-R provides for with respect to plant products, animals, and
US military enforcement of US customs birds. The Department of the Army serves as
laws, postal regulations, and regulations of the executive agent for the DOD Military
the US Department of Agriculture (AR 40-12) Customs Inspection Program.
DISASTER RELIEF AND AREA DAMAGE CONTROL
MP may be called upon to assist in of property, especially critical facilities;
disaster relief operations. The preservation prevention of panic; and enforcement of
of law and order following the development emergency restrictions. They may also assist
of disaster conditions can be a major in traffic and circulation control, and the
problem. MP should report any indications evacuation, and detention of civilians.
of civil disturbances so that measures can be Additionally, MP teams may be used to
taken to prevent major incidents. MP may provide guidance to other military units
assist in the prevention of looting; protection performing law and order functions.

72 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 7
Planning Enforcement Measures

T he PM bases his law enforcement CONTENTS
measures on the premise of “selective
Page
enforcement.” Selective enforcement is the
key to effective law enforcement. The PM COLLECTING, COMPILING, AND USING
focuses MP resources on the actions and SELECTIVE ENFORCEMENT DATA . . . . . . . .74
areas where they are most needed. Police ACQUIRING DATA FROM MP REPORTS
incidents are usually caused by conditions AND FORMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .77
and acts that continue to cause trouble unless Recording Telephone Conversations . . . . .77
Maintaining Radio Log . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
corrected.
PREPARING MP REPORTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .78
Basing law enforcement measures on Maintaining MP Desk Blotter . . . . . . . . . . . .80
selective enforcement fosters an efficient use Submitting Criminal Data
of manpower. And it lends direction to crime Reference Cards . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .80
prevention and law enforcement efforts. It
allows MP actions to be based on logical,
systematic information that makes the best keeps the PM alert to changing needs for
use of resources. police services. Then the services, matched to
the number of MP available, can be provided
To employ selective enforcement the PM in the areas in which they are most needed.
must have access to up-to-date information. A Selective enforcement is founded on a
PM needs data that will provide pertinent
facts for solving continuing enforcement continuous process of accumulating,
problems. The PM must ensure he has the analyzing, and interpreting data.
people and equipment he needs to do the job. Information in complaint reports, vehicle
And he must employ these resources where accident reports, and offense reports is
they are most needed. Effective law tabulated, computerized, marked on spot
enforcement is proactive and minimizes maps, and filed in the proper files. Each
unproductive time. Checking a building complaint or offense for which a report has
during hours when the facility is closed is not been made is studied.
proactive. Being at the facility before it closes An analysis of data accumulated over a
is proactive. It eliminates the need to check period of time can show the nature of a
the facility immediately after it closes. And it problem and how often it recurs. Analysis
places the MP at the facility for maximum can also show the requirements for the most
visibility and deterrence at the most effective assignment of MP. This data allows
vulnerable time. the PM to plan enforcement activities
without relying on intuition or arbitrary
PMs, like all modern police administrators, plans.
have learned through training and
experience that MP assets must be dispersed The basis for selective enforcement is
when and where police problems are likely to accurate, historical data on time, place, type,
occur. The amount or volume of crime that and frequency of incidents or violations.
occurs is not evenly distributed over the Careful interpretation of this data can help
course of a week or a day. In 100 offenses determine the cause of crime, project
reported during a seven-day period, more operating costs, forecast personnel and
crimes will have occurred on certain days of equipment requirements, and maintain
the week, at certain times of the day, and in accurate reports on the status of discipline
certain places. Analysis of such information within the command.

FM 19-10 73
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

COLLECTING, COMPILING, AND USING SELECTIVE
ENFORCEMENT DATA
Selective enforcement requires the support information easier to compare with other
of statistical data. Proper collection and groups of similar data. It also offers a chance
interpretation of this data is essential if for further analysis of the facts.
successful results are to be achieved. The best
sources of information are the routine records An imaginative PM will find many ways to
and reports readily available to PMs. To be present selective enforcement data. A
useful, the routine reports must be accurate presentation should be tailored to fit the
and complete. If operating personnel like situation, the facts being presented, and the
desk sergeants, patrols, and investigators intended audience.
fail to record incidents, accidents, or One useful method of organizing and
violations accurately, the resulting data will presenting data is by the construction of a
not be factual. frequency distribution table. The basic data
are located by finding the largest and
Collecting and compiling enforcement data smallest numerical values. The difference
must be done systematically. Clear between these two values (such as the range)
instructions must be available concerning is determined. The values are grouped in the
the information that is needed and the format order of their magnitude, in groups of twos,
in which it is to be collected. Misunderstood threes, fours, fives, and so forth. The size of
instructions can result in lost time or this grouping factor, called the class
erroneous decisions based on poor data. The interval, normally is such that not less than
responsibility for collecting and compiling ten, nor more than twenty, of such groupings
data is assigned to a specific individual or result. Consideration is given, however, to
section. If too many people work with the the total number of numerical values with
data, the likelihood of misunderstood which it is necessary to deal. The completed
instructions, errors, or inconsistent or tabulation is described as a frequency
inaccurate data increases. distribution.
The method used to compile and organize
the data depends on available data resources Presenting data in a frequency
and the desired results. Computer technology distribution table places the data in logical
helps. It can easily provide the statistical order. It condenses and simplifies the data.
analysis needed to produce pertinent But essential details are retained. A
information. For instance, computers, frequency distribution table groups items of
sorting reports of crime by day of the week the same class and specifies the number of
and hour of the day, can make comparisons items in each class. Data can be classed by
readily available. Specific types of type of offense, time of day of offense, and
information may be requested. Reports can age of offenders. With some types of data it is
be obtained that reflect increasing and useful to group classes together for easier
decreasing trends. interpretation. For example, if we are listing
numbers of offenses by time of day, it would
Raw data must be organized and be helpful to combine two or more hours
summarized before it will become meaningful together to form an hour group or interval. A
for planning purposes. Data are usually table that lists offenses for three-hour
obtained from various reports, records, or periods (such as 2100 hours to 2400 hours
surveys and appear as unorganized numbers equals 284 offenses for a six-month period)
and facts. By systematic rearrangement or would be more meaningful for most
classification, meaning and significance enforcement problems than a listing of 24
may be given to data. This makes the different one-hour periods.

74 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Another statistical aid to the PM and his Percentages are also helpful in presenting
staff is the calculation of percentages. Data briefings and reports. A percentage is the
presented in percentage form give a clear relationship of a part to a whole calculated on
picture of problem area locations. the basis of 100.

This method may also be used to that an additional computation must be
determine percentage of increase or decrease made to determine the actual increase or
in troop strengths. The only difference is decrease involved.

FM 19-10 75
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The rate of occurrence is generally or chart data can be quickly compared.
expressed in terms of frequency per some Graphs permit the condensation of facts and
standard unit such as 100, 1,000, 100,000, figures and can demonstrate deficiencies
1,000,000. These figures (100, 1,000, and so and trends. A graph can provide the same
forth) are arbitrary. They act as a common information as a table, but usually has the
denominator to make evaluation and advantage of greater simplicity and clarity.
comparison easier. But care must be taken in the preparation of
graphs to avoid faulty presentation and
A graph or chart provides the PM with a interpretation. The following are features
medium for presenting facts in a clear, found in most graphs:
understandable, logical, and interesting A distribution of a group of values or
manner. (See Appendix C for more traits or characteristics.
information on presenting statistical data.)
A graph can give meaning to a collection of A brief, simple, and direct title describing
facts when that meaning, if presented in the topic the graph represents.
another form, might not be clear. On a graph The unit or units of measure used.

76 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

ACQUIRING DATA FROM MP REPORTS AND FORMS
Complete, accurate, and timely completion to implementing an automated system.
of forms is of prime importance to law Consideration must be given to the manner
enforcement. All the effort expended in in which the computer stores and retrieves
enforcement and investigative activities is information. A systematic arrangement of
wasted unless data are properly recorded files allows for specific query capability as
and reported. And based on accurate data well as meaningful report generation.
compiled from MP forms, the MP can plan
crime prevention, traffic control, and RECORDING TELEPHONE
enforcement programs that are timely and CONVERSATIONS
effective rather than reactions to situations. MP desk personnel are authorized by the
MP records and forms are unclassified Department of the Army to record telephone
except when they contain defense conversations for a clear and accurate record
information as defined in DOD 5200.1-R and of emergency communications for command,
AR 380-5. When privileged information is operational, or record purposes. This
contained as defined in AR 340-17, records authorization extends only to reports of
will be marked “FOR OFFICIAL USE emergencies, analysis of reported
ONLY” and safeguarded accordingly. information, records of instruction or
Records will be maintained and disposed of commands, warnings received, requests for
in accordance with Army regulations. assistance, and instructions on locations of
serious incidents.
MP desk sergeants and supervisors must
ensure that subordinates do not release There are restrictions when telephone and
information without proper authority and radio conversations are recorded:
clearance from the post information officer All telephones connected to recording
or SJA (see AR 340-17). equipment will be la bled “FOR
Computer technology enhances the ability OFFICIAL USE ONLY–CONNECTED
to obtain and process information not TO RECORDING DEVICE.” Access will
previously possible because of time and be restricted to desk personnel only.
resource limitations. When used to their Recording equipment connection must be
fullest extent, automated systems become coordinated with appropriate telecom-
useful managerial and investigative tools. munications personnel.
Computers have the ability to retrieve in a Official telephone numbers for the MP
very short time obscure bits of information desk will be listed in appropriate
not readily available through the most telephone directories with a statement
elaborate cross-indexing. Moreover, the that emergency conversations will be
ability of computers to arrange statistical recorded for accuracy of records.
information in a meaningful format can Installation commanders must issue
automate crime analysis and assist MP in letters of authorization for such activities.
patrol distribution and crime prevention One copy will be forwarded to Department
efforts. of the Army.
To obtain useful information, all data Conversation recordings in overseas
entered into the computer must be timely areas must also conform to SOFAS and
and accurate. The basis for building any law other international agreements.
enforcement data base comes from the Recording equipment at MP desks may
records and forms completed by the MP and not be used to conduct wiretapping,
supporting agencies. Attention must be investigative monitoring, and eavesdrop-
given to the kind of information desired prior ping activities.

FM 19-10 77
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

MAINTAINING RADIO LOG and serves as a backup reference for the desk
DA Form 3945 (Military Police Radio Log) blotter and other reports. It is important that
is used as an official record of all MP radio the source, time, and subject of routine calls
calls. The radio log is begun at 0001 hours be entered in the log. In the case of serious
and closed at 2400 hours each day and incidents, the radio log entry is more
contains all radio traffic to and from the MP detailed. Electronic tape-recording
station and patrols during the period. The equipment is routinely authorized for use on
form is normally prepared in one copy. It is MP desks. Audiotapes may be used in place
filed sequentially in the desk sergeant’s files of DA Form 3945.

PREPARING MP REPORTS
DA Form 3975 is prepared on all com- The military police report is initiated
plaints received and incidents observed or immediately upon receipt of information. If
reported to MP, except routine traffic time does not allow for the immediate
violations and those minor violations noted initiation of the report, the report should be
by MP where corrective action consists of a initiated as soon as practicable. This report
verbal warning. DA Form 3975 is also assures complaints are recorded, system-
prepared when an apprehension is made or a atically assigned for follow-up, disposed of.
military person is returned to US Army or referred, and posted to the MP desk
control from another apprehending agency. blotter.

78 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

FM 19-10 79
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS
MAINTAINING MP DESK BLOTTER printed, or stamped): “This blotter or extract
The MP desk blotter is a chronological is a daily chronological record of police
record of police activity developed from activity developed from reports, complaints,
reports, complaints, information, and incidents, or information received and
incidents. The desk blotter is not a substitute actions resulting therefrom. Entries
for the MP report. Its entries, in narrative contained on the blotter may or may not be
form, contain the essentials of the report. It complete or accurate and are not
states concisely the who, what, when, where, adjudications attesting to the guilt or
and how of an incident. It cites the identity innocence of any person. ” The desk sergeant
of persons related to an incident. And it or duty officer verifies the entries. An
directs readers to the MP report for details. authorized individual signs the blotter after
Entries do not list names of juvenile it has been closed.
subjects. In certain types of incidents/offenses Information concerning the administration
such as rape and child molestation, names of of the MP station, such as personnel changes,
victims should also be protected. In these inspections, visitors, and other administrative
cases, entries reflect the term “protected data, is recorded on DA Form 1594 and
identities” (PI) where the name of the in the MP desk journal.
subject/victim is normally listed. If
approved by the installation/activity PM, SUBMITTING CRIMINAL DATA
this technique may be used whenever REFERENCE CARDS
information on a particular entry should be
controlled. In that case, the blotter will DA Form 2804 (Crime Records Data
indicate that the entry is restricted. And it Reference) is used to forward to the Crime
will show the number of the associated MP Records Center information on subjects of
report. The action taken and the name of the investigations for—
person recording the entry will be indicated Violations of Article 111 through 133,
in the columns provided. UCMJ.
The desk blotter covers the period from Violations of Articles 77 through 84, 87
0001 to 2400 hours. Time recorded in the through 110, and 134, UCMJ, for which
“time column” reflects the time the the maximum punishment prescribed in
information is typed on the blotter. The first the MCM is confinement for six months or
daily entry on each blotter is always “blotter more.
opened” and the last entry on each blotter is Offenses which result in revocation or
always “blotter closed.” The blotter is suspension of driving privileges or the
normally prepared in original and two assessment of six or more points as
copies. One copy is sent to the senior outlined in AR 190-5.
commander supported by the respective PM An offense under the Assimilative Crimes
office (see AR 190-45). The original is Act (18 USC 13) or other federal statute for
maintained in the PM files. The other copy is which there is no corresponding offense in
maintained in the desk sergeant files. With the MCM and for which a maximum
approval of the senior commander, extracts punishment of six months or more
may be prepared for subordinate confinement is prescribed.
commanders when the blotter contains
entries that pertain to their respective A separate DA Form 2804 is submitted for
commands. As determined by local policy, each identified subject (real name and aliases)
the form may be used to provide information of an investigation of a special category
to the supporting USACIDC element. offense, regardless of DA Forms 2804 pre-
Distributed copies of blotters or extracts will viously forwarded as a result of separate
include the following statement (typed, investigations. Completed DA Form 2804

80 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

FM 19-10 81
161-0160 -94-6
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS
with completed DA Form 3975 is forwarded AR 195-2, except for the report of in-
by the preparing office directly to Director, vestigation (ROI) number block, which
US Army Crime Records Center, 2301 reflects the number shown in the USACRC
Chesapeake Avenue, Baltimore, MD 21222. control number block of the completed
The card is completed in accordance with DA Form 3975.

82 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 8
Operating Patrols

M ilitary police practice preventive patrol- CONTENTS
ling. Preventive patrolling places a Page
uniformed patrol in the right place at the COMMUNITY PROTECTION AND
right time. It has as its major feature the ASSISTANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...83
protection of people, not property. The PATROL METHODS AND MEANS . . . . . . . ...84
primary emphasis of preventive patrolling is CONUS Off-Post Patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...86
having uniformed patrols work areas where OCONUS Off-Post Patrols . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
analysis shows many people gather at times PATROL DISTRIBUTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..86
when the likelihood of crime is greatest. Distribution Policy Decisions . . . . . . . . . . ...87
Emphasis is placed on such establishments Patrol Distribution Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...87
Computation of Patrol Hours. . . . . . . . . ...90
as the post exchange, commissary, package PATROL SHIFT DESIGN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...92
beverage store, hospital (during evening
Shift Reference Plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...92
shift changes), banks, gas stations, and the Special Shifts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. 92
numerous recreational facilities.
The hours of operation of all estab- susceptibility of most establishments to
lishments are verified and plotted on a time crime. Uniformed patrols are assigned to
chart to indicate opening and closing these areas at those times for maximum
periods. These are the times of the highest visibility and deterrence.

COMMUNITY PROTECTION AND ASSISTANCE
Whether providing soldiers a safe MP behavior is professional while on duty.
environment in which to train, providing MP follow proper procedures for handling
commanders a means to promote order and incidents. Their behavior is impartial, not
discipline, or providing military suspects judgmental. Minor violations are usually
fair and impartial investigations, MP interpreted as noncriminal and require only
protect and assist the military community. a warning or on-the-spot corrective action.
The MP purview for implementing law Taking a subject into custody is only done as
and order in the military community affects a last resort when compliance cannot be
more than just commanders and their achieved by other means.
troops. The military community includes MP often are called on to assist persons
family members of military personnel. It unable to help themselves. Military
sometimes includes DA civilian employees. personnel may require assistance either for
And it can sometimes include installation their own protection or because they are
visitors and the surrounding civilian unable to care for themselves properly. They
populace. may be intoxicated, ill, confused, or in shock;
MP on patrol work for positive community they may be without funds or transportation
relations. Public cooperation and under- for return to their units; or they may, if not
standing benefit both the community and properly assisted, become the victims of
the MP. The handling of incidents requires various offenses such as robbery, assault, or
observation, approach, and tactful corrective rape. Such persons are not apprehended or
action or assistance by MP. taken into custody, although it may be

FM 19-10 83
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

necessary to take them to the MP station for MP next take action to protect the crime
return to their units. scene. MP patrols also protect the
MP also protect juveniles. Most MP community by enabling military
contact with juveniles occurs when patrols investigators to pursue their inquiries
expeditiously.
investigate minor offenses like disturbing
the peace. Sometimes contact is made when The first MP to arrive at a crime scene have
juveniles are seen committing acts that the critical task of securing the scene. They
could be harmful to people or property. preserve its physical aspects so that it can be
Usually, MP stop the misconduct and, when examined in detail by crime scene
needed, refer the incident to the parents. Or, investigators and/or lab examiners.
for those juveniles who have committed (See FM 19-20.) The patrol prevents
minor offenses, a verbal warning by the MP unauthorized intrusions and protects the
or making the child’s parents aware of the scene from change until an investigator
situation may correct their actions. arrives. The MP prevent unneeded
Investigation into the causes of the movement of physical evidence, which can
misconduct and the collection of background render the evidence useless. They rope off
data are limited to essential information. entrances and exits and routes possibly used
But MP may extend their investigation to by the suspect. They post guards to control
include the conduct of the child’s military spectators near zones likely to yield physical
sponsors if that conduct is dangerous or evidence. If needed, they reroute traffic. They
harmful to the child. cover fragile evidence and areas that could be
affected by rain, snow, wind, smoke, or direct
MP on patrol respond to reports of crime. sun rays. And when investigators arrive, the
The initial action by MP at a crime scene is to MP make all of their information
look for victims and, if there are signs of life, immediately available. Knowing that
render first aid. Everything else is secondary details are important, the MP who arrive
to the welfare of the injured person. Only and secure the scene provide their
when death of the person is established, do observations on any changes.

PATROL METHODS AND MEANS
MP patrol activities are coordinated by the patrol supervisors then take charge of
MP officer or MPDO in charge of the MP dispatched patrol personnel. When two or
station. Patrol personnel report for duty to a more patrol supervisors are directed to
designated officer or noncommissioned operate in unison, the desk sergeant
officer. The relief is formed and is reported to designates a leader for the operation. The
the desk sergeant. The desk sergeant gives desk sergeant keeps patrol supervisors
all personnel their specific duty advised of adjacent patrol operations and
assignments. Personnel and equipment are foot patrol areas. This permits reinforcement
inspected. Personnel are briefed by the duty of any areas if it becomes necessary.
officer, the desk sergeant, or the patrol
supervisor. MP assigned to traffic control There are many different ways to patrol.
posts, gate duties, and foot and motor patrols The method or combination of methods is
are briefed on the information they are based on statistical analysis conducted by
authorized and expected to furnish. Maps the PM office.
and informational material to enable them
to answer questions not covered in their When setting patrol areas and routes,
briefing are helpful. consideration must be given to–
MP patrols are dispatched by the desk Mission of the patrol and directives and
sergeant, desk clerk, or radio operator. The policies to be enforced.

84 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Billeting, transient, and resident of traffic regulations. Motor patrols must
population centers. maintain constant communication with the
Hours of operation of theaters, service MP base station. (See FM 19-4 for specific
clubs, and community clubs. procedures for conducting combat patrols.)
General information on any recent The type of patrol visibility required is
criminal or mischievous activity. based on each activity’s vulnerability to
Traffic patterns and frequent accident crime. Visibility objectives should be
sites. established and “coded.”
Post size and population density.
Total mileage to be covered by the patrol. EXAMPLE OF PATROL VISIBILITY
Location of adjacent military and civil CODES
police patrols. CODE A
Location of nearest medical facility, police Slow roll-by to be seen. Checks are
station, and fire station. made of areas such as theaters and
bowling centers, with the patrol
Communications capabilities and limits. moving toward these facilities at
Personnel available for patrol. closing time.
Including patrol orders in patrol note- CODE B
-
books at the time of briefing: Park in a visible area; dismount and
walk through the area. Checks are
The means of patrolling usually depends made of hospitals, parking lots, and
on operational needs and environmental like facilities during the 2300-2330
conditions. For example, MP can patrol change of shift.
using mopeds, snowmobiles, or boats. Foot CODE C
patrols provide intensive law enforcement in Park in a visible area; meet the
potential or high crime areas such as– manager. Checks are made of
Warehouses. facilities dealing with large amounts
of cash receipts, or facilities located
Family member quarters. in more isolated areas.
Commercial establishments.
Foot patrols check doors and windows for The kind of check each activity receives is
security and signs of attempted or forced based on its code patrol checks. A feedback
entry. Foot patrols enhance community form, completed by each activity manager
relations by providing assistance to people and provided to MP operations, permits
on a personalized basis. Use of foot patrols to adjustment of patrols and patrol areas.
enforce off-limits policies enables the MP to
monitor trouble spots and prevent offenses Motor patrol personnel must know how to
from occurring. (See FM 19-4 for specific respond to emergencies that require
procedures for conducting combat foot immediate and knowledgeable action.
patrols.) Knowledge of how to request aeromedical
assistance, emergency medical treatment
Motor patrols provide highly mobile MP assistance, backup assistance and
who can respond to a wide variety of law procedures on proper defensive tactics until
enforcement and emergency situations. help arrives is important.
Motor patrols operating in defined areas
provide planned continuity of operations Unmarked vehicles may be used if needed
and enhance the more intense coverage to provide limited warning of MP presence.
provided by foot patrols. Motor patrols are The most effective use of unmarked vehicles
also used for traffic control and enforcement is during surveillance operations.

FM 19-10 85
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Aircraft patrols can be used when MP are Coordination of requirements with armed
required to cover large, sparsely populated forces police detachments.
areas where motor patrols are inefficient or Limitations of the Posse Comitatus Act as
ineffective. Helicopters are normally used in it applies to local laws.
performing aircraft patrols. All policies governing off-post law
MP patrols may be supplemented by enforcement.
courtesy or unit patrols provided by Published off-limits areas and
commanders of units other than MP. These establishments as determined by the
courtesy/unit patrols consist of NCOs who Armed Forces Disciplinary Control
may wear brassards for identification. Board. (See AR 190-24.)
Courtesy/unit patrols must rely on regular Apprehension of personnel not on official
MP in securing crime scenes and business who are present in off-limits
questioning suspects. Courtesy/unit patrols
must not interfere or attempt to prevent establishments.
apprehension of personnel who have Enforcement of curfews when established.
committed an offense. The MP duty officer Trouble spots based on post data.
will brief and debrief courtesy/unit patrols.
Briefings will emphasize procedures for OCONUS OFF-POST PATROLS
obtaining MP support, limits of authority, In overseas commands it is necessary that
and any pertinent information concerning MP have a working knowledge of SOFAs
the town area. Emphasis must be placed on and pertinent international laws as well as
the procedure that courtesy/unit patrols deal local laws, agreements, and customs. All
only with personnel from their unit; working agreements with host nations must
however, information concerning personnel be reviewed by the SJA prior to
from other units may be provided to the MP. implementation. Due to the language barrier
it may be advisable to have an interpreter
CONUS OFF-POST PATROLS fluent in the host nation language to assist
In CONUS off-post patrols will normally in interrogations, investigations, and other
not be employed. Where off-post patrols have operations. Due to host nation restrictions
been established, the desk sergeant will brief the jurisdiction and authority change from
patrol personnel on— locale to locale.

PATROL DISTRIBUTION
Efficient use of manpower and other minimal. But careful consideration must be
resources is critical for effective patrol made based on the types of crime occurring
operations. Essential to the success of patrol on the installation. Consideration must also
operations is appropriate distribution of be given to backup requirements and the
manpower. Supervisors must develop a experience level of assigned MP.
distribution plan addressing both available
manpower and the need for enforcement. How many work hours of patrol time are
available to the PM in a 24-hour period? How
Military working dogs can be an effective should these hours be distributed for the
means of patrolling while reducing most effective patrol coverage? These are
manpower requirements. (See Chapter 11 for two of the questions that can be answered
more information on military working dogs.) using compiled data.
One-man patrols conserve manpower. They
are useful for emergency traffic control. And Patrol distribution equalizes the work load
a one-man patrol can respond to complaints among patrol units. If the work load is
if chance of contact with a criminal is unbalanced, one unit may spend its entire

86 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

shift responding to calls and completing which will require a unit to be dispatched?
reports, while another is underemployed. Which calls will be referred to more
Unequal work loads can also adversely appropriate agencies, such as Army
affect MP morale. Equal patrol areas allow Community Service or the unit commander?
personnel to spend roughly equal There must be a clear policy on the degree to
percentages of their time between which patrol personnel handle crime
responding to service calls and preventive investigations. Do they gather witnesses as
patrol. well as secure the crime scene? The extent
Standards for distribution will vary. On that patrol vehicles will become involved in
one installation it may be the number of traffic control, investigation, and
crimes or accidents, while on another it may enforcement must be decided. The building
be the number of buildings to be checked. security tasks that will be accomplished by
The geography of the installation will affect patrol units must be set. The time period that
distribution plans. Railroads, bridges, and patrol personnel can be separated from their
rivers must all be considered so that no area vehicle to accomplish these tasks must be
is denied protection. set. The reporting responsibilities of patrol
personnel must be delegated. Personnel must
Response time is another factor to know what information and details must
consider. Response time in most patrol areas appear in their reports. Even who will review
should be minimal and about equal to other and type the reports and if the reports will be
areas. The larger and more diverse the area, written in the station or at the scene must be
the more difficult it will be to equalize the decided. And certainly, the priorities for
patrol areas. assigning service call precedence if
Distribution plans consider the varying insufficient patrol units are available must
numbers of patrol units available for duty on be known.
any one shift, depending on the number of PATROL DISTRIBUTION DATA
units on each shift, adjustments are made in
patrol area responsibilities. The PM has most of the data he or she
needs to make a careful analysis of the past
DISTRIBUTION POLICY DECISIONS events occurring within a jurisdictional
area. Data that can be used to project future
Policies must be developed to adequately as well as current police needs are often a
distribute patrol force coverage. Which part of the normal receipt of complaints and
services will be handled by telephone and the dispatching of patrols.

FM 19-10 87
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The number of complaints received per can be made if it is known how the offenses
month varies markedly during the course of a varied by day of the week and hour of the
year. The complaints range from a high day over the past year. The PM may want to
of 251 in August to a low of 124 in January. give additional “weight” to certain offenses,
The monthly average of offenses is 167.17. such as assaults and robberies, compared to
For the following January, a conservative lesser offenses, such as curfew violations.
prediction would be that the number of Any patrol distribution plan must reflect the
offenses would fall in the 124-251 offense logical requests for police service in the area.
range, further defined by historical data for
the month of January and the previous A 24-hour day, 7-day week is used to
year’s average. Caution must be exercised in develop a frequency distribution table. The
such predictions to consider any changes resulting data shows that a large percentage
that might affect the rate of offenses, such as of crime/complaints occurs on Friday and
unit transfers or increased troop strengths. Saturday. The pattern shows a low on
Sunday of 10 percent and a high on
A PM, knowing only dates and times that Saturday of 18.2 percent of all reported
crimes or complaints have occurred, has crimes/offenses. Friday and Saturday
limited information concerning the number accounted for 35.4 percent of all weekly
of offenses or work load to be affected in offenses, Wednesday through Saturday for
upcoming months. More precise projections 65.6 percent.

88 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Once the high offense days of the week are uncontrollable variations such as weather or
known, the high offense hours of the day troop strengths. With this basic data, the
should be determined. The assumption is distribution of the patrol force by shifts and
made that prior patterns of offenses should days of the week becomes meaningful.
occur in the future, subject to any

FM 19-10 89
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

COMPUTATION OF PATROL HOURS Construct columns showing the total
This section describes a simplified patrol number of military police available and
distribution plan. For illustrative purposes it the work hours available, and enter the
will be assumed that the PM has 35 person- appropriate figures.
nel available for patrol duty per 24-hour day, Determine the shift design to be used.
or 1,400 work hours of available patrol Place the shift hours to be used in the far
service per week. This figure is obtained by left column. Using the table showing
multiplying the number of personnel by the complaint levels by day and hour,
number of hours worked per week (35 times determine the percentage of complaints
40 equals 1,400 work hours). occurring during the different shifts, and
place these complaint subtotals in a
In this sample plan, days off, holidays, column immediately to the right of the
and so forth are not considered. Each of the shift column, matching the percentage
35 personnel work an eight-hour day and a subtotals to the corresponding shifts. For
five-day week. It may be desirable for the example, 20.4 percent of all complaints
purposes of a particular PM office to project occurred from 0001 to 0800 hours. This
into work hours available the leave time or percentage is obtained by dividing 410
other factors that reduce manpower complaints by 2,006 total complaints.
availability.
Disperse the total number of work hours
The traditional 0001 to 0800, 0800 to 1600, of patrol service available by multiplying
and 1600 to 2400 hours shifts were selected work hours available by the percentage of
for this distribution plan. Local complaints received per shift. Enter the
considerations may dictate different shift results in a column showing average work
hours. hours (1,400 multiplied by 20.4 percent of
The following information describes the complaints equals 286 work hours). Work
manner in which the patrol distribution plan hours should be rounded to whole work-
should be developed: hour weeks. In this example 286 work
Take the percentages of complaints by hours is rounded to 280 work hours.
day from the table that was developed to Divide this figure (280 work hours) by the
show complaint levels by day and hour. 40-hour work week of each MP. The result
Place these daily percentages at the is the number of MP required for the 0001
bottom of columns for each day of the to 0800 shift per week (seven MP in this
week, Sunday through Saturday, in a new example). Repeat this procedure for the
table for showing projected patrol remaining two shifts. Enter this data in
distribution. the columns titled average work hours

90
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

and personnel available, opposite the In the example for projected patrol
corresponding shifts. distribution above, note that 28 work
The work hours are then distributed based hours have been assigned to Sunday on
on the percentage of complaints received the 0001-0800 shift. As this converts to 3.5
per day of the week for each eight-hour personnel (28 work hours divided by 8-
shift. That is, the average work hours of hour day), a decision will have to be made
patrol service available is multiplied by on whether three or four personnel will be
the percentage of complaints to obtain the assigned to the shift. In this instance,
work hours of patrol service required. three persons were assigned duty (3 MP
These computations are also made for the times 8 hours equals 24 hours). Four of the
other two shifts. Any numbers that must 28 work hours must be transferred to
be rounded are rounded up when the another day on the 0001 to 0800 shift.
decimal place is 0.5 or greater. Work hours are not moved from shift to
shift, only from day to day on the same
280(WORK HRS) X .10 (SUN) = 28 HRS REQUIRED shift.
280(WORK HRS)X .115 (MON) = 32 HRS REQUIRED
This procedure is done for all remaining
Having constructed a projected patrol days and shifts. At this point, the number
distribution table, the data are now used of patrol personnel per shift on each day
to develop a table showing the actual of the seven-day workweek has been
patrol distribution based on eight-hour determined. Thirty-three personnel have
increments. The computed work hours of been scheduled for duty. The remaining
patrol service must be converted into two personnel will be used to replace
working personnel. Increments of eight personnel who are on TDY or leave or in
are used because each person works an the hospital. Or they will be used in
eight-hour day. selective enforcement operations.

FM 19-10 91
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

PATROL SHIFT DESIGN
The shift arrangement worked by patrol However, such a plan can be implemented
personnel determines to a large measure the only in a stabilized patrol shift environment.
level of their morale, job satisfaction, and In establishing a shift preference plan, all
effectiveness. Poorly designed rotational personnel should initially identify the shift
shifts create confusion, fatigue, and turmoil. they want. Based on rank, time-in-grade,
The number of shift patterns is infinite, so a and efficiency of operations, the shifts are
satisfactory one can be designed for every established. Guidelines must then be set to
installation. The shift pattern should be consider future requests for transfer to other
responsive to MP operations. MP assets shifts. Merit, seniority, length of time on a,
must be available when needed. Squad and particular shift, and discipline are some
platoon integrity should be maintained, if standards that have been used to govern
possible, under the same supervisory transfers in units using this plan. For the
personnel. Patrol personnel should be fully most desirable shifts, a standing transfer list
utilized. Nonoperational tasks such as may have to be established.
painting, unit training, and maintenance
are time-consuming, and, if not properly SPECIAL SHIFTS
distributed, can overwork personnel. Occasionally it is necessary to temporarily
The methods used to design shifts are increase the number of MP patrols for
special events, for special operations, or for
detailed. The shift design process must take selective enforcement. If the on-duty squad
into account– cannot meet the added commitments, it must
Analysis of the existing work schedule to be augmented. In doing so, one objective
determine its effectiveness. should always be to minimize the loss of off-
Determination of the MP and security duty time if possible.
force staffing requirements. On-duty hours for regularly scheduled
Allocation of personnel based on crime shifts can be increased so that they will
and/or other analysis. overlap with the on-coming shifts for special
Determination of the type of work situations. For example, on New Year’s Eve
schedule that would best suit the needs of if the midnight shift reports for duty at 2200
the PM operation. hours and the evening shift is retained until
0200 hours, the number of patrols can be
Regardless of which shift schedule is approximately doubled during the most
designed, when possible, consideration must troublesome period.
be given to shift preference of personnel. For
further information on how to design a shift, An extra fourth shift can be formed to
see the US Department of Housing and overlap two regular shifts. This fourth shift
Urban Development Work Schedule Design does not have to be organized as a regular
Handbook: Methods for Assigning squad but can be of whatever size the PM
Employees’ Work Shifts and Days off. feels is necessary. It would be subordinate to
regular shift supervisors. As an example, the
SHIFT PREFERENCE PLAN PM desires to apply a selective enforcement
Shift assignments can do much to campaign against drunk drivers. Most of
motivate patrol personnel. Although some these offenses occur from 1800-0200 hours.
shift patterns are based on squad integrity, He could employ a fourth shift of six MP
incoming and assigned personnel can be organized into three patrols, working under
rotated between squads. Personnel who the regular shift supervisor. This extra shift
attend schools, who have family problems, would not have regular patrol areas but
or who prefer working odd-hour shifts can would concentrate on gates, roads, and other
have their work preferences considered. areas frequented by drunk drivers.

92 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 9
Conducting Searches And Seizures

The Fourth Amendment to the Consti- CONTENTS Page
tution provides that the right of the people to DETERMINING SCOPE OF AUTHORIZED
be free from unreasonable searches and SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...93
seizures shall not be violated. It also provides Authorizing a Search. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...94
that no warrants shall be issued except upon Determining Probable Cause . . . . . . . . . . . ...94
“probable cause.” And without probable Reliability Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...95
Plain View . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...96
cause no search is admissible in a court of law
unless it is incident to a lawful apprehension, DETERMINING ARTICLES SUBJECT TO
SEARCH AND SEIZURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...96
conducted with the consent of the person
CONDUCTING ENTRY AND SEARCH TO
searched, or is otherwise legal. PROTECT PERSONS OR PROPERTY . . . . . . . . 97
There is probable cause to search when CONDUCTING AN IDENTIFICATION
SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...97
there are reasonable grounds to believe that
items connected with criminal activity are CONDUCTING AN AUTOMOBILE SEARCH .98
located in the place (room and barracks, pri- CONDUCTING AN AREA SEARCH . . . . . . ...99
vately owned vehicle, or quarters) or on the CONDUCTING A CONSENT SEARCH...... 100
person to be searched. MP must know and CONDUCTING A SEARCH OF ABANDONED
understand search and seizure procedures to PROPERTY. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...100
function effectively within the law. CONDUCTING A TRASH AND GARBAGE
CONTAINER SEARCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...100
During raids MP must adhere to laws CONDUCTING A SEARCH OF PREMISES
governing jurisdiction and authority, search WITHOUT RIGHT TO PRIVACY. . . . . . . . . . ..100
and seizure, apprehension, and use of force in CONDUCTING A FIRE SEARCH . . . . . . . . ...101
order to ensure evidence obtained is ad- MAINTAINING STATUS QUO OR
missible in court. MP must understand the FREEZING THE SITUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...101
procedures involved in obtaining a search CONDUCTING A BODY CAVITY SEARCH.101
warrant or authorization. Probable cause SEIZING BODY FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...101
must be shown before getting a search CONDUCTlNG A FRISK . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . ...101
authorization. The seizure of items for use as CONDUCTING INVENTORIES . . . . . . . . . . ...102
evidence is limited. The items must be CONDUCTING INSPECTIONS . . . . . . . . . . ...102
specified in the search authorization, or they CONDUCTING RAIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..103
must be in plain view; any illegal articles that Planning a Raid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...103
are found are confiscated. Seized property or Determining Raiding Party Composition.105
Determining Equipment Requirements. ..106
evidence is receipted. Receipting for seized Performing Reconnaissance . . . . . . . . . . ...106
property establishes its accountability and Executing a Raid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...107
chain of custody.
DETERMINING SCOPE OF AN AUTHORIZED SEARCH
Once authorization to search has been investigator has authority to search the
obtained) the person conducting the search quarters of a subject, the investigator may
must carefully comply with the limitations not search a car parked on the road outside.
imposed by the authorization. Only those Likewise, if the authorization states that the
locations described in the authorization may MP is looking for a 25-inch television, that
be searched and the search may be conducted MP may not look into areas unlikely to
only in areas where it is likely that the object contain a television, such as a medicine
of the search will be found. For example, if an cabinet or file cabinet.

FM 19-10 93
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

An authorization to search for contraband general requirement that probable cause
implicitly carries the limited authority to statements or the authorization to search be
detain occupants of a home, apartment, or in writing, various commands or units may
barracks room while the search is conducted. impose additional requirements. Strict
Also, the MP may detain occupants leaving adherence to these requirements is man-
the premises at the time the MP arrive to datory. The authorizing official must specify
execute the search authorization. the place to be searched and the things to be
seized.
AUTHORIZING A SEARCH
The commander may authorize the search DETERMINING PROBABLE CAUSE
of a person or place under his command when To determine if probable cause exists, the
there is probable cause to believe that items authorizing official will evaluate whether or
connected with criminal activities are located not the information furnished to him is
in the place or on the person to be searched. reliable and reasonably warrants his acting
When time permits, the commander consults on the basis of that information. The overall
the office of the SJA. A commander may not issue of reasonableness is composed of two
delegate his or her authority to authorize a elements. The first is the source’s basis of
search to another individual in the unit. knowledge, which may be established by–
However, the power may devolve to the next
senior person present when the commander is Personal observation.
absent or when circumstances are such that Statement of the person or accomplice to be
the commander cannot be contacted. searched.
When there is a military magistrate or Self-verifying detail.
judge on an installation, law enforcement Corroboration.
personnel may obtain the magistrate’s or
judge’s authorization to search, following the The basis of knowledge can be established
procedures set forth in AR 27-10. Law en- by showing that the commander personally
forcement personnel can also seek the com- observed the criminal activities himself, or
mander’s authorization. Federal magistrates that he is basing his authorization on the fact
have powers similar to military judges but that a third party personally observed the
are limited in area and authority by their criminal activity, that this fact has been
respective district court. related to him, and that such information has
been corroborated or substantiated.
AR 27-10 sets out the procedures for In the drug area, personal observation
obtaining an authorization to search. must also include facts indicating there is a
Information in the form of statements, either basis for belief that what was seen were drugs
written or oral (and which can be transmitted (that is, the commander has had a class on
by telephone or radio), must be presented to a drug identification, or the third party has had
commander, magistrate, or military judge. It a class on drug identification or has fur-
is not mandatory that these statements be nished reliable information in the past as to
sworn, but an oath may be required by the the particular drug in question).
authorizing official and, in a close case, an
oath may be the factor which determines The commander or the person seeking the
admissibility. The authorizing official will authorization from the commander may have
then decide, based upon the statements, trustworthy information that items con-
whether or not probable cause to search nected with criminal activities are located in
exists. Once the authorizing official deter- the place to be searched based on information
mines that probable cause exists, the official obtained from a statement of the individual
will issue either an oral or a written authori- to be searched or an accomplice of the
zation to search. Even though there is no individual to be searched.

94 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

One way to pass the basis of knowledge test Demeanor of the individual furnishing the
is by showing that the tip was so detailed that information to the commander.
the information must have been obtained as a
result of a personal observation by the infor- Statement of past reliability.
mant or from a statement of the defendant or Corroboration.
an accomplice. The best example of when a Statement from victim or eyewitness of
tip is self-verifying is the one the Supreme offense.
Court used in Draper v. United States Declaration against interest.
(Illinois v. Gates, 1983; Massachusetts v.
Upton, 1984). Information from other law enforcement
officials.
In the above case, the arresting police Information obtained from senior NCOs
officer had received a tip from an informant and above as a result of being passed
that the defendant had departed Denver, through the chain of command.
Colorado, to travel to Chicago. The informant
(1) said the defendant would return by train When the information is personally given
on 8 or 9 September; (2) described the to the commander—not by an MP, but by the
defendant’s physical appearance; (3) third party who obtained the information—
indicated that the defendant would be the commander can judge the individual
carrying a tan zipper bag; (4) said the source’s reliability at that time. In many
defendant walks with a fast gait; and (5) said
the defendant would be carrying heroin. cases the individual may be a member of the
Before making the arrest, the arresting police commander’s unit; thus, the commander is in
officer verified facts 1 through 4. the best situation to judge the credibility of
the person. Even when the person is not a
The court indicated that the tip was so member of the authorizing commander’s
detailed that it could conclude that the unit, it is an eyeball-to-eyeball situation in
informant obtained his information in a which the commander can question the
trustworthy manner, such as by personal individual and determine the consistency of
observation or a statement of the defendant statements made by the individual. The
or a combination of the two. eyeball-to-eyeball situation may either lend
When the police officer can verify a number to or detract from establishing credibility.
of the items listed in the informant’s tip, the The same is true when the individual is a
conclusion is that the other items in the tip member of the commander’s unit. Again, the
must also be true. The best example of commander’s personal knowledge of the
corroboration is, again, Draper v. United informant can lend to or detract from
States. A number of courts have indicated establishing credibility. Corroboration and
that the Draper situation could apply to not demeanor of the person are particularly
only train stations but airports or important when questioning first-time
rendezvous-type situations with automobiles. sources with no established record of past
In the case of an anonymous tip, this reliability.
corroboration is extremely important and
may be essential to a finding of probable One of the easiest methods for determining
cause. reliability is to know that the informant has
proven reliable in the past. There should be
Reliability Test some indication as to the underlying
The commander must also be satisfied as to circumstances of past reliability—such as
the credibility of the person furnishing the this informant has furnished correct
information. This has been called the information three times in the past about
reliability test and may be established by one wrongful possession of a particular type of
or more of the following: drug, naming the drug.

FM 19-10 95
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The person furnishing the information to The commander or MP can lawfully
USACIDC and then to the commander may apprehend or search during a lawful, hot
furnish information that is against the pursuit. They also may lawfully apprehend
person’s penal interest—such as he is aware or search while conducting an investigation
he is admitting an offense, and he has not at a unit or office premises.
been promised any benefit. Thus, he may be Listed are a few of the places where the
prosecuted himself. This lends a great degree
of reliability to the information furnished. commander or MP can lawfully apprehend
or search.
Obtaining information from other law
enforcement officials through normal Areas of public or private property
channels gives a presumption of reliability normally accessible to the public or to the
concerning the information. This factor public view.
comes into play when the desk sergeant puts Any place with the consent of a person
out an all-points bulletin. It is not necessary empowered to give such consent.
for the apprehending MP to personally Any place pursuant to an authorization to
obtain the information from the source. Of search the particular place.
course, the original source of the
information must satisfy the reliability test. Any place where the circumstances
But this determination can be made later dictate an immediate police response to
and need not be made by the MP who protect life or prevent serious damage to
received the all-points bulletin. In other property.
words, reliance on another MP is considered Any place to effect a lawful apprehension,
to be reasonable. The same is true for such as business, home, on the street, or in
reliance on the report of the victim of a a vehicle. (In the absence of exigent
crime. Remember if acting on the basis of an circumstances, a prior authorization is
anonymous tip, corroboration of the required to apprehend someone in a
information may be essential to a finding of private residence.)
probable cause. While on patrol, an MP may observe an
Plain View item in a parked car; or while making a
An MP who is lawfully in any place may, routine spot check of a vehicle, the MP may
without obtaining a warrant or a com- notice something that will aid in a criminal
mander’s authorization, seize any item in prosecution. The MP may seize that item.
plain view or smell which he has probable When an MP is lawfully at a place to make
cause to believe is contraband or evidence of an apprehension, he may not examine the
a crime. This is so even if the seizable item is entire premises solely to look for evidence.
not related in any way to the crime that the With an apprehension authorization, an MP
MP is investigating. Seeing an item in plain may go to the on-post quarters to apprehend
view in proximity to an individual may an individual for an offense. While standing
justify an apprehension or further search of in the foyer of the quarters, the MP may see
the same area or another area. some item that will aid in a criminal
An MP may use binoculars, flashlight, or prosecution. He may seize the item that is
in some cases, a ladder or stool. The same visible from the foyer. He may not, without
rationale that applies for plain view also invitation, go to the other rooms of the
applies for plain smell. house.

DETERMINING ARTICLES SUBJECT TO SEARCH AND SEIZURE
Items can be subject to seizure when search conducted under a commander's
specified in a legal search warrant, during a authorization, or during an otherwise lawful

96 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

search. All seized items should be clearly During a lawful search, any evidence
marked with the initials of the person relating to crimes other than that specified
making the seizure and the military date and by the search warrant or search
time. While it may be desirable to seize authorization may be seized, provided it is in
property in the presence of the accused, it is plain sight during the search or in a place
not mandatory; however, a DA Form 4137 where the specified evidence could
must be issued and the chain of custody reasonably be found.
maintained.
CONDUCTING ENTRY AND SEARCH TO PROTECT PERSONS OR
PROPERTY
A commanding officer or noncommis- pursued is apprehended, the search will be
sioned officer may search government limited by the search incident to
property used in connection with assigned apprehension rules.
duties (such as desks and filing cabinets
located in an individual’s assigned office or When the person pursued is not found on
building) to look for contraband or property the premises, the MP may search the
held in a representative capacity. Any premises for evidence of the suspect’s
evidence found in the desk may be identity or the location to which he is fleeing
admissible at a trial. if it is unknown.
An MP may make a warrantless entry into The hot pursuit rule will apply when the
any premises whenever he has reason to MP receives a report of an armed robbery or
believe that it is necessary to prevent injury rape and shortly thereafter receives the
to persons, to prevent serious damage to description of the person who has committed
property, or to render aid to someone in the offense, and pursues the suspect, at
danger. which point the suspect enters a quarters on
While on patrol in the housing areas or post. He and the other MP may enter the
barracks area, an MP may hear sounds of a building (for example, quarters or house)
fight or cries for help coming from a and search wherever the suspect may be
building. Upon hearing these sounds, he hiding.
may enter the building to prevent injury or An MP may go to the on post quarters of
damage. Once the danger or emergency an individual when the MP has been notified
conditions have ceased, he may take only the of a domestic disturbance. At the particular
necessary steps to carry out the purpose of house, the officer will try to quell the
the original entry. disturbance, and if the MP views any
An MP, who is pursuing a person who he contraband or any other item which he
has probable cause to believe is armed and reasonably believes to be evidence of
has just committed a serious crime, may criminal activity, these items may be seized.
enter a vehicle or building believed to have Additionally, the disturbance may be such
been entered by the suspect and may search as to give the MP a basis for apprehending
the multiple dwelling unit or vehicle for the one of the individuals at the home.
person or any weapons that might be used to Thereafter, a search incident to the
further his escape. Once the individual apprehension may be conducted.
CONDUCTING AN IDENTIFICATION SEARCH
An identification search applies to an inca- effects of any person who appears to be
pacitated person or to an unsecured or stolen incapacitated, to learn either the cause of the
vehicle. An MP may examine the personal incapacitation or to identify the individual.

FM 19-10 97

161-016 O-94-7
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

When MP are called to a barracks, they not have a visitor’s pass, the MP may search
may find an individual unconscious because the vehicle for identification.
of an overdose of prescription drugs or a
prohibited substance. The MP may gain If while searching the unsecured car, the
entry to the room and call for medical help. owner of the vehicle is identified, the person
After the call for medical help, the MP may making the search for identification will
search the immediate area and the personal attempt to contact the owner and ask him to
effects of the individual to obtain evidence of secure his vehicle in the future. If while
identity. The MP may also search the looking for identification evidence of a crime
immediate area to determine what is found, the evidence may be seized and
substance was used to overdose, so medics may lead to appropriate action against the
can treat the illness properly. individual for criminal conduct.
An MP on patrol at night may observe a If the owner of the vehicle cannot be
car in a parking lot after the establishment determined by looking for identification, the
has closed. If someone is observed in the vehicle should be secured temporarily by the
vehicle apparently unconscious, it is proper MP, and an attempt should be made through
for the MP to open the vehicle, learn if the all available means to determine the owner
individual is unconscious, notify a doctor, or if the vehicle was stolen.
and then obtain evidence of the identi-
fication either from the individual or from In some states license plate numbers may
the car itself. not be stored in a computer. It may be
difficult to determine whether or not a
An MP who finds a vehicle unsecured— vehicle is stolen unless the identity of the
one that is registered on post or has a owner can be determined immediately.
visitor’s pass and is capable of being
secured—will secure the vehicle, leaving a When the MP is permitted to make a
note that the individual who owns the search for identification, the scope of the
vehicle should secure it himself next time. If search is limited to areas such as glove
the vehicle registered on post cannot be compartments and consoles where owner
secured, the MP will attempt to learn the and vehicle identification are normally kept.
identity of the owner by first calling the PM The scope of the search may also include
office if time permits and, if not, by reading documents that are lying in
searching the vehicle for identification. If open view inside the car. Once identification
the vehicle is not registered on post or does has been established, the search is ended.

CONDUCTING AN AUTOMOBILE SEARCH
An apprehending MP may make a Where there has been a stop of an
warrantless search of the interior of a car at automobile, the MP stopping the automobile
the time and place of apprehension if there is may make a protective search of the
probable cause to apprehend one of the passenger compartment of the automobile if
occupants. The scope of the search can be the MP possesses reasonable suspicion that
extended to the entire automobile if there is the vehicle contains weapons potentially
probable cause to believe there is evidence in dangerous to the MP. Whether or not
the trunk or under the hood. The warrantless reasonable suspicion exists depends on the
search need not take place where the same factors discussed later for a frisk of an
apprehension of the occupant took place if individual. The investigative search extends
there is a valid reason for conducting the to those parts of the passenger compartment
search at another place such as at an MP in which a weapon may be placed or hidden.
station. Just because there is a stop of an automobile

98 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

does not mean the MP may conduct an An individual may be stopped for a traffic
investigative search. offense, and the MP may see items in plain
view such as drugs or drug paraphernalia or
When an individual is stopped for a evidence of other crime. This would give the
robbery that has occurred on post and the MP probable cause to believe that other
driver is apprehended on post and taken to evidence is located in the vehicle. Thus, the
the MP station, the car may also be taken to vehicle can be searched there or it can be
the MP station. If the robbery has recently taken to the MP station where a search of the
taken place, there may be probable cause to entire vehicle may be made. If the car was
believe the car contains evidence of the not in motion prior to the owner being taken
robbery, and it may be searched at the MP into custody, and there is no likelihood of the
station, even though there is no vehicle being removed by a third party, a
authorization from the commanding officer search warrant should be obtained to search
to search the vehicle. the vehicle..

CONDUCTING AN AREA SEARCH
If an offender has left the scene, an information can be forwarded to units in the
adequate number of MP teams should be field by radio or other means of
detailed to participate in an area search. An communications as it is made available.
area search is conducted by using the
quadrant method. The area to be searched is An area search may be conducted by using
divided into four equal pie-shaped wedges a motor vehicle or setting up a fixed post. Or
radiating outward from the crime scene. One a foot search may be conducted. When
or more units are assigned to each quadrant. conducting a motor vehicle search patrol
The search is begun at the outer perimeter of personnel remain in their vehicles and
the quadrant. Units search inward toward conduct a rapid area search of fields,
the crime scene using a zigzag pattern. It is parking lots, sidewalks, large throughway
recommended that units overlap each other’s alleys, and roads. They are limited in their
patterns to ensure complete area coverage. ability to search because they are
conspicuous in a patrol vehicle and thus
easily avoided. Also, they are unable to
search in detail behind bushes, in doorways,
and so forth. Fixed posts are useful at
intersections or other vantage points on
possible escape routes. These positions can
be either single vehicles or formal
roadblocks. When conducting a foot search
the patrol vehicle is parked, and the search
is carried out on foot. Personnel conducting
The search for the offender continues until such a search should stop frequently and
an apprehension is made or the search is listen for sounds of the offender. Trees,
bushes, and other concealment should be
abandoned. used to protect approaching searchers from
In initiating a search, speed is important. being seen by the suspect. Personnel in the
Patrol personnel should not wait until a area should be questioned. They may have
complete description of the offender and/or seen the fleeing suspect or strange vehicles
vehicle is obtained. They should in the area. Foot searches can also be
immediately deploy with the information initiated to find witnesses and to look for
available and start the search. Further evidence.

FM 19-10 99
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

CONDUCTING A CONSENT SEARCH
An MP who wishes to make a search that mere acquiescence to authority. A refusal to
is not otherwise authorized may do so if the consent to search, like evasive answers to a
person or persons in control of the immediate question, may arouse suspicion, but this
area or object to be searched voluntarily give evasiveness is not enough to amount to
their consent. To ensure that the consent is probable cause to search. When you have the
voluntary, the MP should warn the subject’s consent, you may continue with the
individual of his intent to search. Ideally the search without authorization. A pitfall of
individual’s consent would be in writing. consensual search is that it may alert a
suspect and permit him time to dispose of
“I have no authorization to search. I evidence or to escape from the installation.
would like to search you or a particular
place. ” One question a subject may ask is, “What
happens if I do not consent to search?” The
answer should be that appropriate action
If the person consents to a search, it will be will be taken. If the subject persists, tell him
a voluntary waiver of his Fourth Amend- you will apply for a search authorization. Do
ment rights. It must be voluntary and not not tell him you will get one.

CONDUCTING A SEARCH OF ABANDONED PROPERTY
MP lawfully in any place may, without While on patrol an MP may apprehend an
an authorization to search, recover any individual for a traffic offense. Prior to the
abandoned property and examine its vehicle coming to a complete halt, with the
contents for seizable items. While on patrol offender in it, he notices the offender
MP may observe an abandoned vehicle on throwing a small envelope from the vehicle.
an isolated road. It is proper to search the The MP may recover the envelope and seize
vehicle for any items that may be seized. any objects inside.

CONDUCTING A TRASH AND GARBAGE
CONTAINER SEARCH
MP lawfully in any place may, without not located in the driveway of the on-post
obtaining authorization to search, examine quarters. Thus, the garbage cans located on
the contents of a trash or garbage container any street near the curb may be searched
that is not located next to on-post quarters or without authorization to search.

CONDUCTING A SEARCH OF PREMISES WITHOUT
RIGHT TO PRIVACY
MP may, without authorization, object to a search of his former room.
search any premises to which a suspect no Additionally, when an individual has left
longer has a right of possession or has the guest house and has not returned for two
demonstrated a lack of intention to return or three days, and has not provided some
An individual who has been a resident of intention of returning, that room may be
the guest house, but who has checked out searched. Any items found will be ad-
earlier in the day, has given up the right to missible in court.

100 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

CONDUCTING A FIRE SEARCH
After a fire in private quarters, the fire emergency is when there is an immediate
marshal and MPI may investigate the cause threat that the fire might rekindle.
of the fire so long as the fire fighters are still When the premises are completely
present performing their duties. Once this destroyed, investigators may return at any
investigation is discontinued and the MP time to investigate the cause of the fire.
and the fire fighters leave the scene, the MP Additionally, when fire officials leave
may not return unless an authorization to because of darkness and smoke, they may
search the premises without consent has return within a reasonable period to
been obtained or it is an emergency. An continue their investigation.

MAINTAINING STATUS QUO OR FREEZING THE SITUATION
In some instances, probable cause may not with the crime or that he knows what
exist without further investigation, or the weapon was used, but he will not tell the MP
MP may want to seek advice from a SJA. In where it is located. If the husband has been
such situations, the MP may want to hold a legally apprehended or is consensually at
house, room, or automobile in a status quo. the MP station and there are no children in
the family, the MP may want to place notices
Assume the husband has taken his spouse out on the premises that no one will be
to the hospital because of a gunshot wound. allowed to enter without MP permission.
He implies that he may have been involved

CONDUCTING A BODY CAVITY SEARCH
Under certain situations, a search of body with the SJA is recommended before
cavities may be permitted. Coordination conducting a body cavity search.

SEIZING BODY FLUIDS
An individual may consent to giving a the evidence. An order for the individual to
blood or urine sample. Nonconsensual give blood or to collect a urine specimen is
extraction of blood and urine may be made permissible if done as part of a lawful
pursuant to a search authorization. inspection.
Nonconsensual extraction of blood or urine The voluntary and involuntary extraction
may be made without such an authorization of blood or urine must be done by a medical
only when there is a probable cause that specialist, physician’s assistant, medical
evidence of crime will be found and when the doctor, or other person who is authorized to
delay that would result if an authorization collect samples.
were sought could result in the destruction of

CONDUCTING A FRISK
An MP may frisk any person whom he has stop—whenever a reasonable suspicion to
lawfully stopped when the MP reasonably frisk arises.
suspects the person is carrying a concealed A number of factors may be examined in
weapon or dangerous object, and the frisk is determining whether or not there is
necessary to protect the MP or others. The reasonable suspicion that the individual is
frisk may be conducted immediately upon armed and that the frisk is necessary for the
making the stop or at any time during the protection of the MP or others.

FM 19-10 101
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Listed are a few factors that may give Time of day.
grounds for a frisk: Purpose behind the stop.
Appearance. Companions of the person stopped.
Actions.
If, while conducting a frisk, an MP feels an
Prior knowledge of the individual stopped. object which he reasonably believes to be a
Location of the stop and whether or not it weapon or dangerous item, he may seize this
is a high crime area. object.
CONDUCTING INVENTORIES
A commander may direct an inventory of is space at the place of apprehension, the
an individual soldier’s property when the vehicle may be secured there; however, if
soldier is absent from the unit on ordinary or there is no place to secure the vehicle, it will
emergency leave or when hospitalized. If the be impounded at the PM office and in-
commander or his designated representative ventoried.
discovers items that would aid in a criminal When a person is apprehended for DWI as
prosecution, these may be seized and used as he pulls into his quarters parking lot, there is
evidence. A commander or his designated no reason to impound the vehicle. However,
representative also may conduct an if a person is apprehended on one of the outer
inventory of the property of an individual roads of the post and there is no place to
who has been placed in military or civilian
confinement. secure the vehicle and there is a possibility
that items may be stolen, the vehicle should
When an individual is apprehended for be impounded at the PM office and in-
driving while intoxicated or is a subject ventoried. (AR 700-84 and DA Pam 600-8
under apprehension which involves contain more information on conducting
transportation to the PM office, the vehicle inventories of personal clothing and
of the individual will be secured. When there property.)
CONDUCTING INSPECTIONS
The commander has the inherent right to may aid in a criminal prosecution. These
inspect the individual barracks in which items may be seized. The inspector may only
individual soldiers are housed to ensure the look in those areas that will enable him to
command is properly equipped, functioning achieve the purpose and scope of this
properly, and maintaining standards of inspection. When inspecting for food or
readiness, sanitation, and cleanliness, and flammable products, such as lighter fluid, he
to ensure that personnel are present, fit, and may look in cigar boxes or other suitable
ready for duty. containers.
Such an inspection may include an Normally a commander will conduct
examination to locate and confiscate periodic security checks to ensure that wall
unlawful weapons and other contraband if lockers and footlockers are locked. If the
the primary purpose is to determine if the commander or his representative conducts a
unit is functioning properly, is maintaining security inspection and notices a wall locker
standards of readiness, and is fit for duty. or footlocker unlocked, he may take the
This inspection may also include an order valuables from the locker secure them in the
for the individual to collect a urine specimen. unit supply room until the individual returns
A commander conducting an inspection to the unit. If, while removing the valuables,
for these reasons may find items he believes the person conducting the inspection sees

102 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

items that would aid in a criminal 2 Military Justice Reporter 31 [Court of
prosecution, these may also be seized. Military Appeals, 1976]).
The commander has the right to conduct a If the commander is looking for evidence
search for weapons after a unit has been of a specific crime, or suspects that an
firing on the range and has returned to the individual or group of individuals have
unit area and found a weapon missing. drugs in their possession but does not have
Under these circumstances the commander probable cause for such a belief, he may not
or his designated representative may use the inspection of the unit as a subterfuge
conduct a search of all persons who were on for a search of the individual or group of
the range and others who were in a position individuals. Subterfuge normally takes
to steal the weapon, to include their living place when a commander or MP “feels” an
area and private automobiles. individual has contraband in his possession’
or living area but not enough information to
Under no circumstances may an in- amount to probable cause and uses an
spection or inventory be used as a subterfuge inspection of the type previously mentioned
for a search (United States v. Roberts, in this section to search for the contraband.

CONDUCTING RAIDS
A lawful raid is a surprise, legal invasion by the Posse Comitatus Act to participate in
of a building or area. A raid may be made to a raid, MP or USACIDC special agents may
apprehend offenders, to obtain evidence of help identify persons or property seized. If
illegal activity, or to recover personal or US military personnel are apprehended in a civil
government property. Occasionally this raid police raid, they may be released to
is made to prevent the commission of a crime observing MP or USACIDC special agents
or to confiscate contraband. without formal receipt.
A raid must be justified. It must have a A raid must be coordinated with units and
clearly stated purpose. The authority to agencies that will be affected by the raid or
conduct a raid stems from and is justified by that can add to the raid’s success.
having probable cause. Probable cause for a Coordination with the SJA helps ensure that
lawful raid comes from information obtained the results of a raid can be used in court. In
through surveillances, registered/confidential the interest of security, however, coordi-
sources, criminal intelligence, or other nation is limited to that which is essential.
sources. The time of the raid should be selected, if
possible, to ensure minimum interference
Raids are conducted by the agency that from heavy traffic and allow rapid
has jurisdiction of the case. This agency will movement to ensure the presence of subjects
have mission responsibility and may be and illegal items.
augmented by other agencies based on the
reputations of those being raided. PLANNING A RAID
Military authorities authorize and conduct To be successful raids must be planned.
raids in areas under military control. Civil Plans must include not only team compo-
police conduct all raids in areas not under sition, equipment, and operational concept,
military control. Military authorities can but also any special arrangements that must
request that civil police conduct a raid if be made. And alternate plans should be
enough justification exists. And MP or developed. The raiding party can switch to
USACIDC special agents may accompany the alternate plan on prearranged signals if
civil police as observers. Although forbidden the original plan goes awry.

FM 19-10 103
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

A raid plan should be concise, simple, Support forces.
flexible, and should generally follow the The effectiveness of a raid depends largely
steps used for planning an operations order. upon specific planning and preparation
It must be based on sound tactical concepts including use of criminal intelligence.
and should be adaptable to any contingency. Essential to the effectiveness of any raid is
A raid is planned in detail with each the speed and surprise with which it is
member of the raiding party briefed on the— executed. Although some raids must be
Objective of the action. staged with a minimum of planning and
preparation, the factors of proper coordi-
Number of offenders and their names, nation, manpower, and equipment to include
descriptions, injuries, and so forth. special weapons must not be overlooked.
Act the offender is suspected of Essential factors in planning a raid are—
committing.
Mission.
Reputation, background, characteristics,
and mental state of the offender. Opposition expected.
Hostages or other bystanders involved Items to be searched for or seized.
and their descriptions. Composition of raiding party.
Location of the offender (apartment, floor, Orientation of personnel.
room number, window, and so forth). Position and role of each member.
Offender and if he is armed, and, if so, the
type of weapon and amount of Planning time can be reduced by following
ammunition if known. an SOP. The SOP contains checklists to help
Physical layout of the operation (sewers, planners. And it gives guidelines for
skylights, adjacent buildings, type recurring raid factors common to all
construction; for example, wood, brick, successful raids. These factors are surprise,
and so forth). speed, simplicity, superiority, and safety.

104 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Surprise keeps subjects from organizing personnel reduces the hazard of injury to or
resistance to the raiding party and from death of innocent persons. Every raid
destroying or concealing evidence. It keeps member must be able to recognize all mem-
them from escaping or helping other subjects bers of the raid party. In multiorganizational
escape. And it lessens their chances for raids, distinctive clothing, like raid jackets,
suicide attempts if they are so inclined. The can clearly identify raiding party members.
subjects of the raid must not know they are Each member of the multiorganizational
targets until the operation begins. The fewer raiding party must be familiar with all
people who know a raid is planned, the aspects of the operation, as well as his or her
greater the likelihood of surprise. Once the own mission.
raid begins, it must be carried out with speed
and precision. The time of the raid must be DETERMINING RAIDING PARTY
planned to fit the circumstances. The best COMPOSITION
time to carry out a raid is when few
uninvolved people are about. Raids are often The raiding party’s composition is
conducted at daybreak. The element of determined by the situation and the
surprise is usually on the side of the raiding resources available. There is no set number
party at that time of day. of people or teams who should make up a
party. A suggested organization, which can
Speed of execution is vital to the success of be modified as needed, is composed of a raid
a raid. And speed can only be obtained if, commander; entry, security, prisoner,
from the planning stage onward, all reserve, and medical teams; and their
participants have and know their specific respective commanders. Sometimes
assignments. Thus, simplicity of the plan is specially detailed persons or teams augment
a key factor for a well-organized raid. the raiding party. For example, a chemist or
Raiding party instructions must be clearly a special dog handler team may accompany
stated. And they must be easy to carry out. the basic party.
The raid commander has the overall
Superiority in manpower and equipment responsibility for planning and conducting a
can make the difference between a raid’s raid. Raid commanders are selected for their
success or failure. Superiority comes from experience and leadership ability and for
knowing and exceeding the subject’s their knowledge of the situation. Team
capabilities. The need for superior commanders are responsible to the raid
manpower or maneuverability dictates the commander for the supervision of their
number of members used in the raiding respective teams. They, too, are selected for
party. And superiority of firepower is experience and leadership ability. A reserve
desirable in any raid situation. If criminals team commander is usually named as the
know the raiding party is better armed than assistant raid commander. He assumes
they are, they are less likely to resist. If command of the raiding party if the
criminals are armed as well or better than commander is injured. A chain of command
the raiding party, they may believe they is established for the raiding party and
have a chance for escape and thus offer within each team.
greater resistance.
The entry team is the maneuver element. It
Safety must have a high priority in any enters the target area to make apprehen-
MP operation. Danger is inherent in any sions, as needed, and/or recover property.
raid situation. The raiding party must be The entry team may have a recorder, a
thorough, cautious, and safety conscious. photographer, and an evidence custodian.
Speed must not be gained at the expense of The recorder makes notes of events, and
safety. Using trained and experienced property recovered during the raid.

FM 19-10 105
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The photographer complements the record- munitions must be obtained from the
ers notes with photographs of items or installation commander. The raiding party
events. The evidence custodian assembles, must have protective masks. And wind
tags, and receipts for the evidence or prop- direction, traffic, and population density
erties seized. must be considered. Type of munitions must
The security team provides cover for the be considered. For example, using burning-
entry team. It also seals off possible avenues type munitions in wood structures can cause
of approach and escape. fires.
The reserve team reinforces or assists Effective communications are a must for a
wherever needed. Part of this team may stay successful raid. Natural voice, visual, and
mobile for use as a pursuit unit. If the reserve radio communications give the raid com-
team is not needed for its basic purpose, it mander control over his various elements. At
can augment processing and help control the a minimum, the raid commander and each
raid site. team leader need a radio. Members of the
security team occupying likely avenues of
The prisoner team enters the building or escape also need radios. (Radio equipment
area after it is secured. It takes charge of must be checked before use. Use of relays
prisoners apprehended by the entry team. may be necessary.)
The prisoner team must be aware that the
entry team does not make a complete search Hand and arm or whistle signals are often
of the prisoners at the time of apprehension. used to direct movements, such as when to
begin the raid. Visual and sound signals
The medical team should include a doctor should be backed by radio communications.
if possible. The medical team normally The reverse is also true. The local telephone
remains with the reserve team. The medical system can be used as well. The important
team treats injuries incurred by members of point is to have an alternate means of
the raiding party or subjects of the raid. communication. One method is not enough.

DETERMINING EQUIPMENT PERFORMING RECONNAISSANCE
REQUIREMENTS
If time permits, the raid commander
Equipment is selected to suit the raid’s performs a reconnaissance of the building or
purpose and the expected degree of oppo- area to be raided. He may have photographs,
sition. Special equipment like public address maps, blueprints, or sketches collected to
systems, night-vision devices, and drug supplement visual observations. And he
detector dogs are carefully chosen. Too much may consider covert operations to gain
equipment can slow the raiding party. Too entrance to help develop his raid plan.
little equipment can hamper the raid’s
effectiveness. When performing a recon, the MP look for
The raid commander selects the weapons the best route of entry to the target. They
to be used. He considers the subject’s arma- check for vantage points and patterns of
ment, the terrain of the neighborhood, and occupants of the area. And they note points
the degree of resistance expected. He ensures offering observation and fields of fire for the
that MP armed with special weapons are raiding party and/or the occupants.
proficient in their use.
When reconnoitering a specific building,
If riot control munitions are used, they MP may enter only if doing so will not
must be planned for. (See FM 19-15 for compromise the raid. MP can obtain blue-
specific procedures for use of riot control prints from the facility engineer to gain a
agents.) Clearance to use riot control thorough knowledge of floor plans and

106 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

interior arrangements of a building. MP can This identification is difficult at night
note the doors and windows, their because visibility is limited. Command and
construction, and the direction in which they control are also harder at night. And the
open. They can note likely exits and chance of injury to police personnel,
entrances to include emergency doors and subjects, and innocent bystanders is greater.
fire escapes. They seek interviews with Special situations result when females and
reliable persons who are responsible for or juveniles are present or are the subjects of a
who have previously entered the area. And raid. If it is believed females will be
they identify persons who may or will be in apprehended during a raid, arrangements
the building. They spot the location of must be made to have them searched and
activities in the area; for example, MP may attended by a female MP who is assigned to
note the placement of dice and card tables the raiding party. When juveniles are the
used for gambling. They also assess likely subjects of a raid, care must be taken to use
problem areas. minimum force. Plans must be made to
EXECUTING A RAID process them separately from adult
offenders. And they must be maintained
No two raids are alike. But many raids are separately until they are released to their
based on similar types of information and parents or transferred to juvenile facilities.
follow similar sequences of actions. If a covert agent is operating within the
Night raids are more hazardous than subject group, he should be advised to be
daylight raids. In many civil jurisdictions a absent at the time the raid will take place. If
night raid must be justified to a magistrate. he cannot be absent, he must be appre-
The magistrate must be convinced that the hended during the raid or given a plausible
purpose of the raid could not be achieved means of escape. If apprehended, his later
during the daytime, perhaps because the disposition will depend upon the situation,
subject would not be at home. This legal his mission, and his prior identification as a
restriction is not written into military law. covert agent to the local police. The identity
But the principle applies. The law supports and description, if possible, of the covert
the point that a raid should be announced agent should be given to all members of the
and the raiding party should clearly identify raiding party to prevent any accidental
themselves as MP before the party enters. shooting of the covert agent.

FM 19-10 107
CHAPTER 10
Conducting Apprehensions

M ilitary police must be prepared to take CONTENTS
immediate, coordinated action at the scene of Page
a crime. This action sometimes involves AUTHORITY TO APPREHEND . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
apprehension. MP must be familiar with APPREHENSION OF JUVENILES . . . . . . . . .109
standing operating procedures, laws of MEANS OF APPREHENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . .109
apprehension, use of deadly force, handling Cordon . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
and custody of evidence, and crime scene Pursuit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
protection. In cases involving felony crimes, Contacts and Stops . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .110
procedures are prearranged for notifying the EXECUTION OF AN AUTHORIZATlON
USACIDC office and other law enforcement TO APPREHEND. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .111
agencies. Prompt investigation can often aid SEARCH IN RELATION TO AN
in the swift apprehension of offenders. APPREHENSION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .112

AUTHORITY TO APPREHEND
MP and civilian guards or police employed citizen’s arrest on and off the installation. As
by the Army have the same authority to the authority for the citizen’s arrest is the law
apprehend. Their authority is derived from of the local jurisdiction and not AR 600-40,
the installation commander’s inherent any variance between it and AR 600-40
authority to maintain order on the should be made clear to all concerned.
installation. AR 600-40 affirms that— Limited authority exists to apprehend
All members of the military have the persons not subject to the UCMJ. This does
ordinary right of private citizens to assist not mean these offenders go unpunished. If
in maintenance of the peace. This includes administrative measures are not sufficient,
the right to apprehend offenders. Citizen’s action may be taken as provided in AR 27-40,
arrest power is defined by local law. In which sets forth procedures for filing
exercising this power, care should be taken complaints with US magistrates.
not to exceed the right granted by law.
Service members also must be familiar In applying the law authorizing appre-
with the limits imposed upon military hensions in the capacity of a private person,
personnel by the Posse Comitatus Act. the following terms must be understood:
The restraint of the person imposed under A felony is any offense punishable by
the provisions of AR 600-40 will not exceed death or imprisonment for more than one
that reasonably necessary, nor extend year.
beyond the time required to dispose of the A misdemeanor is any offense not a felony.
case by transfer of custody to civil A breach of the peace is a public offense
authority or otherwise, under the law.
where violence or the threat of violence is
The laws of most jurisdictions are causing or likely to cause an immediate
relatively clear on the arrest authority of disturbance of public order. Any act which
peace officers. They are also somewhat involves the use of force or the threat of
obscure on the authority of private immediate use of force towards the person
individuals. The SJA should be asked to or property of another is a breach of the
conduct a survey of local laws relating to peace.

108 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

A private person is any person other than a Generally, it is restricted to felonies and
peace officer or police officer, whether he is breaches of the peace.
or is not a citizen of a particular state or
area or resident therein. The authority of a The phrase “in his presence” means that
private person to make an apprehension an act occurs within range of any of the
may be broadened under local law. person’s five senses.

APPREHENSION OF JUVENILES
Juveniles may be apprehended under the The initial interview of a juvenile is
conditions set forth in AR 600-40. Upon normally done by the MP immediately after
apprehension, MP will follow normal apprehension. During the initial interview,
apprehension procedures and SOPs and will the parents are read the youth’s legal rights,
notify juveniles of their legal rights and the acquainted with the facts of the suspected
offense for which apprehended. offense, and given an appointment to meet
with the juvenile officer as soon as is
The authority of MP on an installation, as practicable. After the MP duty officer or duty
far as juveniles not subject to military law are investigator has conducted the initial
concerned, is derived from the installation interview, the youth will be released to the
commander’s inherent authority to maintain parents. If a major offense such as rape or
order on the installation. armed robbery is involved, the initial
The general authority placed upon the interview is deferred to the appropriate
installation commander by Army authorities who have jurisdiction. The
regulations gives that commander broad juvenile will be released to civil authorities
powers to create policies and publish for detention upon completion of the initial
regulations governing the conduct on post of interview. See FM 19-20 for more detailed
civilian and dependent juveniles. The discussion of interviewing juveniles.
installation commander may authorize the Juveniles may be referred to legal state
MP to make a citizen’s arrest when more juvenile courts. An MPI may refer a juvenile
serious criminal offenses are committed whom he apprehends in the course of
on a military reservation by a juvenile. unlawful activity, takes into custody via a
Since state laws may vary regarding complaint, or apprehends as a result of an
citizen’s arrest power, the SJA is ongoing investigation.
consulted for guidance.
DA Form 3997 will not list names of
Immediately upon arrival at the MP juvenile subjects, their parents or sponsors,
station, the offender’s parents or guardians or the juvenile victims of such offenses as
must be notified of the apprehension. Parents rape or child molestation. Refer to AR 190-45
or guardians must also be told of the for detailed procedures. The desk blotter must
juvenile’s rights and the offense for which indicate that the person is a minor with
apprehended. protected identity.

MEANS OF APPREHENSION
The need to apprehend an offender can apprehension. A plan of action for each type
occur with little warning. It can happen at of apprehension is immediately available to
any time. Speed in erecting barricades, the desk sergeant. The plan considers the
redeploying patrol units, and performing placement of temporary roadblocks,
similar actions are necessary for rapid checkpoints, and methods of alerting patrol

FM 19-10 109
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

units. It considers decisions on when to use a high-speed pursuit. Pursuit of an armed
lights and sirens. It considers traffic control robbery suspect is normally warranted. The
in the operations area. It considers location dangerous pursuit of traffic violators is
and employment of specialized equipment much less justified. Lights and sirens are
and communications requirements. It always used in pursuits. Normally only one
considers evacuation of bystanders and the vehicle will use a siren. When two
apprehension of offenders at the scene of the emergency vehicles approach the same
crime. It considers the pursuit of armed intersection from different directions, the
suspects and area searches for suspects and sound of each siren tends to mask that of the
witnesses. It considers coordinating with other. This increases the chances of the
other military, federal, and civil law vehicles colliding.
enforcement agencies. And it considers
securing crime scenes for investigators. Emergency and pursuit vehicles are
exempt from most traffic regulations. A
CORDON pursuit is never carried to the extent that the
Patrols converging on the scene of a crime safety of bystanders or the MP is endangered.
may establish a hasty cordon. Reserve MP do not operate military vehicles in a
personnel, temporary barricades, and other reckless manner during pursuits or partici-
devices are used by MP to complete the pate in unlawful pursuits. If necessary, the
encirclement of the area. All personnel pursuit is terminated.
stationed along the cordon prevent entry of Pursuit cutoff speeds are set based on local
unauthorized persons. A separate force is policy. The same speed on a range road would
normally used to accomplish the actual be excessive in a housing area. Other vehicles
apprehension. All cordon MP are given a are not passed on the right. If a driver does
description of the person, vehicle, or property not see the MP vehicle approach until it is
sought. Action is not delayed to await very close, he may instinctively pull to the
accurate, detailed descriptions. right to allow it to pass. This could cause a
Checkpoints and barricades are used when serious accident. Intersections must be
fugitives are known to be proceeding along a approached with caution as not everyone
definite route or in a definite direction. This hears or heeds warning lights and sirens.
helps to block their escape.
MP never fire weapons from a moving
PURSUIT vehicle. Bystanders could be hit with missed
Formal written arrangements between shots and ricochets. MP in pursuing vehicles
military and local civilian police are required keep the MP station constantly advised of
for “hot pursuits.” These agreements set their location and direction of travel. This
forth procedures to be followed and will allow a multiunit pursuit to be initiated
limitations imposed on hot pursuits. These and coordinated.
agreements provide for mutual assistance
during pursuits. MP must not leave their CONTACTS AND STOPS
jurisdiction without written arrangements. An MP or commander must conclude that
Hot pursuit is a direct, continuing pursuit an apprehension or stop is justified. If not,
with the immediate probability of communication with a person begins with a
apprehension. When apprehended, the same contact. Contacts and stops are similar
search may be made as is authorized for any actions but have differences. (See Chapter 5.)
lawful apprehension.
MP must stop any person they reasonably
Because of the danger involved in high-speed suspect has committed, is committing, or is
pursuits, specific guidance is provided. MP about to commit a crime. This action must be
policy specifies types of offenses that justify in a place the MP has a right to be. Both

110 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

pedestrians and occupants of vehicles can be record? What is the person’s reputation on
stopped. If a soldier who is stopped is a post or in the unit?
suspect and is to be questioned, the MP must Demeanor during contacts. Does the
read him his Article 31 rights. person act evasive or suspicious or
The term “reasonable suspicion” cannot be knowingly give false information when
precisely defined. The stop must be based on questioned? This behavior may be a basis
more than a hunch. The MP must be able to for a stop after the initial contact.
state specific facts for his decision to stop the Area of the stop. Is the person near an area
individual. Factors to be used in determining known for the commission of certain
reasonable suspicion are— crimes? Is it a high crime area?
Personal appearance. Does the person Time of day. Is it a very late hour? Is it
generally fit the description of the person usual for people to be in the area at this
wanted for a known offense? Does he time of day? Is it the time of day when
appear to have a recent injury? Does he criminal activity of the kind suspected
appear to be under the influence of alcohol usually occurs?
or drugs? Police training and experience. Does the
Actions. Is he running away from an MP making the stop have the training to
actual or possible crime scene? Is he determine if the pattern of conduct sets a
otherwise behaving in a manner to modus operandi for that type of crime?
indicate possible criminal conduct? Source of the information. Can sources of
Prior knowledge of the person. Does the information be used to establish probable
person have an arrest or conviction cause?

EXECUTION OF AN AUTHORIZATION TO APPREHEND
MP must have a search warrant to enter a believed that the individual to be
third party’s residence to execute an apprehended has committed the offense. All
apprehension. When MP are not authorized commissioned officers, warrant officers,
to apprehend there must be an emergency petty officers, noncommissioned officers,
situation or consent must be given before MP and DOD police officers and guards may
may enter private quarters, bachelor officers’ apprehend persons when there is probable
quarters (BOQ), and bachelor enlisted cause for such apprehension.
quarters (BEQ), on or off post, to apprehend. Timeliness of the information is a key
Authorization is not needed to apprehend in factor in proving probable cause. For
barracks; however it is encouraged. example, we may have reliable information
A commander, military judge, or from an informant who has proven reliable
magistrate may authorize an apprehension in the past. He obtained his information 30
at private quarters, BOQ, or BEQ. The days ago by personal observation. The fact
authorizing official must have jurisdiction to that the offense was committed 30 days ago
order such apprehension. There is no and was based on personal observation from
requirement to have both an apprehension a reliable informant gives us probable cause
and a search warrant unless the authorizing to apprehend. It does not give probable
official has found both probable cause to cause to search an area under the exclusive
search and probable cause to apprehend. control of the offender. If a small quantity of
There is probable cause to apprehend when drugs was seen in the offender’s possession
there are reasonable grounds to believe that 30 days ago in the company billets, this
an offense has been committed. There also is would not give probable cause to search the
probable cause to apprehend when it is billets today. There would be no basis to

FM 19-10 111
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

believe that the drugs are still present. knowledge test and reliability test must be
However, a basis for apprehension and for a satisfied in determining the existence of
search incident to the apprehension still probable cause.
exists. Additionally, both the basis of

SEARCH IN RELATION TO AN APPREHENSION
During an apprehension the suspect is If a person is stopped for speeding and MP
subject to a full search of his person. The see him make a motion to place something
search is lawful only if there is probable under the front seat or grab something from
cause for making the apprehension. Any under the front seat, it is permissible to frisk
search has both time and geographical the person and check the immediate area. If,
limits. During the apprehension, or when issuing a traffic citation or making an
immediately afterwards, the MP must tell apprehension, MP view items in plain view
the suspect he is being apprehended and that they believe are evidence of a crime,
state the specific offense. The apprehending they may seize, these items even though they
MP may search not only the suspect but also are not on the person or in the immediate
the area immediately around the suspect. area.
Searches are limited to the area in which a Prior knowledge of past violent behavior
person can reach a weapon or destroy may provide justification for searching an
evidence. This includes any distance from individual. Under unusual circumstances,
which a weapon could be reached by a search of the individual and the immediate
sudden lunge, leap, or dive from where the area can be made at a different time or place.
suspect is. One reason for doing this is that a
If a driver or passenger in an automobile is potentially unruly crowd may have gathered
placed under apprehension, a search of the where the initial apprehension took place.
closed and locked trunk is not justified as The search could not be conducted at the
incident to that apprehension. But the MP time and place of apprehension for security
may search the passenger compartment of reasons or for crowd control reasons.
the automobile. This includes all containers Lighting conditions are another valid
found in the passenger compartment. reason.
(“Containers” denotes any object capable of Information gathered at the time of
holding another object.) This search may apprehension may indicate that seizable
also include closed or open glove items are on the premises and in immediate
compartments or consoles. Other receptacles danger of destruction, concealment, or
located anywhere within the passenger removal. In this case the MP may
compartment, such as luggage, boxes, bags, immediately search for and seize these
clothing, and so forth, are subject to search. items.
Normally, MP do not make a full search of When an apprehension is made at a
a traffic offender. However, if the offender person’s on-post quarters, the apprehending
leads MP to believe he may be armed or a MP makes a cursory view of the premises to
threat to the MP’s safety, the person may be see if other people are present who may
frisked. If MP believe the offender is impede the apprehension. If, while making
concealing evidence of a crime, then MP the cursory view, other items come into plain
have probable cause to search the offender view that would aid in a criminal
and the offender’s car. prosecution, these items are also seized.

112 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

A person who is apprehended at his When there has been a lawful appre-
quarters or place of business may have to hension and the person has been taken
obtain wearing apparel or a change of to the MP station or the person consented to
clothing for a stay at the detention cell. If go to the MP station, the following actions
the apprehended person requests permission may be compelled:
to gather other things to bring with him, the
MP may search the immediate area where Fingernail scrapings if there is probable
the additional materials are located. This is cause to believe that such scrapings will
done to protect the apprehending MP and to aid in a criminal prosecution.
prevent the destruction of evidence. The MP Fingerprints.
may not, however, move the suspect Voice exemplars.
throughout the home simply in order to Handwriting exemplars.
search other rooms.
Bite plates to identify teeth marks when
When an apprehended person has no -
there is probable cause to believe that
reasonable expectation of privacy, the such evidence will aid in a criminal
apprehending MP may make an inspection prosecution.
of the entire area. For example, an MP is
investigating a break-in of the auto crafts The rights warning is not required to take
shop. He finds the door jimmied and enters these actions as the individual is not being
to find an individual in the garage. The MP interrogated and is not being asked to make
can inspect the entire crafts shop, looking a statement. The Fifth Amendment only
for other evidence of a crime. This is because covers “testimonial communication” and
the suspect cannot have an expectation of not the physical display of the body or
privacy in the crafts shop. similar actions.

FM 19-10 113
CHAPTER 11

Employing Military Working Dog Teams

M ilitary working dog teams support a CONTENTS
variety of MP operations. They are used in Page
peacetime environments to extend MP
resources. And on the battlefield MWD PATROL DOG TEAMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .114
In Peacetime Environments...................115
teams can support MP tactical units In Combat Areas.................................116
involved in all MP missions. The MWD
teams can prove an additional asset for NARCOTICS DETECTOR DOG TEAMS. . .116
security measures. MWD teams can be used EXPLOSIVES DETECTOR DOG TEAMS....117
to help MP deter and detect the enemy. In
peacetime MWD teams make a valuable Installation PMs can enhance the
contribution in the detection, investigation, effectiveness of law enforcement operations
or prevention of criminal activity. by employing MWD teams.

PATROL DOG TEAMS
The functions of MWD teams focus on the pursue, attack, and hold any intruder who
skills of the dog. The patrol dog is the basic attempts to avoid apprehension or escape
Army MWD. All of the MWD employment from custody. Releasing the dog constitutes
concepts that have been developed revolve the conscious application of physical force.
around the basic skills of the Army patrol Patrol dogs may be released to apprehend an
dog. Some patrol dogs may subsequently be intruder who is suspected of committing a
trained in additional skills, such as tracking, serious offense and tries to escape or use
narcotics detection, and explosives deadly force.
detection. Patrol dogs must be used cautiously in
The decision to employ patrol dogs must be confrontation situations, since their
weighed carefully by the responsible presence could aggravate a situation. Unlike
commander to be sure that if patrol dog people, a patrol dog does not fear an armed
teams are committed, all lesser means of person and, if fired at, will pursue and
force have been reasonably attempted and attack. A patrol dog handler who is
have failed. PMs, security officers, or MP confronted (for example, in a club or housing
commanders will establish procedures area) avoids entering a building or a closed
governing the release of patrol dogs area alone with the patrol dog. The handler
consistent with Army use of force policy (see withdraws safely from a confrontational
AR 190-12 and AR 190-28). situation and then immediately reports the
Patrol dog teams are not generally used for incident to his supervisor so that necessary
traffic control or accident investigation actions can be taken.
duties. If exceptional circumstances require Patrol dogs are not to be used for crowd
that they perform these duties, the dog is control or direct confrontation with
secured in the vehicle. The patrol dog is demonstrators unless determined to be
trained to perform the primary function of necessary by the responsible commander.
detecting the presence of unauthorized Use of patrol dog teams for direct
personnel and warning its handler. The confrontation with demonstrators is not
secondary function of the patrol dog is to recommended. The duty of the MP is to

114 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

prevent escape or effect a lawful apprehension areas. Patrol dog teams used to escort and
of a person engaged in a criminal act. In a safeguard funds may deter some people from
crowd situation, there is no certainty that a attempting to rob the courier.
patrol dog will attack, pursue, and hold the
person against whom the dog has been Giving patrol dog teams a mobile
released. Therefore, under no circumstances capability significantly increases their
will dogs be released in a crowd. potential area of coverage and allows the
teams to perform a greater range of
Using patrol dogs in dependent housing or functions during a duty shift. The team is
in the vicinity of troop billets helps deter normally unaccompanied, but other MP may
criminal actions. The team has the ability to go with the team when the need arises.
move quickly from one area to another, but
actual patrolling of housing and billet areas Mobile patrols are most effective when the
is done mostly dismounted. patrol dog team uses the ride-awhile, walk-
awhile method. The team is able to help
IN PEACETIME ENVIRONMENTS cover a large patrol area, and the periodic
exercise helps to keep the dog alert.
A patrol dog team may be used on gate
duty or other entry control functions. The The patrol dog team can check buildings
dog’s primary function is deterrence and visually while patrolling by vehicle. The
protection of the handler. Use of MWD teams patrol dog team can also stop and dismount
for entry control, however, is not so the handler can physically check doors
recommended because of the high volume of and windows. To take maximum advantage
traffic, the large number of distractions, and of the dog’s scenting ability, the handler
the reduction of the handler’s ability to approaches buildings from downwind.
maintain positive control over the dog.
To check identification or to apprehend,
If circumstances necessitate using MWD the handler always warns the person that if
teams at entry control points, the dog is not he or she displays any hostility to the patrol
confined inside a gate house where it cannot or to the handler, the dog will attack without
respond to its handler if needed. Further, the command. Once the handler has been
MWD team will need to be frequently moved alerted by the dog, it becomes the
to other duties to keep the dog alert and responsibility of the handler to cope with the
proficient. situation in the most appropriate manner.
The primary function of a patrol dog team Frequently, the appropriate action is to keep
on a fixed post is surveillance over an area or the intruder or area under surveillance until
building. If used outside, the team is located other MP personnel can arrive. After an
downwind where the dog can detect an apprehension, a search is always done with
intruder by scent, sound, or sight. If this is the patrol dog in the guard position. A
not possible, the team is located so an backup MP patrol is used to transport
intruder can be detected by sight and sound. apprehended personnel.
When used inside, the dog depends mostly on Dog teams are useful to detect and
his hearing. Other MP maybe used with dog apprehend thieves and vandals in vehicle
teams on fixed posts. parking lots. Also, the presence of the patrol
The patrol dog’s contribution to the law dog team may deter potential acts of theft
enforcement effort is most effective when the and vandalism. The team can be most
team is used on foot patrol. Some of the law effective by alternating between vehicle and
enforcement duties that a patrol dog team foot patrol in a parking lot. During hours of
can do as a walking patrol include checking darkness, when there is no activity in a
or clearing buildings and patrolling parking parking lot, the team approaches the lot
lots, family housing areas, and troop billet from the downwind side.

FM 19-10 115
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

If a building is open or forced entry is assigned patrol dogs are good trackers and
evident, patrol dog teams may be used to use the best patrol dogs for tracking
track hidden intruders from point of missions.
penetration to their location. In responding IN COMBAT AREAS
to an alarm at facilities such as clubs,
finance offices, or banks, the patrol dog team MWD teams provide support for crime
should be among the first MP on the scene. prevention and law enforcement activities.
MWD teams may be employed in routine
When the need for tracking arises, patrol duties in heavily populated areas with
personnel who are on the scene avoid the safety and efficiency. They can be used to
area and keep other personnel from entering support police operations in searching crime
the tracking area. This will reduce scenes. They can track fleeing saboteurs.
contamination of the area with extraneous They can clear buildings of sympathizers or
or confusing scents. stay-behind pilferers. They can also
The dog begins tracking as soon as apprehend criminal offenders. MWD teams
can perform perimeter security duties at
possible because success often depends on isolated activities. Patrol dogs may be
the strength of the available scent. The employed on fixed security posts or in
passage of time, wind strength, and other conjunction with security patrols. MWD
environmental conditions will affect the teams can protect ammunition supply points
strength of the scent. Human scent adheres and critical resupply areas. They can protect
well to grass and brush which can improve bridges, railway marshaling areas, and
the chances of success. Paved or gravel areas airfields. They can work with MP security
and strong scents such as fertilizer, burned units at remote communications sites and at
grass, or spilled oil or gasoline impede the isolated MP circulation control points. They
tracking ability. Human scent remains are also highly useful in cordon and search
longer on cool, moist ground. Direct operations. In fact, on the battlefield just as
sunlight, extremely dry ground, or heavy in a peacetime environment, MWD teams are
rain dissolves scent rapidly, making useful wherever the dogs’ highly developed
tracking more difficult. senses of smell and hearing can be used to
The methods used to track lost personnel, detect the presence and location of otherwise
especially children, are different from those invisible intruders or enemy. (The use of dogs
used to track a fleeing suspect. Only dogs in the vicinity of petroleum, oil, and lubricant
who have been trained to track successfully points must be infrequent and of short
for lost personnel are used, to avoid any duration because of damaging effects on
danger of harming innocent persons. paws and to sense of smell.) In addition
explosives detector dogs have been trained to
Not all patrol dogs have been trained to discriminate the scent of explosives. They
track. Among the dogs trained to track, not may be used in detecting, tracking, and
all have the same tracking ability. The searching buildings, aircraft, and vehicles to
kennel master must know which of his protect government property and personnel.

NARCOTICS DETECTOR DOG TEAMS
The abuse of drugs by military personnel, particularly to the military community from
their dependents, and civilians, who may those who sell or abuse drugs.
enter military areas for work, business, or
recreation, presents a continuing problem for Narcotics detector dogs serve as effective
the Army. Every effort must be made to investigative tools for trained personnel in
reduce the potential danger to society and detecting narcotics and other contraband

116 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

and will be employed under the supervision apprehension and possible criminal
of such personnel. The dog handler with his prosecution of offenders may be involved.
detector dog form a detector team.
The use of well-trained narcotics detector Commanders and supervisors should work
dogs is one of the most efficient means of closely with the command SJA to ensure that
detecting the possession or transportation of drug detection operations achieve objectives
dangerous drug contraband The narcotics and comply with legal requirements.
detector dog is trained through a program of Whenever the operational situation may
practice and reward to recognize the scent of result in the apprehension and possible
drugs such as marihuana, hashish, heroin, criminal prosecution of offenders, the
cocaine, and other related substances. When procedural and record-keeping requirements
the narcotics detector dog locates any of defined in AR 190-12 apply to narcotics
these substances, the dog will alert its detector dog teams.
handler. Court decisions and changes to existing
The use of narcotics detector dogs during a laws and policy frequently alter the methods
health and welfare inspection must be and procedures that must be followed for
authorized by the installation commander or proper narcotics detection programs.
a commander having control over the Handlers must learn and apply the rules of
personnel and property to be inspected. There evidence, search and seizure, and the
are several legal considerations in using the procedures for collecting and preserving
narcotics detector dog since the evidence.

EXPLOSIVES DETECTOR DOG TEAMS

Few other criminal acts create such Evacuation of the area may or may not be
concern and fear in the hearts of a nation’s ordered by the responsible commander or his
citizens as a series of bombings. It is no designated bomb scene officer. But the area
coincidence that organized crime and must be evacuated if the EDD team is being
terrorist groups routinely use explosive used to perform the initial search. The area
materials as a means of achieving their must be evacuated to minimize the
violent goals. Whether the objective is distractions to the EDD team and to reduce
murder, intimidation, extortion, or the risk to area occupants in the event of an
governmental disruption, the bomb is a explosives detonation. The advantage of
favorite and effective weapon of the criminal using the EDD team to conduct the search is
element. One of the most effective that the EDD handler has specialized
countermeasures to the use of explosives is knowledge of explosives and explosive
the deterrent value and the detection devices and search techniques.
capabilities of the EDD team. EDD teams fill
three distinct roles in MP operations in Public knowledge that EDD teams are
addition to their routine use as patrol dog assigned to and are used at an installation
teams. acts as a deterrent to persons who may try to
The type of threat received and local policy use explosives illegally on the installation.
determine the initial actions to be taken in The knowledge that, explosives can be
response to a bomb threat. The procedures detected by EDDs at installation gates or in
used during training rehearsals for bomb places where explosives have been hidden
threats will be used during actual bomb can prevent a person from attempting to
threats. bring explosives onto an installation.

FM 19-10 117
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

The most common use of EDD teams, and one or more items which may have been
probably the most important, is to search hidden in an area.
areas or buildings against which a bomb The most frequent tasks performed by
threat has been made. A well-trained EDD EDD teams are in response to bomb threats
team can conduct a significantly more against military or civilian resources. The
effective search of any area or facility than general requirements for providing EDD
almost any number of people. However, when team support to civil authorities is stated in
persons who work in the specific, threatened AR 190-12. However, many units are also
area are available to identify unfamiliar using EDD teams in random searches at
objects, planners should consider their entry control points, for inspection of troop
contribution to an EDD search. If the dog and family housing areas, and for checks of
alerts during an actual search, explosives aircraft and aircraft areas; sensitive or high
ordnance disposal (EOD) personnel are value equipment storage areas; and mail,
immediately notified of the location of the baggage, freight shipments, and so forth.
alert. EOD will dispose of any suspect devices The expanded use of EDD teams for these
or objects. Using EDD teams also helps to functions presents many of the same legal
reduce the potential risk to persons who problems for explosives searches that are
would otherwise have to do the search characteristic of narcotics detector dog team
without benefit of the dog’s superior sense of searches for drugs. Whenever the operational
smell. Neither the MP nor any other person situation may result in the apprehension and
attempts to move, open, or tamper with any possible criminal prosecution of offenders,
object suspected of being an explosive device the procedural and record-keeping
unless they have been specifically trained to requirements defined in AR 190-12 apply to
do so. EDD teams. However, compliance with
procedural requirements is not to be an
EDD teams can be useful in many obstacle to protecting life and property. The
investigations involving almost any type of EDD handler is always prepared to establish
weapon, ammunition, or explosive. They are the EDD team’s credibility with training,
particularly useful if there is a need to locate utilization, and proficiency records.

118 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 12
Enforcing Customs Laws and Regulations

CONTENTS
I n some locales MP may be called upon to Page
enforce US customs laws and regulations.
MP may be tasked to visually inspect both MILITARY CUSTOMS INSPECTORS......120
incoming and outgoing mail at local Army CUSTOMS OPERATIONS PROCEDURES..121
post offices for customs violations. MP may or written customs declarations as
be aided by military narcotics or explosives required.
detector dogs in performing these customs
inspections. Mail containing narcotics, Conduct searches of vehicles, luggage,
explosives, or other contraband is processed and any other property being imported or
in accordance with directives issued by exported by US forces personnel.
Department of the Army. Seize contraband items that are in
MP may be required to operate control violation of customs regulations. In all
posts and border patrols and to supervise cases where property or contraband is
crossing points at international borders. seized, DA Form 4137 will be prepared in
Many countries control the movement of four copies.
military personnel and civilians at their MP customs personnel concern themselves
borders. Border control is maintained for with individuals subject to military
reasons of security, customs and tariff authority who enter or leave an
enforcement, protection of the civilian international port or control point of a host
economy, and apprehension of criminals, country. Members of US forces may be
absentees, and persons of intelligence referred to MP customs inspectors by host
interest. Control is maintained through the country authorities for partial or final border
establishment of authorized road or rail processing.
crossing points, border patrols, control posts, MP in HNs may be tasked to enforce
and, if feasible, liaison with authorities of customs laws and regulations in support of
neighboring countries. Prohibited or local government officials. US military
restricted zones are often used to help control enforcement of customs laws of countries in
circulation at borders. which US forces are stationed is often part of
In border control, MP normally coordinate agreements like the NATO SOFA between
with host country police, counterintelligence the United States and the host nation. Under
units, and civil affairs units. Border control agreements MP enforce customs laws of the
posts and patrols are also furnished border host country with respect to US forces
alarms. They are to watch for individuals or personnel and their dependents. MP help—
items that may be involved in criminal and
customs offenses. Normal procedures for Prevent the illegal sale or transfer into the
checking personnel, luggage, vehicles, and local economy of US forces’ goods which
documents at border crossing points include enter the country free of customs duty and
the following requirements for MP customs taxes.
personnel: Authenticate and issue customs import
documents to members of the US forces
Establish the identity and purpose of US for importation of personal property
forces members crossing borders and (except for hold baggage or household
examine vehicles and travel documents. goods which enter as official consign-
Instruct US forces members to make oral ments of the US forces).

FM 19-10 119
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Issue permits to transfer customs/duty-free counter personnel). Safety and security
personal property to nonmembers of US requirements, however, are enforced by the
forces. MP customs inspectors.
Verify the status of retired US forces US military customs personnel assigned to
personnel residing in the country so that duty at ports and control points are granted
these personnel, who are not members of authority to apprehend and detain any
the US forces as defined in the SOFA, person subject to the UCMJ who—
may apply to the host country customs Avoids, or attempts to avoid, a customs
authority for customs certificates. These inspection.
certificates entitle them to purchase items
in commissaries and post exchanges Fails to make a declaration required by
without payment of import duties or taxes. law, or who is suspected of making a false
declaration.
Work with host country border police and
customs agents to prevent import/export Conceals, or attempts to conceal, any
violations by members of the US forces. property’ or goods from a customs
inspection.
At overseas airports MP customs
personnel may be tasked to provide customs Illegally enters, leaves, or attempts
control. They may make customs and illegally to enter or leave any area under
antihijack inspections for all outbound US control or HN control.
military and civilian personnel and family MP custom inspectors must be familiar
members and accompanying baggage with the various types of US passports and
pending departure on Military Airlift other identification documents that are
Command (MAC) charter aircraft. They are shown to them at ports of entry and border
also tasked to prevent contraband, crossing points. AR 600-290, AR 640-3, and
unauthorized weapons, and illegal drugs AR 630-5 provide pertinent information.
and narcotics from being introduced into Command directives may also provide
CONUS or the HN. special requirements, such as the US Army,
The enforcement of administrative MAC Europe (USAREUR) requirement, that a
regulations is beyond the scope and range of “Certificate of Status” be stamped in the
MP customs inspector duties (for example, passports of dependents of members of the
oversize baggage is rejected only by MAC US forces or civilian component.

MILITARY CUSTOMS INSPECTORS
DOD Regulation 5030.49-R provides for passengers, enhances enforcement, and
the selection and training of military fosters a favorable image of the MP. Before
customs inspectors. These inspectors check assuming MP customs inspector duties,
household goods and hold baggage and personnel are trained and oriented to
certify them as customs-processed. They recognize various types of narcotic drugs.
function under the supervision of designated (See FM 19-20 for a detailed discussion on
commanders and in close cooperation with drugs.) Customs inspectors also receive
Transportation Corps personnel. They are annual refresher training and daily
trained and certified by the MP customs briefings before assuming shift duty.
units which also monitor and spot-check As questions and special situations arise,
their operations. A friendly and courteous all MP customs inspectors refer unresolved
attitude by MP customs inspectors is problems to their respective squad leader,
required for all public contact. Such an the field office NCOIC, the detachment com-
attitude promotes the cooperation of mander, or group headquarters, as required.

120 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

Information is available so that on-duty engaging in actions to circumvent controls
customs personnel can contact supervisory of customs checkpoints.
personnel on a 24-hour basis.
MP customs supervisory personnel will
When personnel are apprehended, MAC observe the influx and circulation of
counter personnel are notified immediately. passengers to detect suspicious or evasive
Removal of Army personnel from a flight for actions.
a felonious act or for suspicion of a felonious The technique of spot-checking is
act is coordinated through the MAC and the employed when necessary at the baggage
Army Aerial Port Liaison Office. Air Force checkpoint and whenever appropriate at the
personnel or other service personnel personnel checkpoint. Calculated, rather
committing felonious acts or suspected of than random, judgment must be applied.
committing such acts are referred to the Air Many factors must be considered. For
Force security police. Aggravated or example, hijackers often display
uncorrectable offenses will be cause for the nervousness and may attempt evasion at
offender to be cited on DA Form 3975. checkpoints. The neat, orderly-looking
soldier is less suspect of carrying
Military personnel who refuse to submit contraband than the sullen or boisterous
themselves or their baggage for inspection one. Talking to a passenger undergoing
will be ordered to comply. If they continue to customs processing is essential to detect
refuse, MAC counter personnel will be nervousness or evasion. Experience,
notified, an offense report issued for alertness, and the application of good
violation of Article 92, UCMJ, and the judgment are the keys to proper enforcement
offender released to proper service police for techniques.
return to unit or origin. Civilian personnel An amnesty box is made available to all
who refuse to have themselves or their passengers and crew members for deposit of
baggage inspected will be advised that prohibited or nonadmissible articles prior to
refusal can cause them to be deleted from the inspection/examination. Transactions
MAC aircraft passenger manifest. If they involving the amnesty box will not be
continue to refuse, MAC counter personnel challenged. In addition, personnel are made
will be notified, a written report issued aware that the box can be used to discard
concerning the incident, and the civilian explosives. In such an event, or if a
concerned will not be allowed to pass the suspicion exists, the area must be
checkpoint. immediately cleared and Air Force and EOD
Detailed searches will be performed on all representatives notified. The routine
personnel detected to be in possession of emptying of amnesty box contents will be
prohibited drugs, prohibited items, accomplished in the presence of authorized
contraband, unregistered weapons, and/or personnel in strict accordance with command
personnel attempting surreptitious entry or directives, maintaining detailed inventories.

CUSTOMS OPERATIONS PROCEDURES

Five MP customs inspectors are A baggage checkpoint and a personnel
considered ideal coverage at an average size checkpoint are established within the main
airport. One of the five MP inspectors should airport building to process passengers and
be a female to facilitate the search of female their accompanying baggage. The baggage
passengers and hand-carried baggage. checkpoint is located near the entrance door.

FM 19-10 121
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

All personnel who enter the main processing in the issuance of an offense report and
area of the passenger terminal are required subsequent disciplinary or administrative
to pass this checkpoint. Emergency doors action.
providing bypass capabilities will be kept The personnel checkpoint will be located
closed and posted to preclude unauthorized at the entrance of a customs exclusion area.
passage. The purpose of the checkpoint is to The checkpoint will be opened upon
detect and prevent baggaged contraband announcement by MAC personnel that
from being stowed in the cargo compartment processing for a specific flight is initiated.
of the aircraft. The purpose of the checkpoint is to detect
All passengers presenting themselves for contraband on the person or within items to
baggage inspection are asked if they have be handcarried aboard the aircraft. The
any weapons, contraband, prohibited items, checkpoint provides a last, formal,
or prohibited drugs. Declared items are then predeparture, antihijack security check.
examined for proper documentation. Personnel will be required to enter the
Firearms and ammunition must be listed on customs exclusion area through curtained
orders and have all required treasury and booths. Their identification cards and
customs forms or a certificate of prior passports will be checked. They will be given
CONUS possession attached. They must a body frisk or required to pass through a
then be repacked in baggage to be stowed in metal detection device as appropriate.
the cargo compartment of the aircraft. Small Personnel in possession of prohibited drugs
arms ammunition must be packed or weapons and explosives will be
individually in complete lots and must not apprehended and MAC counter personnel
exceed 1,000 rounds. Drugs must be notified.
consistent with prescriptions and be in Baggage which is offered for customs
reasonable quantities for use only during inspection will be thoroughly examined for
pending trip and related leave. Any contraband, prohibited items, prohibited
contraband, prohibited items, or prohibited drugs, and weapons. Probes may be used to
drugs will be seized, a receipt given, and an help detect prohibited drugs. Discovered
offense report rendered. Personnel who contraband, prohibited items, prohibited
surrender prohibited drugs or explosives will drugs, concealed weapons, and US
be apprehended. government property, including undeclared,
unregistered firearms equipment, will be
When possible all cargo compartment seized if no proof of ownership is produced
baggage is inspected. Under no during customs checks. A receipt will be
circumstances will the customs checking issued and disposition accomplished in
procedure be the cause for delay in loading compliance with command directives.
an aircraft. Spot checks may be performed Personnel who possess suspected prohibited
when passenger volume exceeds the drugs or explosives will be apprehended and
capability of MP customs personnel. MAC counter personnel notified. Personnel
Before a customs inspection is done at who possess other contraband and/or
baggage checkpoints and before passengers prohibited items will be permitted to proceed
enter the main processing area, MP customs after being cited, unless a felonious act is
inspectors brief all departing personnel on involved.
the location of the amnesty box and its Personnel processed into the customs
purpose. Passengers are told that once a exclusion area remain within this area until
customs check is done the amnesty box can their flight departs. Personnel who exit the
no longer be used to discard prohibited customs exclusion area prior to their
items. Passengers also are told that scheduled departure must be rechecked upon
detection that discloses an offense will result their reentry.

122 FM 19-10
LAW ENFORCEMENT OPERATIONS

A complete body search will be directed passengers and are inspected by enlisted
whenever the MP customs inspector suspects female customs inspectors. If valid suspicion
that a passenger has weapons, contraband, exists, female MP customs inspectors will
prohibited items, or prohibited drugs on his search female passengers. Male customs
person. If a complete body or strip search is inspectors will not, under any circum-
deemed necessary, this will be accomplished stances, allow themselves to be inside a
in a private area with at least one witness curtained booth with a female passenger.
present. The hand-carried items of all passengers are
Female passengers normally proceed into subject to inspection.
the customs exclusion area ahead of male

FM 19-10 123
PART THREE
INVESTIGATIONS

Military police conduct official inquiries or warrant officers assigned to USACIDC.
into incidents and crimes involving the Responsibility for the investigation depends
military community. Such investigations are on the nature of the incident and the
a primary means of protecting and elements of the crime. The MPIs work
enhancing the commander’s order and directly for the PM. Special agents support
discipline. the local PM but are under the direct control
All MP conduct preliminary investiga- of USACIDC. Close and positive liaison is
tions. MP routinely make inquiries to learn maintained between the PM office and the
the facts about incidents to which they have USACIDC support element.
been called. Based on their inquiry, MP help With the approval of the commander
determine the outcome of an incident by concerned, MPIs may provide assistance to
resolving the problem, referring the problem USACIDC whenever USACIDC assumes
to helping agencies, or determining the need responsibility for an investigation from
for a full-scale investigation by a trained MPIs. Additionally, when requested by a
investigator. USACIDC unit commander or special agent
Military investigators conduct systematic in charge, a supported commander may
and impartial investigations to uncover the provide MPI assistance to USACIDC on a
truth. They seek to determine if a crime has case-by-case basis for a limited time.
been committed and to discover evidence of Likewise, MPIs may request and obtain
who has committed it. They administer USACIDC assistance on a case-by-case
oaths pursuant to Article 136(b)(4), UCMJ basis.
(see AR 600-40 and MCM). They find, Joint MPI/USACIDC teams have been
protect, collect, and preserve evidence created at some installations for specialized
discovered at the crime scene or elsewhere. investigative missions such as drug
They document their findings and their suppression, black market, and criminal
actions with careful records. They ensure information. Joint teams have increased the
evidence is accounted for by a complete effectiveness of total community law
chain of custody to allow it to be admissible enforcement efforts in areas that share
in court. They conduct interviews and overlapping investigative or enforcement
interrogations in a manner that ensures responsibilities. Such joint teams are created
depositions, statements, admissions, and by formal memorandums of understanding
confessions can be accepted in court. And as between the local PM and the responsible
professional fact finders they maintain USACIDC supervisor.
unquestionable integrity in the course of
conducting their investigations. They treat In a peacetime environment, criminal
victims of and witnesses to a crime with investigations conducted by military
dignity, courtesy, and consideration, and investigators receive intense effort and
assist them in obtaining medical or social support. During combat such investigations
services if needed or requested. Their charter may not receive the same effort and support.
is to impartially find, examine, and make HN authorities, if available, will also
available evidence that will clear the provide investigative support to the
innocent and allow prosecution of the guilty. battlefield.
Full-scale investigations are conducted by The PM directs when, what type, and
MPIs and enlisted special agents (MOS 95D) under what circumstances to begin criminal

124 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

investigations that fall within their purview. injury, war crimes, and major property loss
Although effort is made to adequately and or damage. MP may verify such major
thoroughly investigate such crimes, incidents if operational priorities permit.
investigations are not allowed to interfere These incidents will be referred, whether
with accomplishment of a combat mission. verified or not, to criminal investigators
USACIDC will maintain a dedicated assigned to USACIDC.
investigative force on the battlefield to
investigate serious crime affecting the The number of MP used for criminal
battlefield capabilities of the supported investigation operations is directly related to
commander. When combat operations take the level and intensity of the battle. MPIs are
priority, MPIs and MP will only be able to assigned to MP companies in division and
gather the essential who, what, when, where, above to conduct criminal investigations.
why, and how of the crime. The information These MPIs are shown in their company’s
will be passed to the PM operations section, TOE by the skill identifier V5. Although
where it will be reviewed and forwarded to each company has trained investigators, in
the G1 and the appropriate unit commander. combat these investigators may not be
The operations section will also make available at all times. They may be on
appropriate referrals to USACIDC of missions having higher priority. Therefore,
reported crimes within their command. See every MP team must be able to gather basic
FM 19-20 for more information on criminal information about battlefield crimes.
investigations. USACIDC investigators on the battlefield
Two types of criminal investigations are are usually collocated with MP unit HQ for
performed by MP on the battlefield. Minor ease of coordination and support. But
crimes are investigated by personnel from command and control of these investigators
MP company operations sections. In a usually stays within the USACIDC chain of
combat environment, few MP investigations command. Organization and employment of
of minor incidents will be required. Major USACIDC investigators during combat
incidents involve death, serious bodily operations is discussed in FM 19-1.

FM 19-10 125
CHAPTER 13
Law and Order Investigations

T he investigation of disruptive or
CONTENTS
dangerous behavior is a necessary part of
any command’s effort to maintain good Page
order and discipline. INVESTIGATING DOMESTIC
DISTURBANCES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...126
INVESTIGATING DRUG AND CONTROLLED
INVESTIGATING DOMESTIC SUBSTANCE ABUSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...129
DISTURBANCES INVESTIGATING POSSIBLE RAPE
OFFENSES .............................129
The role of MP in domestic disturbances is MP Encounter and Aid Victims . . . . . . .. ..130
to restore order. MP are to stop the conflict MP Turn Case Over to USACIDC
and convince the individuals to regain Investigators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .........130
control of their actions. The MP are to ensure INVESTIGATING POSSIBLE CHILD ABUSE
that all family members are safe and have AND NEGLECT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..131
not been harmed. In incidents involving Reports of Child Abuse and
Neglect . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ... ... 131
suspected spousal abuse see AR 608-1. Signs of Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .. ......132
Investigation of Suspected Abuse.. .. . ...133
Domestic disturbances are one of the most Home Visits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...135
dangerous types of activities in which the Initial Observations . . . . . . . . . . . . ... .. ..135
MP can become involved. Every year, a great Interviews with the Parents . . . . . . . . ...135
many law enforcement officers are killed or Contact and Interviews with
the Child . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......136
injured in responding to domestic Prosecution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...137
disturbances. MP know that each INVESTIGATING SUICIDE THREATS
disturbance is different and must be treated AND ATTEMPTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...137
individually. INVESTIGATING REPORTS OF ABNORMAL
BEHAVIOR .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...138
MP are trained in methods of handling INVESTIGATING CUSTOMS VIOLATIONS .139
domestic disturbances. Their training gives
them the specific skills and methods they
need to handle crisis situations. The support The desk sergeant—
systems available to MP enable them to Obtains data from the complainant-who,
intervene in domestic disturbances. Because what, when, where, and how, and if
communication and transportation systems weapons are involved or available.
are constantly available to MP, MP can
respond immediately to disturbances 24 Asks the caller to describe the situation.
hours a day. MP also have the authority to Encourages caller to remain on the
physically intervene in domestic telephone to report changing events.
disturbances and to apprehend disputants if Checks weapons registration cards and
necessary. advises responding MP as appropriate.
In answering domestic disturbance calls, Relays all information to MP answering
MP must have all available information on the call. If unable to obtain a clear
the family and the situation. When receiving description of the situation, the
a domestic disturbance call, the MP desk responding MP must be informed.
sergeant must obtain as much information Assigns a backup vehicle when a one-MP
as possible from the individual making the vehicle is dispatched. MP will never enter
complaint before dispatching patrol units. a residence alone.

126 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

MP avoid making noise that will attempt to remove the dispute from view of
announce their arrival at the scene. The the neighbors.
approach of an MP vehicle is usually the
first sign to one or more of the disputants To avoid walking into an unknown
that the MP have been called. If disputants situation, MP do not enter a dwelling even
are prone to violence, sight of an after being told by the occupant, “Come in,
approaching MP vehicle allows them time to the door’s open.” MP allow the occupant to
obtain weapons or otherwise prepare for open the door for them. When entering a
police arrival. Upon arriving at the scene of room or building, the senior partner
a disturbance, the MP vehicle is parked one positions himself on the side of the door that
house away from the address to which affords the greatest observation of the
called. interior. The senior partner will direct who
enters the dwelling first based on his
There is always a danger that MP may be observation of the situation. This provides
assaulted between the time of arrival and the for better command and control of the
time they reach the door. MP visually check situation.
windows and doors for unusual movements
or objects while approaching the residence. If entry is initially denied and the
At night, flashlights will not be shined in situation is temporarily calmed, the MP
windows to avoid warning of arriving MP. remain on the scene and work through the
Only the MP in front will use a flashlight to disputant’s chain of command to gain entry.
avoid silhouetting the other MP to the If the situation appears violent, or if the MP
occupants. have cause to believe a person is injured or in
danger of being injured, they have a lawful
MP will always stand to either side of the right to force entry into the dwelling.
door, never in front of it. Before knocking, or
using the doorbell if one is available, MP Once inside, the MP separate the
listen at the door for 15 to 30 seconds. They disputants if necessary. MP suggest that
may be able to determine the nature of the everyone sit down. MP realize that people
disturbance and whether or not it is violent involved in domestic disputes may be
before announcing their presence. Before hostile, abusive, and uncooperative. It is to
knocking, MP check screen doors to see if be expected that some hostility may be
they are locked. Locked screen doors can directed toward the MP, who are viewed as
create an unexpected barrier between the MP intruders. Reactions of the disputants will
and the disputants if immediate action is often be directly related to attitudes of
required. When knocking on the door, MP do indifference, aggression, or concern as seen
not sound aggressive. If there is no response in the MP.
at the door and the dwelling appears quiet, The attitude of the MP is important. The
MP verify the address with the MP desk. If initial impression will determine the degree
correct, they check the sides and rear of the of cooperation. MP realize that unintended
dwelling for indications of the presence of meanings and attitudes will be read into
the occupants. Neighbors may also provide their words, facial expressions, and body
useful information. positions by the disputants. The MP must
To ensure coordinated activity, patrol display a calm, positive, and helpful
partners will decide before gaining entry manner. A sensitive and tactful approach
what action each will take in separating the can do much to create a positive
disputants and mediating the disturbance. environment in which the dispute can be
When someone answers the knock, MP will mediated.
identify themselves and state why they are Observing conditions inside the dwelling
there. If not invited into the dwelling, the MP while obtaining background information
request to move the interview inside and may give the MP ideas of contributing

FM 19-10 127
INVESTIGATIONS

causes to the dispute. MP must be alert for If the parties can be separated, they are
sudden movements. They watch to see if moved out of sight and hearing of each other.
subjects continually glance at closets or In separating the parties, the disputants are
bureaus. Such actions may be the first not allowed to come between the MP, are not
indication that a subject has a weapon left alone in another room, and are not moved
available. The MP must also observe— to the kitchen because of potential weapons.
The disputants’ living conditions, The MP, if possible, are to remain within
clothing, and personal cleanliness. sight of one another at all times.
The location and number of disputants Once the disputants have been separated,
and any injuries requiring treatment. seated, and have furnished basic
Any visible weapons and threatening background information, MP then interview
moves. each disputant. During the interview, MP
may remove their hats and sit to further
The emotional level of the dispute and the relax the disputants. MP must not assume
emotional condition of the disputants. that everyone is okay based on the word of
Apparent lack of food, broken furniture, one of the disputants. Each disputant is
and excessive amounts of liquor on hand can asked to define or explain the problem that
indicate neglect and instability. The caused the argument. The MP must appear
condition of clothing and personal interested and be good listeners. MP must
carefully avoid giving opinions and making
cleanliness can reflect the pride the family value judgments, as this will give the
has in itself and the level of support impression they are taking sides in the
provided. Facial expressions, eye argument.
movements, and body positions can provide
emotional signs of fear, hate, depression, If a disputant refuses to discuss past
and embarrassment. Physical deformities or events, his or her wishes are respected.
other handicaps affecting the family Should a disputant be willing to discuss
relationship may be noticeable if the related facts or events, every effort is made
afflicted person is being criticized or belittled to obtain as much information as possible. If
by other family members. the MP are being told obvious lies, it must be
made clear that the lies are not believed. The
After calming the disputants, the MP interview must continue. Questioning,
obtain information on the family structure repeating the disputant’s statement, and
and background before attempting evaluating apparent facts are methods that
mediation. MP will obtain— will aid in gathering sufficient information
Names and addresses of all present and for mediation. After the problem has been
their ranks, social security numbers, and defined, MP question each disputant about
units if military. related problems to see if a pattern occurs.
Relationship and legal status of the Mediation, referral, temporary separation,
disputants: valid marriage, nephew-uncle, and apprehension are four courses of action
boyfriend-girlfriend. available to MP once order has been
Length of residence in quarters and period restored. As soon as the MP establish what
assigned to the installation. has occurred, the MP must choose one of
these courses of action. If the dispute is
Whether or not children are involved; if verbal only, the MP can mediate, make
so, their ages and parental relationships. referrals, or suggest temporary separation.
Whether or not MP or civil police have If a physical assault has occurred, they must
intervened in a domestic dispute before effect an apprehension. In all cases, MP will
and if the disputants are receiving inform unit commanders of domestic
professional counseling. disturbances involving unit personnel.

128 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

INVESTIGATING DRUG AND CONTROLLED
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
MP, in enforcing laws, orders, and to stop the possession, use, and sale of illicit
regulations, may uncover information drugs on military installations.
relating to sales, availability, and users of PMs may request MP investigators or
narcotics and dangerous drugs. USACIDC special agents to develop
Investigative operations for such cases are information on the local drug situation.
complex. Close coordination between Within military installations, appropriate
USACIDC special agents and federal and action will be taken to eliminate illegal
nonfederal investigative agencies concerned sources of narcotics and dangerous drugs.
with drug suppression is of the utmost When the source of supply originates in a
importance in the enforcement and control civil law enforcement jurisdiction,
of illegal narcotics and dangerous drugs. coordinated operations will be required for
The unauthorized use, possession, sale, detection and apprehension.
purchase, and receipt of narcotics, mari- MPIs conduct investigations of offenses
huana, and dangerous drugs is a violation of involving possession and/or use of nonnar-
federal law and Article 112A, UCMJ. cotic controlled substances (see AR 190-30).
“Dangerous drugs” is an administrative Notification that an investigation has been
label applying to those nonnarcotic initiated will be made to the supporting
substances listed in Public Law 91-513 that USACIDC element without delay. They will
have been found to have a potential for be kept fully informed of the progress of the
abuse because of their depressant, investigation. A copy of all initial, interim,
stimulant, or hallucinogenic qualities. and final DA Forms 3975 will be provided to
USACIDC at the local level.
The Drug Enforcement Administration
has the primary responsibility for Investigations of offenses involving
investigating drug violations in the US, possession and/or use of nonnarcotic
including military installations. The Drug controlled substances will be transferred to
Enforcement Administration has, however, USACIDC on request. Once the transfer is
delegated much of their authority on Army made, the investigation must be carried
installations to USACIDC. The PM may through to conclusion by USACIDC. It
assume responsibility for investigation of cannot be transferred back to the MPI.
certain types of drug violations as Investigations involving possession
determined by USACIDC. On all major and/or use of nonnarcotic controlled
Army installations and on many smaller substances generated by another USACIDC
installations, USACIDC and the PM investigation may be transferred to the MPI.
conduct combined drug suppression This can be done with the concurrence of
operations. The focus of these operations is USACIDC and the unit commander involved.

INVESTIGATING POSSIBLE RAPE OFFENSES
The MP play an important role in by death. It is a complex offense. It is not
handling rape cases. MP are often the first often sexually motivated. It is most often a
help available to a rape victim. crime of hate, anger, and violence in which
The crime of rape, under appropriate the rapist uses sex as a weapon to inflict
federal laws, is a capital offense punishable harm and humiliation upon the victim.

FM 19-10 129
161-0160-94-9
INVESTIGATIONS

Sometimes the victim is a substitute target for investigators to begin investigating the
for the rapist’s anger against women as a offense. Leading or sexually explicit
group or even society itself. MP actions questions are not asked. The MP at the crime
in rape investigations must accord with scene learns from the victim exactly what
FM 19-20. took place and where. The victim is asked if
she knows the offender, if she can describe
MP know that rape is both an emotional the offender, and if she knows where the
and a physical assault. The emotional shock offender is or can be located.
of rape often does greater harm to the victim
than does the actual physical assault. Rape The rape victim will relate to the incident
victims may show fear, anxiety, anger, and more freely if only one person is present
shock, both physically and verbally; victims during the initial interview. Tact,
may laugh, cry, or shake while discussing compassion, and patience is used or the
the offense. Or they may appear controlled interview will fail. And more importantly,
and calm, hiding their inner feelings. the victim may suffer emotionally. If the
victim is made to feel guilty of the crime, the
Physical shock, exhaustion, or even strict psychological damage may be significant.
self-discipline may cause a victim to seem
calm and composed. But fear is present in all Once enough information has been
victims. Fear may last for hours or for obtained to start processing the scene, MP
months, depending on the victim and the escort the victim to the nearest facility for
ordeal she has experienced. The victim may medical treatment and a thorough
have been threatened or come close to death. examination. Under no circumstances is the
A victim may fear that the rapist knows her victim left alone. The MP remains with the
name and address and may harm her in the victim until he or she is released to the
future. USACIDC investigator.
Medical personnel are to preserve clothing
MP ENCOUNTER AND AID VICTIMS and other items for evidence examination.
When MP encounter rape victims they The examining physician is advised of the
react quickly to ensure the emotional and areas of interest in the case and the evidence
physical well-being of the victim. They check samples needed for the investigation.
the physical condition of the victim. They
must establish rapport with the victim. They MP TURN CASE OVER TO USACIDC
are aware of the victim’s fears and know INVESTIGATORS
how to lessen them. The MP’s initial actions
set the stage for the investigation and the When the victim is emotionally prepared, a
subsequent recovery of the victim. MP know follow-up interview is conducted by a
that victims treated in a callous, indifferent, USACIDC investigator. The USACIDC
disbelieving manner can undergo difficult investigator will investigate all rape claims
and lengthy recovery periods. thoroughly and objectively. Rape claims are
never assumed to be false.
The victim is told what is being done and The USACIDC investigator is told of all
why. The MP informs the victim of the MP who have had contact with the victim.
evidence procedures that must be followed The investigator will want to interview
until the investigator arrives. The MP makes them. The MP observations of the victim’s
sure the victim knows that taking a shower emotional state, the condition of her
is not allowed until after the physical exam. clothing, and the circumstances surrounding
The initial interview with the victim is the crime can be important both to the
brief. The role of the MP conducting the investigation and to the future prosecution
interview is to gather enough information of the offender.

130 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

INVESTIGATING POSSIBLE CHILD ABUSE AND NEGLECT
The MP are one of the main military first, to the needs of the abused or neglected
agencies responsible for identifying and children and, then, to the needs of their
protecting abused and neglected children. families (see AR 608-1).
The MP are most often contacted first when
child abuse or neglect is suspected. The FACMT is coordinated by a social
services professional. The coordinator
The PM office investigates suspected child monitors the program and supervises the
abuse and neglect. The PM office par- staff of the local AFAP. A team of medical
ticipates in public awareness programs and and social work professionals, the AFAP
activities. The PM office sets procedures for officer, and the Army Community Service
handling child abuse and neglect cases. The social worker are supported by other
PM office sets up lines of communication installation agencies and their personnel.
with the Army Community Service, Family Law enforcement personnel, civilian child
Advocacy Case Management Teams protection workers, chaplains, and members
(FACMTs), and local civilian welfare and of the SJA often serve on the FACMT. MP
law enforcement agencies. The PM office, in and USACIDC representatives on the
accord with the installation FACMT, often FACMT work closely with team members to
publishes a local SOP setting out the role of provide help and investigative support.
each agency.
On US Army installations, the Army REPORTS OF CHILD ABUSE AND
Family Advocacy Program (AFAP) and its NEGLECT
action arm, the FACMT, are the key Reports of child abuse and neglect may
agencies for handling child abuse and come from hospital staffs, teachers, police
neglect. The FACMT is legally mandated to officers, or neighbors. In accordance with
ensure preventive, investigative, evaluative, AR 608-1 installation physicians, nurses,
and treatment programs are responsive, law enforcement personnel, school officials,

FM 19-10 131
INVESTIGATIONS

and child care/development personnel will The motives of the source if possible to
report all incidents of suspected child abuse evaluate.
to the installation FACMT or the MP. The The possible witnesses to the incident
report may be received over the phone or in which caused the child’s condition.
person. An MP may be sent to the child’s
home after a report has been received by Simple verbal reassurance, or a follow-up
another agency. letter which expresses gratitude for the
source having taken the initiative to call,
A report of suspected child abuse or can make the difference in the source’s
neglect is not an accusation. The report itself future willingness to cooperate.
does not prove the existence of child abuse
and neglect. But neither are reports from Witnesses to actual incidents of child
questionable sources necessarily invalid. All abuse and neglect are rare. Most incidents
reports of child abuse or neglect must be occur within the confines of the home.
investigated. Sometimes false reports of Outside observers are few. However, there
suspected child abuse and neglect are made are usually persons who can furnish
by angry parents with marital problems, by corroborative evidence of the child’s
quarrelsome family members, by feuding condition, the home situation, or conditions
neighbors, or even by an angry or distressed of family life. Witnesses who are afraid of
child. becoming involved are allowed to express
any concerns they may have about their
If the report is received by the MP desk participation in the investigation.
sergeant, the MP will need to interview the
source in the field. It is often difficult for the SIGNS OF ABUSE
source to make the initial report. MP tell the MP are trained to recognize the physical
source that, if requested, statements made in
connection with a particular case of alleged effects of child abuse and neglect. When MP
child maltreatment will be kept confidential encounter injured or disturbed children, MP
under the provisions of AR 340-21. note if the condition could be the result of
Statements made by sources will be marked parental behavior. MP are alert to physical
injuries like disfigurement, burns, broken
“confidential” in all case records. MP bones, bites, lacerations, or bruises that may
attempt to obtain information from the indicate cases of child abuse. They know
source: that unsanitary living conditions,
The date and time the reported incident inadequate food, untreated illnesses, and
was received. inadequate clothing and shelter often mean
The source’s name, telephone number, parents or guardians are not providing
and address if he/she is present and adequate care for a child. MP act
willing to provide this information. immediately to protect children whose
The type of source (for example, physical or mental health and welfare has
mandatory, permissive, anonymous). been threatened or harmed by the persons
responsible for the child’s welfare.
The relationship of the source to the child
and family. As protectors of the military community,
The willingness of the source to share MP are concerned with the physical and
with the family his/her role in initiating emotional well-being of dependent children.
the report, and his/her willingness to At all times MP patrols—
participate in the assessment process if Respond immediately to a reported
appropriate. incident of child abuse and neglect.
The action taken by the source or others Report cases of suspected child abuse or
including whether or not the child has neglect to the PM or appropriate civilian
been placed in protective custody. authorities.

132 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

Take immediate action to protect a child Whether or not further police action is
in danger of further maltreatment. required by MPI or USACIDC.
Investigate allegations of child abuse or Whether or not the case should be referred
neglect and suspect conditions noted in to FACMT in accordance with AR 608-1.
the course of other investigations. If the case is based on a false report and
no further action is indicated.
INVESTIGATION OF SUSPECTED Deciding whether or not a child is safe in
ABUSE the home is the most crucial step in the
investigation. This decision can be reached
The primary concern of the MP, when through a review of past parental behavior,
investigating cases of child abuse and statements, and behaviors during an
neglect, is the protection of the child. To investigative interview, or from reports by
protect the child, MP must ensure the others who know the family. If the child is in
investigation determines— imminent danger, the investigator must
Whether or not child abuse or neglect is take whatever steps are necessary to ensure
occurring. the child’s safety before proceeding with the
investigation.
Whether or not the child is at risk in the
home. In determining if protective custody is
Whether or not immediate intervention is necessary, the investigator considers
necessary to ensure the child’s safety. whether or not—
Maltreatment in the home, present or
Once this immediate concern has been potential, is such that a child could suffer
addressed, the investigator must then permanent damage to body or mind if left
determine— there.

FM 19-10 133
INVESTIGATIONS
The child is in immediate need of medical To conduct an effective investigation, MP
or psychiatric care and the parents refuse or responding agents will need to visit the
to obtain it. home, see the child, interview the parents,
The child’s sex, age, or physical or mental and collect evidence. Two types of
condition renders the child incapable of information need to be gathered in order to
self-protection—or for some reason corroborate or dismiss a report. Primary
constitutes a characteristic the parents information includes records of the
find completely intolerable. investigators’ interviews and their
observations, photographs, and physical
Evidence suggests that parental anger evidence. Background information is that
and discomfort with the investigation will which has been gathered from collateral
be directed toward the child in the form of sources such as medical records, school
severe retaliation against him or her. records, and other agency records.
Evidence suggests that the parent or A routine check of the family is the first
parents are so out of touch with reality step after receipt of the report. This check
that they cannot provide for the child’s may include internal departmental records,
basic needs. court records, or FACMT records. In some
Evidence suggests that the parent or areas central registers of reports of actual or
parents’ physical condition poses a threat suspected child abuse and neglect are
to the child. maintained, often on a statewide basis.
The family has a history of hiding the These central registers may be accessed
child from outsiders. directly by the law enforcement agency itself
or, in some jurisdictions, indirectly through
The family has a history of prior incidents the local FACMT.
or allegations of abuse or neglect. Information which may be revealed
The parents are completely unwilling to through a records check includes—
cooperate in the investigation or to
maintain contact with any social agency Prior reports of suspected child abuse and
and may flee the jurisdiction. neglect for this family and the outcome of
those reports.
The parent or parents may abandon the Services being provided to the family
child. because of a previous report.
If the investigator decides to place a Information on the informant’s reliability
seriously abused child in protective custody, based on any prior reports.
the FACMT will be notified immediately. Evidence of child abuse and neglect may
The child is immediately taken to the instal- include the investigating officer’s obser-
lation medical facility for examination. The vations, photographic evidence, and
child will remain in the medical facility for physical evidence. All evidence is important.
observation while the FACMT simultaneously Hearsay evidence can be of value to a social
acts on the case. If the child is not in agency in its subsequent efforts to serve the
imminent danger, then the decision to family. Such evidence may even be
remove the child from the home should be admissible in later court actions. The MP or
made jointly by the investigating officer and responding agent concentrates on
the FACMT. obtaining—
If grounds exist for temporary removal of The name, age, sex, ethnic background,
the child from the home, the SJA must be and permanent address of the child.
consulted while the MP or responding agent Present location of the child and location
remains at the scene until further guidance where incidents occurred if different from
is received. permanent address.

134 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

Name of person or institution responsible conditions such as disfigurement, burns,
for the child’s welfare (and address if broken bones, bites, lacerations, bruises,
different from the permanent address of or untreated illnesses.
the child). General appearance of all children,
Name and address of the person alleged to including the condition of their clothing
be responsible for the abuse and/or (for example, worn, tattered, filthy).
neglect. Safety of their surroundings.
The names, sexes, and ages of siblings General condition of the home, including
and other adults present. degree of cleanliness; availability of food
The nature and extent of the suspected and water; adequacy of sleeping, eating,
abuse or neglect, including any available and washing facilities; adequacy of heat,
information of prior injury to the child or light, and space; and evidence of human
other siblings. or animal waste.
(See FM 19-20 for more information on MP will also observe and record the
physical evidence and photographing behavior of parents and other children in the
evidence.) family, including their reaction to the MP’s
presence. These observations can be used to
Home Visits confirm or deny parents’ statements.
Investigators may not gain entry to the Nonverbal messages that can be observed
home on their initial approach to the family. are—
Investigators must indicate concern and Eye contact between family members.
sympathy and explain their presence as
ensuring the health and safety of the child to Facial expressions of love, support, anger,
gain entry into the home. However, if distrust, or rejection.
investigators do not receive permission to Tones of voice that communicate various
enter, they have the right of forcible entry emotions.
if— The presence or absence of communica-
There is probable cause to believe a child tion.
in the home is in imminent danger. Willingness to listen.
There is probable cause to believe that a Willingness to express feelings and
crime is being committed in the home. emotions.
If the investigator feels entry is necessary Physical closeness.
but the family will not allow it and it does Interviews with the Parents
not appear that an emergency exists, a court
order or search warrant must be obtained. Interviewing the parents may be the most
The local SJA is contacted to determine the important step in the investigation. Due
proper course of action. process rights granted by the Fourth and
Fifth Amendments of the United States
Initial Observations Constitution as well as those covered by
Upon entering the home MP or responding Article 31, UCMJ, must be observed in
agents must record their observations conducting these interviews. The Miranda
accurately and in detail so that they will be rights, or Article 31 rights, must be made
able to testify effectively if the case goes to known to the parents. Article 31 rights must
trial later. MP or responding agents must be voluntarily waived before questioning
note the— begins. Any person accused of child abuse or
neglect must be informed of their rights
Physical condition of all children, pertaining to information in the report or
including any observable injuries or records generated from the incident.

FM 19-10 135
INVESTIGATIONS

In conducting interviews with parents— happened. However, every attempt is made
to minimize the need for interviews of child
The interview is conducted in a victims. Whether or not the child is
comfortable setting free from distraction. interviewed depends upon factors such as—
Jargon is not used. The child’s age.
The investigator will, if possible, The child’s ability to understand and
interview each parent privately and evaluate what has happened.
separately.
The possible impact of the interview upon
The investigator will tell the parents the the child.
reason for the interview, give the legal
authority, and treat them with respect. The possibility of retaliation by a parent
Under no circumstances will the against a child who has "told."
investigator display horror, anger, or The parents are informed of the need for
repugnance. the interview. But they are not present while
The investigator must be alert to any the child is being questioned. Many children
apparent vagueness or inconsistencies in are afraid to speak in front of those who
the explanations each gives for the have hurt, abused, and neglected them. If the
allegations contained in the report. parents object strongly, it may be necessary
The investigator will not respond to to place the child in protective custody before
demands by the parents to be told who proceeding with the interview to assure the
reported them. parents will not retaliate against the child. If
The investigator will not reinforce the child must be in the sole care of the
questionable parental actions by such military even for a short time, two
investigators will be responsible for the
statements as, “If he were mine, I’d hit child. If the investigators are both male, a
him too.” This may give a disturbed female member of the armed forces must be
parent license to increase assaults upon provided to be with the child also.
the child.
The investigator must not allow feelings Investigators must tell children that they
of anger or revenge to impair his are not in trouble and have done nothing
professional judgment. wrong. Interviewing children in sexual
abuse cases calls for particular sensitivity
The investigator will not attempt to coerce and skill. In addition to feeling confused and
a confession from a parent. afraid, these children may also feel great
guilt. The investigator/interviewer must
Contact and Interviews with the Child convey to the child the understanding that he
The first contact the investigator has with or she has done nothing wrong.
the child is of greatest importance. This When conducting the interview, the
initial contact may take place in the home, interviewer must keep in mind that the child
medical facility, school, or a child care may be hurt, in pain, fearful, confused, or
facility. The investigator must not assume apprehensive. The child must be made as
that the victim is old enough or mature comfortable as possible under the
enough to cope mentally with the offense. circumstances. It is advisable to have a
The purpose of the initial contact with the trained interviewer who is of the same sex as
child is to determine the validity of the the child or at least to have someone of the
accusation and to determine if the child is in same sex present during the interview.
imminent danger.
When interviewing the child the
There are times when the child must be interviewer must try to determine the
interviewed in order to learn what has emotional state of the child. Is fear, hatred,

136 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

defiance, shock, confusion, love, jealousy, or most serious cases. The purpose of
anger apparent? Is the child ready to tell the prosecution is to establish the guilt of and
truth, lie, or exaggerate? The interviewer impose punishment upon the person
must attempt to gain the child’s confidence. responsible for an incident of child abuse or
The interviewer must act as a friend to the neglect. Unsuccessful prosecution may
child rather than as a figure of authority. result in increased risk for the child. An
The interviewer must not take sides against angry or disturbed parent may view a
the parents. The interviewer must conduct verdict of “not guilty“ as approval of his or
the interview in language the child clearly her conduct or as a license to continue
understands. The interviewer must permit maltreatment.
the child to tell about incidents in his or her
own way. The child must not be pressed for There are times when apprehension of the
details that he or she may be unwilling or parent, guardian, or caretaker is necessary.
unable to give. Questions are limited to An apprehension may be made immediately,
necessary information. Open-ended particularly when the incident is severe. Or
questions are asked whenever possible. The it may be delayed, pending consultation with
interviewer will tell the child what will FACMT and others. An apprehension may
happen next and how the investigator will be made when injury to the child is severe or
use the information the child has given. The evidence exists that a serious crime has been
interviewer will inform an adolescent when committed. When there is reason to believe
a “person in need of supervision” petition or that the parent, guardian, or caretaker will
a similar order is necessary. flee the jurisdiction, he or she may be
apprehended. An apprehension may be
Prosecution made when it is necessary to preserve the
peace or when the person believed
Prosecution of persons who abuse or responsible presents an immediate danger to
neglect children can be difficult in all but the others.

INVESTIGATING SUICIDE THREATS AND ATTEMPTS
Suicide threats received at the MP station telephone while a patrol unit is being sent
must be treated seriously. The desk sergeant, will prevent many suicides.
or any other MP answering the call, must
show immediate concern and interest in the When MP arrive at the scene before the
caller’s problem. The interest, concern, and threatened suicide attempt is carried out,
reassurance shown by the MP on the they may find the subject emotionally upset.
telephone is important in keeping the MP must avoid sudden, aggressive moves to
individual on the line. The first priority is to avoid frightening the subject into
obtain basic information from the caller, committing suicide. Upon arrival, MP
such as the caller’s name, address, and the should try to start a conversation with the
telephone number of the phone from which subject to help talk him or her out of
the call is being made. Information obtained committing suicide. If the subject is in
from the caller will also allow the MP to immediate danger of jumping, safety
return the call if the connection is cut off. It precautions such as nets are used. MP
is critical that the caller be kept on the carefully position themselves to restrain the
telephone as long as possible while a patrol subject. MP must keep crowds and onlookers
unit is being dispatched. Talking will away from the area. They must be patient
distract the person, provide time for a and understanding with the subject. And
change of mind, and allow for rescuers to they must not use abusive or threatening
arrive. Keeping the suicidal person on the language.

FM 19-10 137
INVESTIGATIONS

When MP arrive at the scene and the cardiovascular pulmonary resuscitation. MP
subject has already attempted suicide, they then request immediate medical assistance
must immediately take action to stop the for continued rescue efforts.
subject from further self-injury. First aid is
administered, if necessary, and medical help If the victim is obviously deceased,
requested. If the subject has taken poison or medical assistance is still required to affirm
an overdose of pills, any remaining pills, the victim’s death. MP will secure the scene
bottles, and related material are taken to the until medical and investigative assistance
hospital, along with the subject. The arrives. Suicide notes, weapons, and other
immediate family, unit commander, clergy, evidence must be secured at the scene and
or other personnel who might help the released only to assigned investigators.
subject are notified.
After securing the scene, MP identify
When MP arrive at the scene of a suicide, witnesses, friends, and relatives in the area.
they carefully approach it, so as not to They make notes of anything that might aid
destroy evidence. They immediately the investigators. Until proven otherwise,
examine the subject for signs of life. If there every suicide will be treated as a potential
are signs of life, MP should immediately homicide. (See FM 19-20 for a detailed
begin lifesaving techniques such as discussion of suicide investigations.)

INVESTIGATING REPORTS OF ABNORMAL BEHAVIOR
MP may be called upon to investigate Ignore verbal abuse.
reports of people exhibiting abnormal Remain calm.
behavior. Each person encountered may
require a different form of response from the MP must be trained to identify abnormal
MP. In all situations, the MP must not only behavior. Improper identification of
preserve the peace and control disorderly behavior and subsequent treatment can
incidents, but they must also protect result in serious illness or death. People with
individual rights and obtain help for those abnormal behavior might show changes in
people who cannot adequately control their their behavior and personality that may
behavior. help in identifying them. Characteristics of
People with abnormal behavior may react someone with abnormal behavior may be—
violently to stresses and problems. They can Change in personality, behavior, and
be dangerous and must be handled with attitudes.
caution. They may be easily influenced by Change in personal habits.
others. They may be easily threatened by Sudden change in job performance.
unfamiliar people, places, and events. The Uncontrolled outbursts of temper.
MP approach must be friendly and
understanding. MP seek to handle these Distrust and hypersensitivity.
people as humanely as possible without A strong interest in weapons.
endangering themselves, the person Disorganized thinking.
involved, or others. MP must— Hallucinations, delusions, and fears.
Not deceive. MP must be familiar with local agencies
Use the least amount of force necessary. best able to assist people in need. MP do not
take action unless the person poses a threat
Allow the person time to calm down. to himself or to the welfare and property of
Avoid threats and abuse. others.

138 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

MP do not diagnose injuries and diseases. those used for other offenders. MP must
However, they must be alert for unusual consider that the individuals may be less
symptoms and know that illness and other aware of their constitutional rights and may
abnormalities may appear as intoxication. not fully understand when rights are read to
Local medical facilities can train MP in how them. The police role is to initially interview
to recognize and react to people with the subject, gather evidence, and complete
abnormal symptoms. an objective investigation of the incident.
When MP encounter a person who has had Legal and medical authorities must then
an accident where the possibility of a head determine the individual’s level of
injury exists, or if an individual carries a responsibility and competence.
medical alert notice, or where doubt exists MP immediately notify parents,
over the person’s condition, examination by guardians, or next of kin of those people with
medical personnel must be immediately abnormal behavior who must be removed
requested. Because it is often difficult to from the scene of an incident or placed under
distinguish between the behavior and apprehension. If the individual has
confusion caused by alcohol or drugs and committed a criminal offense, the parents,
that caused by injury or illness, all guardian, or next of kin are read the rights
apparently intoxicated personnel are warning statement and notified of the
watched for other symptoms. charges. The parents, guardians, or next of
If the person has to be apprehended there kin must also be present during interviews
must be a sufficient number of MP to and interrogations. They may be able to
restrain the individual. The procedures for furnish important background information
searching and restraining do not differ from on the individual.

INVESTIGATING CUSTOMS VIOLATIONS

MP customs units conduct investigations Customs authorities periodically find
of alleged or suspected violations of customs unauthorized material such as contraband,
laws and regulations by members of the US explosives, ammunition, weapons, and
forces. These investigations are conducted property, some of which may be property of
under the same rules and procedures, with the US government. In order to determine if
appropriate reports, as are other MP theft or government loss is involved, the
investigations (see FM 19-20). Some of the procedures of the Bureau of Customs call for
investigations will be conducted jointly with the notification of DA when weapons or
host country customs and tax personnel or material believed to be military property
other official investigative agencies having have been seized or are in customs custody
an interest in the case. MP customs under questionable circumstances. All such
inspectors who possess MPI credentials may offenses will be reported to MP and
receive locally fabricated identification with investigated by USACIDC or MPIs, as
data in the host language. All credentials are appropriate (see AR 195-2, AR 190-30).
treated as accountable items. Since the Recovery of weapons and significant
investigator may be assigned to a amounts of ammunition will be reported by
surveillance operation, the commander can the Army element receipting for them from
permit the wearing of civilian clothing while the Bureau of Customs in accordance with
on duty. A duty roster of investigators is AR 190-11.
maintained to provide necessary MP will receipt, from US Customs person-
investigation during nonduty hours. nel, for all confiscated US government

FM 19-10 139
INVESTIGATIONS

property and contraband shipped by US Evidence custodians and alternate
Army personnel. The property will be custodians are appointed on unit orders and
returned to Army supply channels if there perform the responsibilities as outlined in
are no legal requirements to retain the the publications previously cited. Prescribed
property before releasing it into supply depositories must be provided at appropriate
channels. Items of contraband will be dis- locations and inspections and inventories
posed of in accordance with AR 190-22. Prop- performed as required.
erty receipted for by MP will be accounted When it is determined that the subject of
for and disposed of in accordance with
evidence procedures outlined in AR 195-5. one of these investigations is no longer a
member of the US Army, the investigation
All physical property seized by MP will be terminated and a final report
customs personnel will be processed, submitted indicating the subject has been
safeguarded, and disposed of in accordance released from the Army. An information
with the guidance furnished in FM 19-20 and copy of the report will be furnished to the
the provisions of AR 190-22 and AR 195-5. appropriate civil investigative agency.

140 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 14
Criminal Investigations

The investigation of crimes and offenses CONTENTS
Page
is a necessary part of any command's effort DETERMINING PURVIEW . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...141
to protect its personnel, supplies, and Unit Commanders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...141
facilities. It is also essential to the MPI and USACIDC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...142
command’s maintenance of good order and Other Investigators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...142
discipline. CONDUCTING CRIMINAL
INVESTIGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...142
DETERMINING PURVIEW Testimonial Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...143
Physical Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...143
The purview for investigating crimes is
PRESERVING THE CUSTODY OF
divided among unit commanders, MPIs, and EVIDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...144
USACIDC special agents according to the DISPOSING OF EVIDENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...145
type and seriousness of the incident under Disposition of Unneeded Evidence
investigation. Procedures at the local level and Nonevidence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...145
ensure mutual cooperation and support. Disposition of Evidence Belonging
to US Government . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...146
This close working relationship achieves Disposition of Personal Property . . . . . . ...147
optimum results in investigations, Disposition of Contraband, Controlled,
and Illegal Items of Evidence . . . . . . . . . . . 147
apprehension of offenders, acquisition and Disposition Through Narcotics
transmittal of police information, and the Field Testing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...147
prevention of crime. Final Disposition of
DA Form 4137 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...148
UNIT COMMANDERS SUPERVISING MILITARY POLICE
INVESTIGATORS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...148
Unit commanders have authority to take
appropriate action on all barracks larcenies
of property with a value less than $1,000 and investigation status and narcotics detector
simple assaults not requiring hospitaliza- dog support is authorized. Direct contact
tion. Unit commanders ensure that these with USACIDC concerning investigative
types of offenses are reported to law status also is authorized.
enforcement activities for statistical and The PM office provides commanders with
crime reporting purposes. A law enforcement a DA Form 3975 on offenses involving their
investigation of such an offense is usually personnel (see AR 190-45). On cases referred
conducted only when considered necessary to the USACIDC, the commander will be
by the PM/security officer or the appropriate provided with an initial report and a final
USACIDC commander. But it may be report. Significant developments will be
requested by a field grade officer in the chain provided to the commander if appropriate.
of command of the unit concerned. The final report will provide guidance for
Commanders report all criminal offenses submission of a report of commander’s
to the PM office. The PM office will refer the action taken. Commanders need not wait for
case to MPI or USACIDC if appropriate. a final report before taking action.
After the PM is notified, the commander Commanders are encouraged to assist the
secures the crime scene and separates and MPI and USACIDC in apprehending
holds all witnesses and suspects until MP criminals. A commander can have an
and MPIs arrive. Direct coordination individual in his unit serve as a source. The
between the commander and the MPI for source acquires and releases information

FM 19-10 141
INVESTIGATIONS

concerning criminal activity to the MPI or Investigations are conducted in accor-
USACIDC. Additionally, individuals in the dance with the provisions and restrictions of
unit may be asked to make buys from a drug the MCM and the UCMJ. When there is any
dealer. These controlled buys, when there is question of jurisdiction, authority, or legality
an indication the suspected individual has of action or evidence, investigators seek the
been involved in some type of criminal counsel of the SJA. The SJA is responsible
activity in the past, do not constitute also for the Army’s Victim/Witness
entrapment. Assistance Program. Investigators
MPI AND USACIDC cooperate and coordinate their case
activities with the Victim/Witness Liaison.
Investigations of violent crimes are an
inherent responsibility of the MP and the OTHER INVESTIGATORS
USACIDC. Such offenses may fall within In CONUS incidents occurring off post
the investigative purview of MPIs or within normally are investigated by civil law
the investigative jurisdiction of the enforcement agencies, including state,
USACIDC. county, and municipal authorities, or by a
MPIs normally investigate offenses as federal investigative agency. When an
cited in AR 190-30. MPIs also coordinate and incident involving military personnel occurs
supervise the use of narcotics detector dogs off a military installation, coordination will
in support of unit health and welfare be made with the appropriate civil court or
inspections. USACIDC agents investigate law enforcement agency and the result
criminal offenses that carry a maximum reported on DA Form 3975. A copy of the civil
punishment of more than one year police report will be obtained and attached to
confinement. They investigate all narcotic the MP report whenever possible. In
offenses, sale/trafficking in marihuana and overseas areas off-post incidents are
dangerous drugs, and larcenies of property investigated in accordance with SOFAs
valued at $1,000 or more. and/or US-host country agreements.

CONDUCTING CRIMINAL INVESTIGATIONS
To effect the prosecution of criminals, From this evidence a court-martial or jury
military investigators must know the forms its conclusions as to the guilt or
technical and legal requirements for a innocence of an accused. Evidence is the
successful investigation. Generally, the art means by which any alleged matter of fact is
of an investigation lies in gathering and proved or disproved. It includes all matters,
evaluating information and evidence, both except comment or argument, legally
testimonial and physical. (FM 19-20 submitted to a court to enable it to decide a
addresses investigative methods and question before it. Military investigators
techniques.) Testimonial evidence, like must understand the general rules of
sworn statements of eyewitness accounts evidence.
and admissions of guilt, is obtained through Investigative steps for gathering evidence
communication with people. Physical in juvenile offenses are the same as those
evidence, like identified weapons and used in cases involving adult suspects. But
fingerprints, is obtained by searching crime MP must ensure that juveniles are processed
scenes, tracing leads, and developing in accordance with Public Law 93-415. And
technical data. they ensure that children are protected from
Military investigators develop skills and unwarranted treatment.
techniques to recognize, collect, evaluate, If MP must detain juveniles, they ensure
process, preserve, and account for evidence. that juvenile suspects are not detained in

142 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

confinement facilities, detention cells, or any investigation. Physical evidence is one
hospital prisoner wards. Juveniles may be of the most valuable investigative assets. It
temporarily detained in the offices of the produces leads to pursue to help bring the
post commander or PM, but a check is made investigation to an end. And physical
with SJA to ensure the proper conditions evidence can help establish the guilt or
exist. Unless a juvenile is taken into custody innocence of an accused person in a court of
for serious offenses, MP do not take law. For example, as a general rule, a person
fingerprints or photographs of them without cannot be convicted on the basis of an
written consent of a judge. MP routinely uncorroborated confession. There must be
contact SJA to ensure they have the proper independent evidence, either direct or
judicial authority. MP do not release names circumstantial, that raises an inference of
or pictures of juvenile offenders to the public. the truth of the essential facts admitted in
Military investigators conduct their the accused’s statements. Physical evidence
inquiries to find evidence and make it can be that necessary independent evidence.
available for presentation in court. But And, while the rule requiring independent
something more than a mere collection of corroborating evidence does not apply to a
evidence is required of a successful confession made by an accused to the court
investigation. The evidence must be during his trial, nor to statements made
admissible in court. Investigators must before or at the time the act was being
present to the court only admissible and committed, having physical evidence to
reliable information upon which to base a substantiate such a confession or admission
proper decision. MP are always “evidence of guilt is desirable.
conscious.” The scene of any crime is itself One of the main duties of an investigator
evidence. And so is the testimony of trained is to ensure that the evidence obtained is
investigators about observations and admissible in court. Investigators must be
findings at a crime scene. Both testimonial careful to seize, collect, and accept receipt of
and physical evidence are vital to the evidence in a legal manner. They know they
successful prosecution of a case. must be able to identify each piece of
evidence weeks, months, or even years after
TESTIMONIAL EVIDENCE it was collected. They must be able to
Obtaining testimonial evidence requires describe the crime scene and where each
skillful interpersonal communication with piece of evidence was located at the scene.
human sources of information, particularly They must be able to explain any change in
with the persons directly involved in a case. the evidence that has occurred since it was
Questioning victims, witnesses, com- collected. And they must be able to prove
plainants, suspects, and sources is the that the evidence remained in proper custody
investigative method most often used to from the time it was collected until it is
obtain testimonial evidence. It is also the presented in court.
method used to obtain background The final result in bringing a successful
information that gives meaning to the investigation to a close is often the
physical evidence that is collected. Many investigator’s testimony in the courtroom.
crimes have been solved as a direct result of When preparing for trial, investigators
leads and testimonial evidence developed coordinate with the trial counsel so there are
through interviews and interrogations. no surprises in court. They develop a close
working liaison with the trial counsel. They
PHYSICAL EVIDENCE do not conceal information from the court.
They know the accused has the right to a fair
Collecting and evaluating physical trial regardless of opinion. Investigators are
evidence is an important technical part of professional in every way.

FM 19-10 143
INVESTIGATIONS

PRESERVING THE CUSTODY OF EVIDENCE
Investigators follow specific requirements They are in charge of the evidence
in receiving, processing, safeguarding, and depository. When safeguarding, safekeeping,
disposing of evidence and in preparation and transferring property, they ensure care
and disposition of property (see FM 19-20, is taken to guard property against loss, theft,
AR 195-5, and AR 190-22). pilferage, damage, alteration, or any change
To achieve the maximum benefit from in its value or appearance other than by
physical evidence, investigators must be not laboratory examination. They also maintain
only skilled in its collection, but careful in all evidence records.
their handling of it to preserve it for Primary and alternate custodians are
laboratory examination and/or presentation appointed, in writing, by the appropriate
in court. They must retain the item’s commander or PM (see AR 195-5). A copy of
integrity by keeping the item as nearly as the appointing document must be kept in the
possible in its original condition. depository files. These records must show
Consideration should be given to the ease of who is responsible for evidence at any given
identifying the item and the cost of the item time. The requirements for determining
when it is collected. Unnecessary marking of primary and alternate evidence custodian,
evidence may result in claims against the and for recording and accountability of
government for diminution of value of the evidence, inspections, and inventories and
item. All MP in contact with evidence must security standards for evidence storage, are
maintain a chain of custody—a specified in AR 195-5. For more information
chronological, written record of who has on preparation of required forms and
control of the item from the time it is maintenance of evidence see FM 19-20.
acquired as evidence until it ceases to have Evidence custodians carefully maintain
value as evidence and is released or an evidence ledger. Corroborating entries in
destroyed—to assure accountability. the ledger and on the custody document help
The investigator who first receives, assure accountability of evidence. The ledger
recovers, or discovers physical evidence is prepared with six columns spanning two
must be able to identify such evidence facing pages showing—
positively at a later date as being the specific The document number assigned and the
article or item obtained in connection with a date evidence was received.
specific investigation. To be able to do this, The USACIDC or MPR sequence number.
investigators mark and tag evidence A brief description of the evidence.
promptly at the time they obtain it. If they
can, they place their initials, time, and date The date of final disposition.
directly on the evidence. If the evidence The final disposition.
cannot be marked, all identifying data are Remarks.
noted on the container in which the evidence If an improper entry is erroneously made,
is placed. A record of all details of the the entry is lined through and the person’s
marking of evidence is made in the initials written across the line. The ledger
investigator’s notes. Photographs, sketches, book is completely filled before starting a
and notes of the crime scene must show the new one. In large offices it may be necessary
exact places from which evidence was to start a new ledger each year to
removed. This care is imperative to ensure accommodate anticipated evidence entries.
the chain of custody of evidence is kept The cover of the ledger book identifies the
unbroken. organization or activity responsible for the
Evidence custodians control and account evidence depository and the dates spanned
for all evidence received in an investigation. by entries in the ledger. If more than one

144 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

calendar year is covered in the ledger, the When evidence is temporarily released or
front cover reflects this information. After custody changed, it is accompanied by a
the last entry in the ledger for a calendar carefully completed DA Form 4137 (for
year, a statement identifying all documents directions see FM 19-20 and AR 195-5). The
contained in it is entered. (For example, original DA Form 4137 goes with the
“This ledger pertains to custody documents evidence. A copy of the form is placed in the
001 through 432 for calendar year 1987.”) suspense file when the item of evidence and
The initial entry for the next year goes on the the original DA Form 4137 are temporarily
next page. released.

DISPOSING OF EVIDENCE
The evidence custodian is responsible for forwarded to the SJA of the commander
the disposition of evidence. He maintains exercising jurisdiction in the case.
continued and open communication with the If the SJA says the evidence must be held
supervisor and the SJA to ensure timely for further adjudication, the final disposal
disposition of evidence. Consulting with the authority portion of DA Form 4137 is not
MP or special agent for pertinent completed. A brief memorandum for record
information can assist in the timely giving the reason for retaining the evidence
disposition of evidence. If the SJA appoints is written and attached to DA Form 4137.
his chief of military justice as the point of
contact, plans are discussed with him. His If DA Form 4137 must be mailed to the
assistance is requested in making timely SJA, a letter or DA Form 2496 (Disposition
disposition of all evidence. Form) is substituted containing sufficient
To ensure prompt disposition of evidence, information for the SJA to render a decision.
a suspense system can be established as an The return correspondence indicating
internal management tool. The US Army disposition approval is attached to the
Criminal Investigation Laboratory original DA Form 4137 for file at USACRC.
(USACIL), adjudication, and pending If an item of evidence is made a permanent
disposition suspense files must be part of the record of trial, the trial counsel
maintained. Other suspense files may be coordinates this action with the evidence
used, such as “Hold for Appellate Review,” custodian so that DA Form 4137 can be
when the SJA advises that this requirement properly, annotated.
exists. There can be many variations to suit
the needs of your particular evidence DISPOSITION OF UNNEEDED
depository operation. EVIDENCE AND NONEVIDENCE
DA Form 4833 can be used to assist in Evidence connected with an investigation
timely disposition of evidence (AR 190-45 in which no subject has been identified may
contains additional information). If final be disposed of three months after completion
action has not been accomplished, the form of the investigation without SJA approval.
may be placed in suspense for 15 to 30 days. Consideration must be given to serious
This simple method has proved an effective crimes when the probability exists that a
follow-up to ensure timely disposition of subject may be identified. If a need to dispose
evidence. of the evidence in less than three months is
When it has been determined that final determined, the SJA must approve the
administrative or judicial action has been action. In either case, the supervisor must
taken in a known subject case, the original approve the disposal and complete the final
custody document is handcarried or disposal authority section of DA Form 4137.

FM 19-10 145

161-016 O-94-10
INVESTIGATIONS

Items of evidence found at a crime scene items determined mission essential,
that have no owner or are of no obvious disposition may be immediately initiated. If
value, such as matchbooks, beer cans, it is not feasible to obtain written permission
bottles, glass fragments, and wooden sticks, or approval before disposition of the
will be destroyed in the presence of a witness evidence, verbal permission may be obtained
by crushing, burning, or any other method from the SJA followed by written authority
to render the items useless and harmless. on DA Form 4137.
The witness in such cases can be of any Known document standards are normally
grade. If no trial results from the returned to the office or individual from
investigation, or if there is a trial and the whom received. Exemplars and other
SJA advises the evidence is no longer documents that have no value or which the
needed, then the appropriate return/release/ agency does not desire returned must be
destruction can be made. Items in the destroyed. When such items are destroyed,
evidence depository which are determined there is no requirement for a witness.
by laboratory analysis and the SJA to be US government firearms and ammunition
nonevidentiary in nature may be disposed retained as evidence must be returned to the
of. The witness may be anyone. appropriate military organizations.
DISPOSITION OF EVIDENCE Normally DA Form 581 (Request for Issue
BELONGING TO US GOVERNMENT and Turn-In of Ammunition) is used as an
When disposing of US government adjunct to DA Form 4137 for the turn-in of
property, the items normally must be ammunition. Preparation of DA Form 581 is
returned to the organization to which issued. governed by AR 710-2.
Sometimes the unit cannot be identified or Final disposition of post exchange items,
the item has been dropped from the property commissary items, and items illegally
book. In such instances, the property must introduced into a host country, connected
be released to the installation accountable with black market, customs, and postal
officer. AR 710-2 is the authority for investigations, must be in accordance with
government property disposition. local regulations, SOFAs, and laws or
Recovered US government treasury checks customs of the host country. When evidence
and money orders stolen or obtained from an is released to an external agency to be
Army and Air Force Post Office (APO) permanently retained and disposed of by
facility must be returned to the responsible that agency, the final disposal authority
APO facility when no longer needed as portion of DA Form 4137 must be completed.
evidence. Approval must be obtained from Limitation .0015 contingency funds held
the SJA for this release or return. as evidence must be disposed of by
US postal money orders not identifiable as depositing the funds with the local finance
the property of a specific individual must be and accounting officer on DD Form 1131
forwarded to the Military Money Order (Cash Collection Voucher). Before depositing
Division, Postal Data Center, PO Box 14971, funds with the finance and accounting
St Louis, Missouri 63182, with a letter of officer, the accounting classification must be
transmittal. (Include the case number, date the same as on the voucher on which the
of final report, offenses, identification of funds were originally disbursed. A copy of
subjects and victims, and a remark that the DD Form 1131 showing the return of the
final report is available and on file at the money to the finance and accounting officer
USACRC, 2301 Chesapeake Avenue, must go to the appropriate certifying
Baltimore, Maryland 21222.) and approving officer. Another copy of
When it is not practical or desirable to DD Form 1131 must be attached to the
retain items of evidence such as military original evidence/property custody
vehicles, government food items, or other document.

146 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

DISPOSITION OF PERSONAL Contraband firearms and ammunition or
PROPERTY firearms and ammunition used or intended
Items of personal property that are legal to to be used in commission of criminal acts
own and possess are normally returned to and retained as evidence (not US
the rightful owner. Personal weapons that government property) must be released to
are lawful to own and possess but have been USACIL-CONUS. Ammunition is relin-
impounded for minor infractions (such as quished to the nearest ammunition supply
failure to register in accordance with local point, using DA Form 581.
regulations) must be returned to the rightful Counterfeit currency or coins and the
owner when the requirements of local equipment necessary to print or make them
regulations have been met and the item is no are normally released to the nearest office of
longer needed as evidence. the US Secret Service (USSS). However, if
Money for which a rightful owner cannot the incident occurs outside the jurisdiction of
be identified must be submitted to Army the US, the counterfeit items will be released to
Finance with DD Form 1131. A copy of the the appropriate USSS office exercising juris-
completed form is attached to the original diction over the host country. Coordination is
custody document and forwarded to the effected with the USSS and SJA before
USACRC with the completed case. making disposition of the items.
Items of personal property belonging to Controlled substances that are not
deceased or missing military personnel must associated with any ongoing investigation
be released to the summary court officer in but were discovered or found on post may be
accordance with AR 600-8-1. If the death of a immediately disposed of after it is
civilian or military dependent occurs on the determined that the substance cannot be
military reservation, normally the personal connected with any ongoing investigation or
property is released to the agency assuming suspect. Controlled substances or narcotics
jurisdiction of the investigation, such as the must be destroyed in the presence of a
FBI. Consult the SJA for specific guidance witness in grade E6 or higher. The witness
in such cases. may be any USACIDC special agent. The
witness will not have been involved in the
Items that have obvious monetary value, chain of custody. Destruction must be by
and for which reasonable attempts to locate burning or by methods that will permanently
the owner have failed, must be released to destroy the substance. Flushing the
the property reutilization and marketing substance down a commode is not considered
officer. DD Form 1348-1 (DOD Single Line an appropriate means of destruction.
Item Release/Receipt Document) is prepared Definitive guidance is found in AR 195-5.
when these items are released. SJA approval
must also be obtained. This authority is DISPOSITION THROUGH
found in DOD Manual 4160.21-M. NARCOTICS FIELD TESTING
DISPOSITION OF CONTRABAND, Nonnarcotic controlled substances may be
CONTROLLED, AND ILLEGAL field tested when the commander exercising
ITEMS OF EVIDENCE court-martial jurisdiction of a subject ad-
vises the PM or USACIDC supervisor that
The disposition of contraband is governed court-martial action will not be taken
by federal statutes. Therefore disposal of against the offender. Close coordination
contraband must be in accord with with the commander concerned is essential
applicable laws and regulations. to determine the appropriate course of
Appropriate agencies should be contacted to action. If the commander contemplates
determine if any other documentation is court-martial action, the evidence is
necessary for disposition of contraband. forwarded to the supporting USACIL for

FM 19-10 147
INVESTIGATIONS

forensic analysis. Evidence consumed treated as any other original exhibit. It will
through field testing must be appropriately be submitted to the USACRC along with the
deducted from DA Form 4137 by annotating final ROI/MPR or other supplemental
the chain of custody section to reflect information. When the final report and all
disposition of the quantity consumed. In other supplemental information has been
most instances the quantity consumed is forwarded to the USACRC before closing the
estimated, or stated as “a few particles” if DA Form 4137, the DA Form 4137 is
that is the case. forwarded to USACRC as a single exhibit
USACIDC Form 36 (Field Test Results) without a letter of transmittal. The
provides a record for field test results of USACIDC ROI number or USACRC report
nonnarcotic controlled substances. This number, as applicable, must be reflected on
form is prepared and signed by the person the form when forwarded as a separate
conducting the field test. The test results are exhibit. The first copy of the form will be
provided orally to the action commander as retained with the local file copy of the
soon as possible in addition to a copy of pertinent ROI or MPR and destroyed with
USACIDC Form 36. Copies are attached as the report. If the original DA Form 4137 is
an exhibit and the original is retained and entered in the record of trial as a permanent
ultimately forwarded to USACRC. part thereof, accompanies evidence released
When definitive guidance cannot be found to an external agency, or is not available for
in AR 195-5 or AR 190-22, the SJA is con- any other reason, a copy from the suspense
sulted for guidance. It is the responsibility of copy is made and substituted as the
the SJA to complete the final disposal action USACRC copy. A notation reflecting the
section of DA Form 4137. disposition of the original will be made on
the reproduced copy forwarded to USACRC.
FINAL DISPOSITION OF When DA Form 4137 pertains to items not
DA FORM 4137 connected with incidents or when a report is
After all items of evidence listed on a not forwarded to the USACRC, DA Form
particular DA Form 4137 have been properly 4137 will be maintained in the local
disposed of, the original and first copy of the investigative case file to which it pertains
form are placed in the case file to which they until the file is disposed of in accordance
pertain. The original DA Form 4137 will be with AR 25-400-2.

SUPERVISING MILITARY POLICE INVESTIGATORS
The military, police investigation super- initiated. The MPIS also ensures that an MP
visor (MPIS) is directly responsible for the report number has been assigned and
supervision and control of all investigators recorded.
assigned to the MP investigation section. To The MPIS guides the investigation,
successfully supervise an organized, checking case progress periodically. The
efficient operation, the MPIS must ensure MPIS ensures that each investigation is
that the regulations, policies, and procedures performed in a timely manner with entries
are complied with. recorded in the reading file in accordance
When an investigation is initiated and the with regulatory requirements and local
case has been opened, the MPIS assigns policy. (See ARs 190-30, 190-40, and 190-45.)
the case a number and records the case on Each entry will reflect case progress, and if
DA Form 3975. The MPIS assigns an no investigation has been conducted, an
investigator to the case and ensures a case entry will be reflected with a brief
file is opened and a progress report is explanation. The MPIS ensures a first

148 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

progress report is initiated and dispatched to coordination has been accomplished, the
the commander of the suspect/subject on the MPIS ensures the final report is prepared.
day the investigation becomes three days old The MPIS checks the final report for content
(counted from the date it was reported in the and errors. When all investigative leads
MP blotter and the MP report number was have been exhausted and no subject has
assigned). The MPIS ensures that additional been identified, an administrative closing is
progress reports are completed and initiated appropriate until further leads are
every 45 days thereafter until the case is developed. All MPISs review the case and
finalized. The MPIS ensures that all MP note their approval on the case log and the
reporting files/investigations are safe- police report.
guarded against illegal disclosures. The
MPIS also updates suspect’s commander Supervisors of MP investigation sections
and supervisor as necessary during the should continually check on the quality of
investigation. The MPIS supervises the the performance of their investigators to
investigators and provides technical and ensure that the MPI mission is being
administrative guidance as needed effectively accomplished. An excellent
example of a quality control method is
throughout the investigation. The MPIS outlined in FM 19-20. Other methods that
makes all proper notification and assists the could be employed are observations of
investigators in preparing for judicial interview situations through two-way
proceedings. mirrors, critiques of statements as they are
Once a subject has been identified, all obtained, and examination of statements
leads have been exhausted, and SJA during the final case review stage.

FM 19-10 149
INVESTIGATIONS

150 FM 19-10
CHAPTER 15
Investigative Means and Measures

T he success of an investigation can
depend on the local application of criminal CONTENTS
intelligence that investigators, worldwide, Page
gather and process about crimes committed GATHERING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE . . . 151
by individuals or organized crime groups. USING AND PROVIDING CRIMINAL
This criminal intelligence helps INTELLIGENCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 153
investigators identify criminals and makes CONDUCTING INTERVIEWS AND
INTERROGATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
them aware of criminal activity and
violations of criminal law. It also helps them PERFORMING SURVEILLANCE AND
COVERT OPERATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
prevent crime by allowing them to assess Surveillances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 156
crime problems and trends. Covert Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 157
The US Army uses criminal intelligence to possessed. The process by which investi-
reveal criminal activities affecting the US gators change the raw data from untried,
Army. Only data that are needed are undeveloped information into a useful form
collected. Data solely about political for investigative needs is called the criminal
activities are not collected. DA policy, stated intelligence process. It is an ongoing cycle of
in AR 380-13, forbids collection and retention planning, collecting, evaluating, collating,
of data on non-DOD personnel except for analyzing, reporting, disseminating, and
data about crimes where DOD has reevaluating. The process, undertaken
responsibility to investigate or prosecute. continuously both at local levels and at
Criminal intelligence is more than just higher HQ, ensures that a broad spectrum of
data documented in ongoing investigations. criminal intelligence is available to aid the
It is any information observed or obtained investigator. The intelligence that is
by investigators that may be of value when gathered is processed and disseminated to
added to the criminal intelligence already all levels.

GATHERING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE
At command level, the Investigative correlated and disseminated to local units,
Operations Directorate, USACIDC, super- this information can be used to reach
vises the US Army’s criminal intelligence conclusions and make decisions.
effort. It sets information priorities for
worldwide collection. And it disseminates At installation level, USACIDC offices
processed criminal intelligence to local and certain MP elements supervise the
levels. USACIDC sets guides for two types of planning and collection of criminal
criminal intelligence: essential elements of intelligence. The criminal intelligence
criminal intelligence (EECI) and other coordinators in local units plan and collect
criminal intelligence requirements (OCIRs). information of criminal functions within
OCIRs are data that may be useful, but often command boundaries. They then forward it
are not needed right away. EECI, on the on request or on their own initiative. They
other hand, are critical items of data on also set local priorities within the overall
criminal activities and crime areas to be program. They keep in touch with criminal
collected at all levels. When EECI data are intelligence and law enforcement agencies.

FM 19-10 151
INVESTIGATIONS

At investigator level, data are planned and Criminal intelligence must be accurate
collected for input to the criminal intelli- and relevant. Usually the investigator who
gence system. Collecting criminal collects the details is most able to assess the
intelligence is a continual duty of all reliability of his or her source. That
investigators, not just those assigned investigator can determine reliability by
directly to a criminal intelligence section. recalling past experience with that source, as
The investigator is the key to a successful well as comparing the data with that
collection effort. The investigator is usually gathered from other overt or covert sources.
the person in direct contact with local But even when the reliability of a source or
human sources of criminal intelligence. accuracy of the criminal intelligence
During daily activities the investigator looks collected is questioned, it is not considered
for EECI and OCIRs. He does this useless. It is reported. The immediate need
continuously and aggressively. Although for an item of criminal intelligence may not
priority is placed on EECI needs, he must be seen. But this does not mean that item is
not overlook other useful criminal not of value.
intelligence.
Higher USACIDC levels, having wider
The local criminal intelligence coordinator sources of criminal intelligence than lower
helps the investigator sift, sort, review, and levels, may assess the accuracy and
analyze data. Sources of criminal intelli- usefulness of an item of data by comparing it
gence are developed. Criminal intelligence is with a variety of other known data and
gathered from both overt and covert sources. circumstances. When seemingly useless bits
Overt sources may be citizens, workers in of criminal intelligence are fitted together,
private and government agencies, members the many separate bits may, like jigsaw
of police agencies, and unit commanders. puzzle pieces, form a recognizable picture.
Postal workers, news media, phone books, The criminal intelligence collected on every
and public records are also good, overt new case must be coordinated with the
sources of criminal intelligence. Covert criminal intelligence center.
sources include criminal elements willing to
be sources and surveillant and undercover To bring together collected data to decide
investigators. Development of sources of their importance and relation to other
criminal intelligence is limited only by the criminal intelligence, data must be collated
imagination of the investigator. and analyzed. The data must be combined
with other related data and then analyzed to
After data have been collected, collated, allow sound theories and judgments to be
derived. The analysis of criminal
and analyzed, they must be reported. intelligence can be done at the same time as
Because some data being reported are collation. The same data may be analyzed
sensitive, criminal intelligence is usually many times and by a variety of methods.
reported on USACIDC Form 97 (Criminal The methods of statistical, system,
Intelligence Report). Reports are tailored to computer, or operational research analysis
the needs of the main user. Positive may be used. However, when an analysis is
information is given. Reports are prepared done at any level of command, it is done to
objectively. Conclusions drawn from the see if a pattern can be shown and to see if
data are included in the report. After the more data are needed. An analysis also
reported information is further analyzed at serves as a tool to reevaluate collection
higher levels, criminal intelligence is plans.
disseminated back to local levels. The
criminal intelligence is disseminated to Reevaluation is the final stage of the
reach the principal user—the local criminal intelligence process. It is a review
investigator. at all levels of the potential use and benefit

152 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

of the collected criminal intelligence. intelligence reflects current targets of
Reevaluation serves to show where changes interest, as areas of concern vary over time.
need to be made. It ensures that the And it ensures the information is obtainable
information to be gathered reflects the needs from the contacts and sources of criminal
and goals of local investigative units and of intelligence that are available.
such units in general. It ensures the criminal

USING AND PROVIDING CRIMINAL INTELLIGENCE
To be useful, criminal intelligence must be remain aware of the value of continuing to
available and easily retrievable. Only if the cross-check leads or other aspects of the case
investigator can get to the criminal against the available criminal intelligence.
intelligence can he see if any exists that will When an investigation is complete, and the
aid him in an ongoing investigation. investigator drafts his report of
Three files are required by regulation to be investigation, he makes a last review of the
maintained at each local USACIDC office. criminal intelligence. This action will ensure
These are the name index card file, the the thoroughness of the report. And it will
modus operandi file, and the offense file. The allow criminal intelligence gained in the
name index card file contains criminal investigation to be checked against any
intelligence cross-indexed by subjects, unsolved cases and, perhaps, aid in solving
victims, witnesses, and organizations. The them.
modus operandi file contains criminal When acting on a request for criminal
intelligence on distinct manners of operation intelligence the investigator coordinates
cross-indexed by subjects and cases. And the with the local Freedom of Information Act
offense file contains criminal intelligence officer. The right to obtain information and
indexed by the type of crime committed. the right to refuse to release information are
But a unit’s investigative file system is not limited by regulation and by the Privacy Act
limited to these. Other useful files may and the Freedom of Information Act.
include criminal intelligence indexed by AR 340-17 gives guidance on USACIDC and
unit, location, nicknames, stolen property, or MP law enforcement criminal intelligence
type of vehicles. Criminal intelligence may systems. It exempts some law enforcement
be indexed by any topic which would benefit investigative files from disclosure. These
the investigative needs of a given office. files include source files and investigative
working files.
When an investigation is initiated, the
criminal intelligence files are checked for As a participant in the criminal
information regarding offenders, victims, intelligence process, the investigator must
witnesses, modus operandi, similar offenses, understand and comply with legal and
and, perhaps, even locale. And while regulatory restrictions on collecting,
working on the case, the investigator must maintaining, and releasing information.

CONDUCTING INTERVIEWS AND INTERROGATIONS
Most investigations depend heavily upon Before MPIs can hope to develop
the ability of the investigator to obtain interviewing and interrogating skills, and
criminal intelligence. The solution to many before supervisors can guide their
crimes has been the direct result of leads and subordinates, they must know the
evidence developed through interviews and fundamental techniques of interviews and
interrogations. interrogations. Basic understanding and

FM 19-10 153
INVESTIGATIONS

attitudes must precede the development of Investigators listen to their stories. They
communications skills. check what the people say in relation to the
Interviews and interrogations are an known facts. Then they take the necessary
investigator’s means of obtaining criminal action.
intelligence from or about persons connected Procedures for preparing, planning, and
with an incident. Investigators interview conducting interviews and interrogations
persons who they believe are willing to give are found in FM 19-20.
information about a case. In an interview
they help people give, in their own manner Every investigation involves the
and words, their account of the matter. After gathering of evidence, both physical and
they give their account, the investigator testimonial. The collection and evaluation of
reviews it with them to be clear on key physical evidence is an important part of the
points. Or the investigator asks questions MPI’s job. However, without interpersonal
to have them clearly explain matters not communication, the items of physical
covered before, depending on the elements evidence have little or no practical value. It
of the offense under investigation. is through communication with other
Investigators may have to question a individuals that background data, giving
number of people to get the criminal evidence meaning, are obtained. Therefore,
intelligence needed. They may need to it is important that MPIs become effective
question people who know a victim, a communicators. The military investigators
suspect, or a witness. These people can help will find that a heavy percentage of the work
investigators understand the reasons and load will be directly related to the gathering,
actions of those involved in an incident they evaluating, and recording of criminal
are investigating. These interviews, often intelligence resulting from interviews and
conducted in the office, home, or place of interrogations. The questioning of suspects,
business of the person being interviewed, witnesses, complainants, victims, and
rarely result in an interrogation. informants is the investigative procedure
Investigators interrogate only persons most frequently used by police officers. As a
suspected of having committed or helped result of these activities, the investigative
commit an offense, or persons believed to be supervisor will find that the majority of the
withholding criminal intelligence about an work load will consist of evaluating
offense. In an interrogation investigators interview and interrogation results.
rigorously question persons unwilling to
give the criminal intelligence they are It is essential to the investigative process
seeking. They avoid interrogating anyone that the MPI supervisor ensures that during
who can be successfully interviewed. and immediately following an interview,
MPI personnel strive to evaluate the
Investigators may find that some persons individual interviewed, any criminal
questioned are only “distracters.” They have intelligence obtained, and the investigator’s
no real connection with the crime, but they performance. These evaluation steps must be
seek to present criminal intelligence. They accomplished to ensure that complete and
may be publicity seekers who say they accurate reports are subsequently written.
witnessed the crime. Or they may be For example, the number of false com-
emotionally disturbed persons claiming plaints, especially in cases of sex crimes, is
involvement in the crime. Despite the very high; victims of thefts often exaggerate;
distraction these people create, investigators homosexuals will, at times, name other
should not ignore them. Investigators must homosexuals with whom they have had
make every effort to handle these persons so contact or nonhomosexuals whom they
that neither the investigation nor the dislike for another reason. Eyewitness
reputation of the armed forces suffers. accounts are frequently not reliable, and no

154 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

two witnesses are likely to give the same their investigators and that all necessary
account of an incident. If they do, the criminal intelligence relating to the
investigator should scrutinize the investigation is being obtained. Therefore, it
information carefully and make certain that is important that MPIs and their supervisors
deception has not occurred. The investigator know how to effectively conduct themselves
who is conscientious about improving his or in interview and interrogation situations
her ability to interview persons successfully and how to evaluate the criminal
evaluates performance during and after each intelligence obtained.
interview or interrogation. An evaluation A criminal surprised and apprehended in
should include approach, manner, and the act of committing a crime is sometimes
success of the interview. This procedure is interviewed at the scene while still under
particularly necessary when the investigator considerable emotional strain. Properly
has been successful in obtaining from the handled, this interview may often produce
individual all the criminal intelligence that an admission or confession that will help to
was believed to be available. When a suspect establish the guilt of the criminal and other
confesses and a written statement has been accomplices. These instances, however, are
completed, it can be of great assistance in rare. Normally the interview is conducted at
engaging the suspect in casual conversation the MP investigation section, either in an
and asking him what was said or done that interrogation room or in individual
caused him to confess. Through use of such investigative offices, where the emotional
means, the investigator can improve feelings of guilt have to be cultivated by the
knowledge and techniques each time an investigator using established techniques.
interview is conducted. The proper environment for this type of
Not only does the investigator have an interview is just as essential as the skills of
enormous responsibility, but the investi- the investigator. (Refer to FM 19-20 for
gative supervisor must assure that the complete discussion of interviews and
procedures are being effectively applied by interrogations.)

FM 19-10 155
INVESTIGATIONS

Depending on the situation at the time, If a telephone must be installed in the
many locations are used as appropriate office being used as an interrogation
facilities for interviewing individuals room, the interviewer should arrange for
having knowledge of an incident being incoming calls to be transferred to
investigated. However, when interrogating, another telephone.
the best facility to use is an interrogation Every MP investigation section should
room to ensure that the proper psychological possess at least one interrogation room of
atmosphere exists. The following guidance the type just described. If the section does
should be followed: not possess such an interrogation room,
If any type of recording equipment is individual offices will have to be used until a
employed, the interviewer must follow the facility is constructed. The individual
procedures in FM 19-20. investigator’s offices should conform to the
Desks, tables, and other furniture should guidance just discussed if possible. The most
be located neither where they will impair important factor for the office interrogation
the interviewer’s observation of the room or individual investigator’s office is the
subject, nor where they will constitute a uninterrupted privacy of the facility to
psychological or physical barrier to the ensure that the individual being interviewed
communication between the interviewer will not be distracted and will be able to
and subject. concentrate on the conversation.

PERFORMING SURVEILLANCE AND COVERT OPERATIONS
As investigators develop their special than one surveillant, the notes can be
skills they may be called on to work on a compared for accuracy. Normally,
surveillance or covert operation. surveillance deals with persons. Places and
Surveillances and covert operations are things are watched if they relate to people or
undertaken to learn about a suspect’s missions. Surveillance can provide
activities and relationships. In these information about a person’s activities. It
operations investigators attempt to watch can show where persons under surveillance
suspects or associate with them without go. Or it can show where criminal activity
their becoming aware of police interest. But takes place. It can verify the reliability of a
for the operations to be successful, the source’s information. (FM 19-20 discusses
investigators conducting them must be surveillance operations in detail.)
trained and experienced. And sometimes
they must have special skills. They may COVERT OPERATIONS
even take on entirely different identities. A covert operation is an investigative
There may be total, and in some cases process where the investigators use pretexts
dangerous, involvement of the investigators. and disguises in order to get as close as
Because of this, surveillances and covert possible to suspects, their associates, and
operations are used only if there is no other criminal activity. An important purpose of a
way that will work as well to get needed covert operation is to obtain circumstantial
criminal intelligence. evidence.
SURVEILLANCES While all investigations do not require a
covert operation, a number of investigations
Police surveillance is the systematic depend primarily on investigators operating
observation of persons, places, or things to in a covert status to some degree. An
get criminal intelligence. Surveillant make investigator may be put in a covert status to
notes of actions they see performed by determine if a crime is being planned or has
subjects under surveillance. If there is more been committed, to determine the location of

156 FM 19-10
INVESTIGATIONS

the crime, and to identify persons involved On occasion, it may be advantageous for
in the crime. Probable cause can be the covert investigator to use public
developed by the investigator so that transportation such as buses, trains, taxis,
apprehension warrants and search warrants or subways. However, during most covert
can be obtained when necessary. investigations, the investigator is provided a
The first step in the planning process for a vehicle of some type. The means of
covert operation is to determine if a covert transportation chosen is tailored to the
operation is needed. The needs may be selected cover identity of the investigator as
identified through a number of actions such well as the nature of the operation. The type
as— vehicle chosen will vary according to the
operation.
Criminal intelligence.
Liaison with other agencies. Weapons are carried by a covert
investigator when there is imminent danger
Observations. or if an apprehension might be necessary. If
Crime prevention. an investigator is to carry a weapon, it is a
Statistics. nonstandard issue-type weapon.
Liaison is a must when coordinating a The carrying of any type of illegal weapon,
covert operation. If relationships are bad, it such as a switchblade knife, by a covert
will be difficult to obtain good results from investigator is not authorized without prior
the operation. A covert operation, in most approval. Prior approval must be obtained in
cases, requires coordination with the SJA, writing from appropriate military or civil
federal investigative agencies, and civil authorities or both.
authorities. An investigator must be provided
The number of investigators required for a communication equipment and a point of
covert operation must be determined. A contact. At a minimum, the investigator
covert operation may last for a long period of must be provided a telephone and a 24-hour
time. Therefore, investigators selected must contact point, preferably another
not be scheduled for PCS, TDY, or to go on investigator or supervisor. The investigator
leave. does not go through official channels such as

FM 19-10 157
INVESTIGATIONS

the MP desk sergeant unless it is an the truth. The investigator must never admit
emergency. to the criminal element to being an MP.
An investigator must keep his background Once a background story is presented to
story as close as possible to his actual the criminal element, it is not unusual for the
history. This makes it easier for the criminal element to check out the story. The
investigator to remember the background investigator must ensure that data are
story, and it also prevents mistakes that maintained in offices where the background
might occur. story might be checked.
The investigator must memorize his If apprehended, the investigator must
background story to prevent the story from have specific instructions on what to do. The
changing if questioned by different members investigator never identifies himself as an
of the criminal element. An investigator MP in the apprehension unless there is
must assume that criminals will try to trick reason to believe that he will be hurt by the
him to find out if he is the person he claims authorities. Once at the jail, the investigator
to be. An investigator must always must tell the jailer that he is a covert
anticipate questions that the criminal investigator. The investigator must know of
element might ask. The criminal element a name of a police official, other than the
will ask questions, knowing the correct police chief, whom the jailer might
answers, to see if the investigator is telling recognize.

158 FM 19-10
PART FOUR
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

The Military Police Corps’ role in the carry out Army policy by ensuring that
confinement of US military prisoners is an persons held in Army custody are accorded
integral part of the MP law and order humane care and treatment. The means,
mission. MP confinement operations assist methods, and facilities used to carry out this
in maintaining discipline and unit strength. operation differ with the environment. But
The confinement of soldiers who transgress the MP’s just exercise of custody and control
the laws and regulations of the military helps and their humane treatment of prisoners
commanders ensure that discipline is upheld. remains a constant.
MP are responsible for the confinement of Military police participation in the Army’s
US military prisoners in both wartime and confinement and correctional system—
peacetime environments.
Assists the commander in maintaining
Military police detain, confine, protect, and good order and discipline in the armed
sustain US military prisoners. MP evacuate forces.
prisoners when it is necessary. MP play a
major role in the Army’s correctional system Promotes efficiency and effectiveness in
for US military prisoners. From detention to the military criminal justice establishment.
confinement and correctional treatment, MP Strengthens the national security of the US.

FM 19-10 159
CHAPTER 16
Field Confinement of US Military Prisoners

O n the battlefield MP provide for the CONTENTS
temporary confinement and swift Page
evacuation of US military prisoners. MP OPERATING FIELD DETENTION
confinement operations parallel, but are FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 160
separate from, the MP EPW internment and OPERATING FIELD CONFINEMENT
evacuation system. Members of the US FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 161
armed forces cannot be confined in EXPEDITING DISPOSITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
immediate association with enemy prisoners
of war, civilian internees, detainees, or other finement facilities (FCFs). When the
foreign nationals who are not members of decision is made by the theater army
the US armed forces. commander that prisoners are to be retained
in theater, FDFs may be set up in the combat
On the battlefield MP operate field zone and an FCF may be set up in the
detention facilities (FDFs) and field con- communications zone (COMMZ).

OPERATING FIELD DETENTION FACILITIES
Military police use FDFs in the combat collecting point can best take on
zone. FDFs are temporary facilities set up to responsibility for US prisoners. But military
detain soldiers placed in custody. FDFs are prisoners must be physically separated from
used to hold soldiers in custody only until EPWs. When large numbers exist, an MP
they can be tried and sentenced to team or squad may be given the mission to
confinement and evacuated from the area. set up a detention facility. The PM decides
when a detention facility is needed. The PM
Whenever possible, soldiers awaiting trial plans the detention of US prisoners and
remain in their units. Only when they assigns the mission to the company
present a hazard to the mission, themselves, commander. The company commander tasks
or others are they placed in pretrial an MP element to perform this operation, or
confinement and detained by MP. MP he coordinates the removal of the prisoners
companies assigned to corps and to a corps detention facility. If there are
TAACOMS are responsible for the detention many prisoners in the company’s area of
of US military prisoners in their areas of operations, a confinement team may be
operation. Convicted military prisoners are required to set up a temporary detention
moved when possible to confinement facility in the division area.
facilities outside the area of operations.
Unit commanders are encouraged to use
In the combat zone, US military prisoners unit assets to detain soldiers accused of
are detained in two ways. They may be crimes as long as feasible. But they may
placed under the control of a squad or a team take them to an FDF if this is necessary.
already performing another operation, such Procedures are provided in commanders’
as an EPW collecting point or a TCP. Or they policies for detaining and confining soldiers.
may be placed in a separate, temporary FDF. If it is not feasible for the unit commander to
When small numbers of US prisoners are on retain control, MP will temporarily detain
hand, the squad operating the EPW the prisoners.

160 FM 19-10
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

Either a team or a squad can operate an Corps Officer, who also conducts periodic
FDF, A team operating a detention facility inspections.
may organize so that the team leader Plans for establishing an FDF should
controls the operation and spells the guards, include the following list of equipment and
and the other team members perform guard supplies which represents minimum
duty in alternating 12-hour shifts. When requirements:
operating an FDF, MP sign a receipt for each Barbed wire—roll.
prisoner on DD Form 629 and for the
prisoner’s property on DA Form 4137. Barbed wire—concertina.
Policies and procedures on the care and Fence posts.
treatment of prisoners and the safeguarding Gates and doors.
of the prisoners’ personal effects apply to Floodlights and spotlights, complete with
FDFs to the same extent that they apply to wiring.
other Army confinement facilities. The
physical criteria for housing the facility in Emergency generator.
permanent and temporary structures are Mess equipment and equipment for
basically similar. Maximum use should be cleaning mess gear.
made of existing structures to house Water cans and/or lister bag.
confinement facilities. If a tent is used, it Typewriters.
should not be smaller than the general
purpose medium tent. Field expedient First aid equipment and supplies.
facilities must be approved by the Medical Spare clothing and bedding.

OPERATING FIELD CONFINEMENT FACILITIES

Convicted US military prisoners are an FCF. FCFs are used to hold soldiers in
usually only held for a short time in a theater custody only until they can be evacuated to a
of operations. Then they are evacuated for correctional facility. An FCF can be a
correctional treatment out of theater. temporary, semipermanent, or permanent
However, they can be confined in theater if structure located in the COMMZ. Policies
circumstances warrant. and procedures on the care and treatment of
prisoners and the safeguarding of prisoners’
An FCF is maintained within the theater personal effects apply to FCFs to the same
of operations when the prisoner population extent that they apply to Army confinement
requires it, the distance to CONUS is too facilities in peacetime environments.
great, or the lack of transportation to
evacuate prisoners to CONUS demands it. A Although conditions within an FCF may
separate MP confinement battalion is be austere, military prisoners of the US
assigned to the Personnel Command forces are given the benefit of shelter and
(PERSCOM) to support the theater of sustenance like that provided duty soldiers
operation’s confinement of US military in the area of operations. The MP
prisoners. It provides the theater with confinement battalion commander selects
trained confinement personnel. And it the general location of the confinement
provides a place capable of handling 1,500 facility. The battalion commander must
US military prisoners. ensure the location of an FCF is not adjacent
to the base perimeter, ammunition supply
Military police temporarily confine point, or any other area where the safety of
soldiers in custody in tactical situations in the prisoners is imperiled.

FM 19-10 161
161-016 O–94-11
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

The MP confinement battalion com-
mander is the FCF commander and
maintains command and control of the
facility. Battalion HQ is assigned a number
of MP guard companies to confine, protect,
sustain, and evacuate US military prisoners.
Confinement teams are deployed within the
combat zone for pretrial detention purposes
only as needed.

EXPEDITING DISPOSITION
The command PM seeks to expedite
actions involving military prisoners in
pretrial confinement as well as those who
have been sentenced. Coordination with the
USACIDC field element is undertaken to
prioritize and expedite investigations on
those persons held in pretrial confinement.
And continuing coordination with Corps
Support Command administrative services
elements and transportation elements is
necessary. When possible, prompt action is
taken to ensure sentenced prisoners are
expeditiously evacuated to the rear. Military
prisoners are moved from corps detention
facilities through the COMMZ confinement
facility to confinement and correctional
facilities in CONUS with a minimum of
delay. The confinement facility commander,
if one is required in a COMMZ, coordinates
with the Assistant Chief of Staff,
PERSCOM, to ensure prompt administra-
tive action. Assets of the Transportation
Command must be requested to support
movement of military prisoners from corps
to COMMZ and from COMMZ to CONUS.
Coordination is made with TAACOM
elements to provide subsistence for those
military prisoners kept within a COMMZ for
brief periods. Close and continuous
coordination is maintained between the PM
and the Commander, Medical Command.
This facilitates the security and segregation
of military prisoners undergoing medical
treatment or being evacuated through
medical channels.

162 FM 19-10
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

FM 19-10 163
CHAPTER 17
Installation Confinement and US Army Correctional Facilities

O utside a theater of operations the MP CONTENTS
accomplish the confinement of US military Page
prisoners through their operation of the INSTALLATION CONFINEMENT
Army’s correctional system. The long-range FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 164
goal of the Army correctional system is to US ARMY CONFINEMENT AND
help as many prisoners as possible become CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 166
responsible, productive citizens when correctional treatment, the mission
released to civilian life or returned to emphasis differs at each level. The
military duty. The philosophy of the Army
correctional system is to administer differences in mission emphasis are based
discipline on a corrective rather than a on the length of time prisoners are to be
punitive basis. The services and programs confined and the facilities and services such
employed by the Army correctional system confinement requires.
are designed to prepare prisoners for return The MP mission of confining US military
to civilian life or to military duty, whichever prisoners is accomplished by maintaining
is prescribed by the needs of the Army. This prisoners in custody and under control. MP
philosophy governs all phases of maintain custody of US military prisoners
confinement and correctional treatment. The from the moment of custody to final release.
Army correctional system provides for the The maintenance of custody and control is
differing confinement needs of persons held the basic purpose for which MP operate the
for short, medium, and long periods. It does Army’s confinement and correctional
this by maintaining a three-tiered facilities. Facility personnel achieve and
correctional system. maintain custody and control of prisoners by
At the local level are the installation employing a number of custody and control
confinement facilities (ICFs), which hold measures. Prisoners are subject to custody
pretrial detainees and short-term posttrial and control measures 24 hours a day in all
prisoners. Army ICFs provide limited aspects of their lives in confinement both
services and custodial supervision. On the inside and outside the facility.
second and third levels are the US Army To maintain custody, limits are placed on
Correctional Activity (USACA) and the US prisoners’ freedom of movement. Custody is
Disciplinary Barracks (USDB). Both the maintained within a facility by the presence
USACA and the USDB are full-scale of guards, walls, fences, protective lighting,
correctional facilities. Although the mission alarms, and locking devices. Custody is
at all levels of the Army correctional system maintained outside a facility by the presence
is to confine US prisoners and to provide of guards or supervisors.

INSTALLATION CONFINEMENT FACILITIES
MP operate ICFs to confine pretrial informed of the nature of the offenses for
detainees, posttrial prisoners awaiting which they are being confined. This is done
transfer to another facility, and prisoners at the time the prisoner is confined.
serving short-term. sentences. Accused Individuals are accepted for confinement
prisoners in pretrial confinement are only on receipt of a court-martial order, a

164 FM 19-10
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

valid DD Form 497 (Confinement Order) or a prisoners when they are released from
report of the result of a trial. Specific confinement.
procedures for pretrial restraint and pretrial Installation PMs are responsible for staff
confinement can be found in the MCM Rules supervision of the operation and
for Courts-Martial 304 and 305 and local administration of ICFS. They also are
supplements to AR 27-10. responsible for the custody and control of
prisoners confined in hospitalized-prisoner
The staffs at ICFS provide administrative wards. The installation PM guides and
services, custodial supervision, and limited assists the facility commander and his staff
counseling. Other important ICF functions in training the prisoners and the staff,
include screening prisoners for transfer to implementing emergency plans, and
another facility, processing prisoners whose obtaining people, equipment, and supplies to
adjudged punitive discharge is ordered, and operate the facility. The installation PM also
coordinating with the installation Adjutant is responsible for ensuring that prisoners
General (AG) for the reassignment of receive proper medical care.

FM 19-10 165
CONFINEMENT OF US MILITARY PRISONERS

ICFs are arranged with the primary goal an interservice support agreement (ISA). It
of safely controlling detainees and prisoners. is based on the particular needs of the
Special consideration is given to cells and services in the area the facility serves. The
living quarters, fire protection devices, and rules, regulations, laws, and procedures that
locking devices. ICFs must meet specific apply to the confinement of Army prisoners
requirements for location, site, and the also apply to the confinement of members of
amount of space allotted for confinement the other services. (See FM 19-60 for a
areas in which prisoners are quartered. The complete discussion of ICFs.)
inmate population is segregated into
detainees, enlisted prisoners, and officer When access to an ICF is not available,
prisoners. Each group is further segregated military prisoners may be temporarily
by sex. Workshops and recreation areas are confined in federally approved local, county
constructed in facilities large enough to or city jails or in MP detention cells. For a
accommodate them. All ICFs must meet the detailed discussion of temporary confine-
physical requirements for the confinement of ment of military prisoners, see AR 190-47.
both sexes (see AR 190-47 for details).
In a peacetime environment PMs of
Usually the prisoner capacity of a facility tactical units tenanted on an installation
is based on 1 percent of the troop strength of (refer to FM 19-60 for configuration
the area being served. In some cases, the information/requirements) exercise staff
prisoner population of a facility may be very supervision over confinement facilities that
small, or the size, location, or troop strength are set up by the units in the field. When in
of an installation may not warrant a facility. garrison and when facilities are provided by
Under such circumstances and when the the installation on which the tactical unit is
installation commander so decides, stationed, tactical unit PMs advise their
prisoners of one service may be confined in commanders and staffs on current policies
confinement facilities operated by another and procedures pertaining to prisoners.
service. The services coordinate a local Tactical unit PMs also maintain liaison with
written agreement. The agreement is called the installation PM.

US ARMY CONFINEMENT AND CORRECTIONAL FACILITIES
The US Army operates two “permanent” specialized correctional programs. For more
full-scale correctional facilities. The information on USDB and USACA, see FM
missions and functions of the USACA and 19-60.
the USDB are similar. Both facilities provide
a safe, secure environment in which to Although federal civilian penal institu-
confine prisoners. At both facilities the tions are not a part of the Army correctional
mission emphasis is on correctional system they are sometimes used by the
treatment and educational and vocational military to confine prisoners. Military
training. And both facilities are staffed with prisoners whose disciplinary and
carefully selected, well-qualified adjustment records indicate a need for the
correctional, supervisory, and professional treatment available in a federal penal
personnel. The USDB and USACA provide institution may be so confined. Military
the professional evaluation, counseling, prisoners who are to be confined in a federal
training, custody, and personnel institution are first confined at the USDB.
administration needed to prepare inmates From there they are transferred to the
for return to civilian life or military duty. federal institution. For further guidance on
The USDB, however, because it confines procedures involving federal penal
long-term prisoners, can and does provide institutions, see AR 190-47.

166 FM 19-10
PART FIVE
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Terrorists employ the calculated use of Terrorism can be a means for a nation to
violence or threat of violence to attain project power. Terrorism may be used to
political, religious, or ideological goals. exhaust or deplete another nation’s will or the
Because military personnel and military resources of its armed forces. Terrorism,
police serve as protectors of society, terrorists when used to cause governments to react
consider them to be their adversaries. repressively, can foment feelings of hatred
Terrorists believe successful attacks against toward government leaders and institutions.
military targets show the vulnerability of the The structure of most terrorist groups
established society. They also believe prevents intelligence sources from
successful attacks help show terrorism to be a infiltrating. But it is known that terrorist
means of effective change. Throughout the cadres often carry out orders from higher
world the MP endeavor to ensure that US level leaders. And the groups are often
Army personnel and facilities are perceived maintained by strong political support.
as undesirable targets. Terrorist groups are capable of diverting
Terrorists are extremely dedicated and resources and disrupting the operations of
must not be underrated. They are formidable government agencies using only a few
adversaries. The use of terrorist tactics persons and small amounts of equipment. In
worldwide has increased over the years, and time of war, it is expected that these groups
this upward trend is not expected to abate in will use their skills, resources, and terror
the near future. Terrorists are becoming more tactics to further their objectives.
daring, ruthless, and willing to go to violent The MP role in terrorism counteraction is
extremes to accomplish their goals. clear: prevent when possible, respond and
Terrorists prefer operations that have a high resolve when required. In both peace and war
probability of success and escape. But terrorists MP deter, deny, detect, delay, and respond to
may choose a hardened, well-defended target, terrorist attacks. On the battlefield MP help
especially if success is likely and if they protect units and facilities against the Level I
can justify the end result as worth the risk. threat of spies, saboteurs, terrorists, and
Terrorist groups have active cadres who enemy forces as part of their area security
train other terrorists. These trainers mission. (See FM 19-4 for details on MP
emphasize tactics that have been proven terrorism counteraction on the battlefield.)
successful. Terrorists reconnoiter and In peacetime MP help protect personnel,
maintain extensive surveillance to gather equipment, and facilities against spies,
detailed intelligence. They plan and rehearse saboteurs, and terrorists as part of their law
their attacks. The trainers teach measures to and order mission. Terrorism always entails
counter response actions and innovations. criminal activity. Terrorist goals are
And as governments take action to counter achieved through intimidation, coercion, and
terrorism, terrorist organizations often alter instilling fear. Terrorist groups often hold
their tactics. hostages or undertake kidnappings to obtain
The many existing terrorist organizations material or political demands. Common
constitute a threat for both peacetime and terrorist tactics include bombings, hijack-
wartime. The probability of terrorism and ings, arson, and ambush. MP undertake
other acts of sabotage and subversion is peacetime terrorism counteraction to help
heightened during periods of hostilities. suppress crime and maintain order.

FM 19-10 167
CHAPTER 18
Planning Terrorism Counteraction

CONTENTS
A t Army installations worldwide, Page
terrorism counteraction is being planned, ANTITERRORISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
practiced, assessed, updated, and carried out. Collecting Intelligence and
Ideally, the total Army community helps Analyzing Vulnerabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 168
develop and implement installation plans for Taking Preventive Measures . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
terrorism counteraction. And MP are COUNTERTERRORISM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
involved extensively. MP help develop and Lead-Agency Concept . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
they can help implement both the Response Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 172
antiterrorism and the counterterrorism Response Operations Within
components of terrorism counteraction. Host Nations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173

ANTITERRORISM
Antiterrorism measures are developed to Reviews antiterrorism programs to ensure
reduce vulnerability to terrorist attack. They OPSEC programs and the like developed
are used to prevent or to defend against by other agencies on the installation
terrorist acts. Antiterrorism measures are complement those developed by the PM
used to defend US personnel, equipment, and office.
facilities. They may be used to defend allied Participates in developing memorandums
personnel and facilities, but such use must be of understanding with federal, state, and
specifically requested and approved. MP local law enforcement agencies.
antiterrorism measures include collecting
intelligence, analyzing vulnerabilities, and
taking preventive measures. And MP are COLLECTING INTELLIGENCE AND
active in installation antiterrorism planning. ANALYZING VULNERABILITIES
The PM, his representative, or his staff– Obtaining intelligence and analyzing
Participates in the development and vulnerabilities are prerequisites to planning
periodic update of the installation’s Threat preventive measures. A well-planned,
Assessment. systematic, all-source intelligence program is
Develops the installation’s physical essential to knowing the threat. The role of
security plan and crime prevention plan. intelligence is to identify and quantify the
threat. It also provides a timely evaluation of
Conducts appropriate inspections, terrorist capabilities, tactics, and targets. As
surveys, and vulnerability assessments. knowledge is gained, a threat assessment can
Participates in the overall assessment of begin. All available information is examined
installation vulnerabilities. to develop intelligence indicators of future
Coordinates with USACIDC for personal terrorist activities. Analyzing the threat is an
security vulnerability analysis of high-risk essential step in preventing or reducing
personnel. vulnerability to terrorist acts.
Participates in designating mission Intelligence activities in terrorism
essential vulnerable areas (MEVA) and counteraction are a team effort. Many federal
the orientation of planned protection for agencies are actively involved in countering
these areas. terrorism. These agencies provide technical

168 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

support and evaluation. And they share composite. This permits a commander to see
information. And controlled liaison with what is happening or is about to happen and
civilian and HN police and intelligence to plan accordingly.
agencies is essential. Exchanging Coordination of information among MP
information prevents duplication of effort units, USACIDC area offices, military
and reduces the likelihood of compromising intelligence units, and civilian police
ongoing intelligence collection efforts. agencies is active. In the US, MP and
US Army Intelligence and Security USACIDC field offices exchange infor-
Command (INSCOM) is the lead Army mation and intelligence with installation
agency for Army, foreign, and counter- security and INSCOM elements. Outside the
intelligence activities against terrorism. US, liaison is conducted by MP, USACIDC,
INSCOM coordinates with appropriate US and INSCOM elements with HN and allied
and HN agencies when initiating any law enforcement and intelligence agencies.
intelligence activity. It also provides overall Liaison is conducted in accordance with
direction and coordination for the Army SOFAs. Regardless of locale, any
counterintelligence effort. Local INSCOM information and intelligence exchange
offices provide area coverage at all levels of includes briefing the local commander. And
command. The Intelligence and Threat wherever located, MP elements, in
Analysis Center (ITAC) is an agency of coordination with military intelligence
INSCOM. It disseminates specific threat elements, investigate and report illegal
warnings to applicable commands and terrorist acts against the US Army. They also
activities. Periodic regional threat packets conduct liaison with civilian police agencies
are provided to supported commands and as required.
activities. On request, ITAC provides current
intelligence data on terrorist groups and TAKING PREVENTIVE MEASURES
individuals.
Properly planned preventive measures,
The MP serve as a major source of when resourced and employed, reduce
information in support of terrorism vulnerability to terrorist attack. Vul-
counteraction. Terrorists violate the law nerability assessments identify existing or
when they commit terrorist acts. MP agencies potential conditions conducive to terrorist or
maintain information on known criminal criminal activity. Physical security surveys
incidents within their jurisdiction. (See and inspections, crime prevention surveys,
section on criminal intelligence earlier in personal security surveys for high-risk
text.) This information is of vital interest to personnel, the installation vulnerability
intelligence efforts. MP activities and determination system, and OPSEC surveys
USACIDC units collect and evaluate are among the tools available to installation
criminal intelligence. Local units and higher commanders/staff personnel. They are used
headquarters coordinate the development to determine the vulnerability of installation
and dissemination of information. personnel, equipment, and facilities to
USACIDC disseminates terrorist-related terrorist attack or criminal activity.
information to installation and activity
commanders within the affected area and to The Army’s programs for OPSEC,
INSCOM. personnel protection, and physical security
Successful efforts to counter terrorism are all excellent means for reducing
depend on successfully providing com- vulnerability. Each helps to protect
manders timely, user-specific information of operations, activities, installations, and
the terrorist threat. Integrating information resources from hostile exploitation. But
provided by civilian, military, and maximum benefit from these measures is
governmental agencies produces a gained when all of these programs are

FM 19-10 169
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

implemented in concert. Each of the specially trained personnel. (See the chapter
programs seeks to reduce installation on protective services.) And it includes
vulnerability to criminal or hostile acts. Each protective measures to be taken by the high-
of the programs focuses on a different level of risk persons themselves. These latter
vulnerability or type of risk. Thus the measures help persons decrease their
programs can complement each other. When vulnerability to terrorist attack. Such
all of the programs, goals, objectives, and measures reduce the likelihood of terrorist
requirements are integrated, a synergistic success. And they act as deterrents to
prevention effect is realized. This is the key to terrorist activity.
a strong prevention program. The effect of
the total interaction is far greater than would Physical security measures also protect
be expected of the sum of the parts. and safeguard personnel from terrorist acts.
Physical security programs mesh human
OPSEC denies adversaries information resources and mechanical systems to
about friendly military operations. This prevent unauthorized access to equipment,
denies terrorists information about potential facilities, materiel, and documents. Program
targets. Terrorists select targets that offer the managers plan and evaluate courses of
most opportunity for success. Information action that improve physical security of
passed unknowingly by military personnel quarters, offices, and installation facilities.
and family members is used by terrorists in Physical security programs help deter or
their planning efforts. OPSEC reduces the reduce the chances for successful terrorist
availability of this information. OPSEC attacks. They complement other installation
procedures— programs like crime prevention and OPSEC.
Protect itineraries, travel plans, and (See FM 19-30 for specific measures. See
personnel rosters. AR 500-50 and FM 19-15 for policy and
guidance for the control of terrorist acts in
Eliminate established patterns. civil disturbances.)
Protect building and facility plans,
billeting assignments, and VIP guest lists. Some antiterrorist measures are active
Ensure discussion of classified or sensitive defense measures. Aggressive counter-
information only on National Security surveillance is fundamental to countering
Agency approved, cryptographically terrorism. Persons, and certainly high-risk
secured telephone or radio circuits; for persons, and installation security forces
example, automatic secure voice must be trained to be aware that
communications system. surveillance is possible. They must
understand the need to counter it. They must
Protect personal or family information become able to detect and report it. And
from nonacquaintances. countersurveillance measures and
Coordinate physical security measures to equipment must be available to them. When
protect personnel and prevent gate personnel are equipped with cameras
unauthorized access to equipment, they become a more effective counter-
facilities, materiel, and documents. measure. They can photograph persons or
vehicles suspected of surveilling an
Personnel protection measures help to installation.
protect personnel from criminal and terrorist
acts. Personnel protection programs provide High-visibility deterrent measures can
protective measures. They also create a convince terrorists they will be unable to
threat awareness in people, especially those accomplish their “attack sequence” of
considered high-risk potential targets. surveil, plan, execute, escape. Highly visible
Personnel protection includes protective security forces and aggressive measures can
services provided to high-risk persons by convince terrorists that the security of an

170 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

installation is too effective for them to Providing a high level of security at all
succeed. If terrorists believe they cannot times is costly. Using a random application
succeed, they are not as likely to attack. But of measures and procedures reduces costs.
sometimes a deterrent does not reduce the At the same time, it reduces the
likelihood of attack. Instead, it may only attractiveness of the target. Terrorists
cause the terrorists to change their methods generally want to avoid the unexpected.
or their target. And terrorists deterred from Unpredictable coverage patterns can be
their well-defended primary target may used for guard and security patrols. On a
decide to attack a more lightly defended larger scale, varying an installation’s
target. Use of high-visibility measures operating schedule may be useful. Even just
requires a frequent reassessment of total varying the time, day, and locale of staff
target vulnerability. meetings can be useful.

COUNTERTERRORISM
Counterterrorism measures are under- Develop the special threat plan. The plan
taken to resolve terrorist incidents. Army should include contingency plans to
policy stresses deterrence of terrorist control installation access, response to
incidents through preventive measures. hostage barricade situations, response to
However, when a terrorist incident occurs, bombings, response to arson, and the like.
military resources respond to gain control of Establish and train an SRT.
the incident quickly. MP or security patrols Train selected personnel in protective
on duty at the time of a terrorist incident are services operations as required.
the initial response force. And the PM, his
designated representative, or his staff Serve as a member of the installation’s
should, as a minimum— crisis management team (CMT).
Provide input to the development of the Serve as commander of the installation’s
installation’s crisis management plan. threat management force (TMF).

FM 19-10 171
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

LEAD-AGENCY CONCEPT EOC controls or assists in directing the
The US government terrorism military response and coordinates with
counteraction policies are characterized by higher, lower, and adjacent military
the lead-agency concept. Terrorist acts that headquarters and organizations. The CMT
occur within the US are managed by the is composed of selected representatives from
Department of Justice (DOJ). So are acts the installation staff. It is formed to assist
within the District of Columbia, the the commander in controlling the incident.
Commonwealth of Puerto Rico, and US The CMT provides advice to the commander
possessions and territories. The lead agency and the TMF through the EOC. The TMF is
for the operational response to a domestic the tactical element of the EOC. The TMF
terrorist incident is the FBI. The Federal commander has operational control of all
Aviation Administration is the lead agency installation military forces at the incident
for actions affecting the safety of persons site. (See the chapter on special reaction
aboard aircraft in flight. (“In flight” is teams for further discussion.)
defined as that period of time beginning the
moment all outside aircraft doors are closed
after embarkation. It lasts until the moment RESPONSE OPERATIONS
when one such door is opened for Counterterrorist response operations on
disembarkation.) military installations within the US and its
The lead agency for terrorism against US territories and possessions are characterized
personnel and facilities not within the US or by three phases. The occurrence itself
its possessions and territories and for the institutes the first phase.
foreign relations aspects of domestic MP respond to isolate, contain, and
terrorism is the Department of State. HNs evaluate the incident. MP—
have responsibilities in accordance with
international law and applicable SOFAs. Provide the initial patrol response.
Coordination between the US and HN
governments is accomplished by the Determine the scope of the incident.
Department of State. Determine the motives of perpetrators.
Military personnel support the lead MP provide the initial report to the PM. If
agencies in accord with federal laws or the incident requires it, MP direct
memorandums of agreement. Command and inner/outer perimeter forces and implement
control of military forces for counterterrorist the special threat plan. If the incident is
operations resides with the DOD. Army declared to be a possible terrorist act, the
regulations require that procedures, installation terrorist threat response
guidance, and policies for the protection of contingency plan is implemented. In such a
US resources be established for all Army case the FBI, the Army Operations Center,
installations or activities. Such contingency and higher headquarters are notified
plans must contain specifics for terrorism immediately.
counteraction.
Phase II begins with the commitment of
The installation commander is responsible FBI or military forces from outside the
for command and control of installation installation. (Requests by an installation
resources during a terrorist incident. commander for additional military forces
Command and control actions, however, are are coordinated through DA channels if the
typically planned, coordinated, and directed FBI has not assumed jurisdiction.) The FBI
by the emergency operations center (EOC). has primary jurisdiction for domestic
This center is activated immediately when terrorism. It assumes jurisdiction if the
terrorist/special threat incidents occur. The incident is of significant federal interest.

172 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Installation personnel continue under the local military intelligence elements who, in
direct control of the military even when the turn, forward them to ITAC.
FBI assumes jurisdiction. The military
provides support to the FBI based on RESPONSE OPERATIONS WITHIN
provisions of the DOD and DOJ HOST NATIONS
Memorandum of Understanding. When the In response operations outside the US and
FBI assumes jurisdiction of the incident, its territories and possessions the basic
military personnel continue to support the responsibility lies with the HN. SOFAs,
FBI as needed. Command and control of however, may grant the right (not the
military personnel remains with the responsibility) to US forces to do whatever is
military. necessary to maintain order and security on
The commitment of additional military the installation. US procedures for
forces by the National Command Authority responding to terrorist incidents on the
to resolve the terrorist incident initiates installation are established according to US
phase III. If the FBI has jurisdiction of the and HN law and SOFAs and in coordination
incident, requests for these additional with HN governmental agencies.
resources are accomplished through DOJ The military response on installations
channels in accordance with the outside the US might consist of an initial
Memorandum of Understanding between response by installation law enforcement,
the DOD and DOJ. If military forces are other military resources, and HN law
committed, the secretary of defense directs enforcement agencies. The installation
military operations according to law commander is responsible for the initial
enforcement policies determined by the response to a terrorist incident. Notification
attorney general. If the installation of the incident is made in accordance with
commander retains jurisdiction (no FBI applicable SOFAs and Army regulations. As
involvement), requests for additional a minimum, higher headquarters, the HN,
military forces are accomplished through and the Department of State (country team)
DA channels. are notified. Phase II starts when US
Upon termination of the incident, certain military forces from elsewhere in the country
key military personnel, if requested by the are brought in or HN forces are committed.
FBI, remain at the site to protect the Phase III starts when the HN commits
integrity of the investigative process. specially trained counterterrorist forces.
USACIDC special agents, in conjunction Augmentation by US forces from outside the
with the FBI, collect and process evidence country requires HN consent. Coordination
for possible criminal prosecution. between the US and HN governments is
Investigation results are coordinated with provided by the Department of State.

FM 19-10 173
CHAPTER 19
Protective Services

The structure of the American democratic CONTENTS
society depends on the intimate association Page
of the people with their chosen leaders. But US ARMY PROTECTIVE SERVICES . . . . . . . 174
the dissidents and the disaffected of either PROTECTIVE SERVICES DETAILS . . . . . . . . 175
extreme, left or right, attempt to isolate public
figures from the people. In the face of impeded Employment of Weapons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
Carry and Use of Firearms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
movement or attempts to embarrass, kidnap,
or even assassinate them, many leaders have PROTECTIVE SERVICES PRINCIPLES . . . 178
courageously continued to meet and PROTECTIVE SERVICES DEFENSE
communicate with the public. They do this FUNDAMENTALS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
despite demonstrations, threats of violence, PROTECTIVE SERVICES OPERATIONS . 180
and assaults. Such violent incidents generate Low-Profile Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
widespread fear. They endanger life. And Low-intensity Conflict Operations. . . . . . . . 180
they interfere with the conduct of business Preparation and Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
and diplomatic relations. The rights of public Execution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
and private officials must not be violated: Review . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Leaders must be able to communicate with PROTECTIVE SERVICES DETAIL
the people. Leaders must be able to function RESPONSIBILITIES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
freely and safely. One means of preventing or Principal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
reducing exposure to violence and of Detail Leader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 184
increasing personal safety is through the Personal Security Officer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Shift Leader . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
provision of “protective services.” Advance Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 186
Residence Watch and Baggage
US ARMY Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
Protective Team . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
PROTECTIVE SERVICES Other Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
PROTECTION ON FOOT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
US Army commanders are responsible for PROTECTION ON-SITE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
protecting dignitaries and other high-risk
individuals in the commanders’ areas of PROTECTION DURING TRAVEL. . . . . . . . . . 189
responsibility. Commanders must be able to
provide professional, personal protection One of a commander’s principal resources
commensurate with the threat. The
vulnerability of visiting dignitaries, to counter the possible danger to an
designated high-risk persons or their individual is the presence of a protective
families, and other persons needing personal services (PS) detail. A PS detail may be
protection must be offset. When threat composed of USACIDC, MP, or other law
condition; grade, position, or location of a enforcement personnel. The detail provides
person; or special conditions presenting a an “enhanced response” to developed threats
danger to an individual create a need for against persons within the commander’s
protective services, resources must be area of responsibility. Usually, the PM is
available. And they must be committed in a responsible for organizing, training,
graduated response to provide sufficient equipping, and maintaining the PS detail.
personal protection to counter potential Some installations may require a PS detail
adverse action. on a full-time basis. But a permanent detail is

174 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

likely to be the exception rather than the rule. Activity, USACIDC. But if commitments and
Most installations only require protective availability of resources permit, field
services on a part-time basis. And in some elements may be called upon for advice or
instances, such as when the secretary of planning assistance.
defense visits an area of military
responsibility, a local commander may only Protective services other than those
be requested to support the PS detail that required of USACIDC remain the
accompanies the visiting dignitary. But all responsibility of the installation or area
US Army installations should have commander in whose area a dignitary resides
identified and trained personnel available for or is visiting. The commander of a
protective services when they are needed. geographical area is responsible for the
safety and security of all dignitaries and
Specific missions and responsibilities are high-risk personnel traveling through his
set by the nature of the circumstances. US area. (See AR 190-10.) Traditionally, the
Army conduct of a PS mission is limited, in installation PM is tasked by the commander
part, by HN responsibilities, Department of to provide security for the dignitary. The PM
the Treasury and Department of State tasks his MP investigators to provide
authority, legal and political restrictions, and personal security for the designated persons.
appropriate regulations. Specific response The MPIs, in turn, are usually augmented by
capabilities are limited by the threat, by other MP. MP conducting protective services
availability of resources such as personnel normally report to the PM who, in turn,
and equipment, and by training time. reports to the installation commander.
Sometimes protective services are limited by The commander controls the resources
the personal desires of commanders and used for protective services within areas of
protectees. his military jurisdiction. Funding for
PS operations in the Army are divided into protective services is the responsibility of the
two categories: those conducted by commander who directs his personnel and
USACIDC and those conducted by MP commits his assets to such a mission. The
assigned to a local PM office. Joint Travel Regulation provides funds for
persons engaged in protective services in a
Headquarters, USACIDC (in accord with temporary duty status. For expenses incurred
AR 1-4, AR 10-23, and AR 190-10) provides by PM personnel or USACIDC special agents
security for particular persons designated by providing protective services, AR 195-4
higher authority. The chain of command for permits advance funds to cover anticipated
most USACIDC agents conducting PS expenses or allows recovery of personal funds
remains within USACIDC. USACIDC field expended during the mission. Coordination
elements conduct PS operations only with with the local USACIDC element is required
permission of the Commanding General, of the PM prior to the obligation or
USACIDC, or the Chief, Protective Services expenditure of .0015 funds by PM personnel.

PROTECTIVE SERVICES DETAILS
In a PS operation the main participants are Individual members of a PS detail may be
the person being protected, known as the involved in more than one element during a
principal, and the PS detail. The PS detail particular operation.
has a detail leader (DL), a personal security Personnel being considered for PS
officer (PSO), an advance team, a protective assignments should be in excellent mental
team, a residence watch, a baggage team, and and physical condition. They should conform
such other security teams as may be required. to established Army height and weight

FM 19-10 175
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

standards as prescribed in AR 600-9. They these individuals. But once personnel are
must be reliable, presentable in appearance, identified as part-time or full-time PS
intelligent, and articulate. They must qualify personnel, it is recommended that they train
as expert on assigned weapons. A knowledge as a team to refine their individual skills and
of police unarmed self-defense tactics is coordinate teamwork.
desirable. Knowledge of the principal’s
language, if foreign, is desirable but not EMPLOYMENT OF WEAPONS
essential; interpreters or translators are Of primary importance for a PS detail is the
usually provided by the host. The candidate anticipated use of weapons. The employment
must be aware of the inherent dangers and of weapons is made with the following
adversities of the assignment. He or she must considerations in mind:
be willing to sacrifice personal safety to Availability of weapons.
protect a principal at the risk of serious Threat analysis.
personal injury or even death.
Location of the mission.
Members of details must be thoroughly Desires of the chain of command.
familiar with protocol requirements,
personality information, and itineraries. And The employment of weapons must be
they must be fully briefed on all aspects of the consistent with established Army policy and
mission. They must be able to act quickly and with local and foreign laws. PS personnel
appropriately in an emergency situation. armed with automatic weapons must have
And they must be completely experienced in successfully qualified with these weapons.
all aspects of PS operations. Supervisors must ensure that firearms
training is well documented and made a
When adverse action is directed against a matter of permanent record.
principal, it is the smooth, professional, and
organized actions of the PS detail that will CARRY AND USE OF FIREARMS
most effectively counter the threat. Security PS personnel are armed with a US Army
personnel must be trained so well that in an sidearm. When required by the mission, they
emergency, despite the excitement and have access to riot shotguns, rifles, or
emotion involved, they will instinctively act automatic weapons. Riot agent grenades or
correctly. Security personnel must be dispensers are carried and protective masks
proficient in special techniques. They must be are available for members of the official
able to protect the principal when he is party and security personnel when threat
walking or traveling by motor vehicle, train, conditions warrant.
aircraft, or boat. They must be able to protect
the principal when participating at public USACIDC agents are authorized to carry
assemblies. concealed weapons in the performance of
Although difficult, and in some cases their official PS and investigative duties in
impossible, PS details should ideally train accordance with AR 190-14. MP assigned to
together, much as special reaction teams and PS details carry their assigned firearm
other small Army units do. Protection during the performance of their official
demands teamwork. A PS detail functions as duties by authorization under AR 190-14.
a unit. Each person on the detail must be fully They must have a DA Form 2818 (Firearms
aware of his responsibilities and reactions as Authorization) in their possession. MP who
well as what he can expect from his detail are authorized to carry concealed firearms in
members. Currently, most PS training is not the performance of official duties have a
geared to team training. It is difficult for each great moral responsibility to themselves, the
Army agency to release five to seven people at principal, and the US Army.
a time, because there are many other PS personnel may be authorized to carry
commitments that are also being met by concealed firearms outside the US. But they

176 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

must have prior approval from the country The response to firearms presented
to be visited. Approval may be obtained against a principal does not include
through the US embassy or through official members of the protective team returning
agencies of the host country. But the fire. The return fire may cause death or
approval may be revoked at any time by the grievous injury to innocent bystanders. PS
host country. personnel maintain a defensive posture and
After permission has been obtained from evacuate the principal from the “kill zone.”
local authorities, PS members may have to There are situations when the immediate
arrange to obtain their weapons from local use of firearms is the proper response. This
US agencies in the host country. Or they would occur in extreme circumstances. If the
may have to have the weapons delivered to principal’s vehicle is disabled in a kill zone
them aboard the principal’s official aircraft. of an ambush, return fire is appropriate. If
If permission to carry weapons is not organized attack occurs by multiple
granted, guidance must be obtained from the assailants, return fire is appropriate.
local commander.
Aboard aircraft the weapon must be Supervisors coordinate weapons employ-
carried concealed or locked in a briefcase ment with participating law enforcement
retained by the individual. Personnel agencies when PS missions involve
carrying a concealed weapon aboard an interoperability with other agencies. They
aircraft must notify appropriate airline ensure full understanding of the guidelines
officials of the presence of the weapon before for weapons deployment and use.
boarding. Federal law enforcement officers Although no definitive rules of engage-
are exempt under 49 USC 1472(1) from ment exist, it is generally agreed that any
surrendering the weapon to the airline defensive actions taken by members of the
representative. However, final authority protective team are undertaken for
rests with the commander of the aircraft. protective reasons or in self-defense rather
Upon request, personnel must give up than for law enforcement. In making this
control of the weapon to the aircraft determination, one should consider if the
commander. Usually when escorting a subject constitutes a present or a continuing
principal aboard an aircraft, the weapon is threat to the principal. Or circumstances
not surrendered; however, exceptions to such may indicate that the subject might repeat
policies are governed by the circumstances the unlawful act that is considered to be a
of the mission. The weapon may be threat to the principal. When restraining the
transported in locked luggage stowed in the subject, only that force necessary to
baggage compartment of the aircraft in accomplish restraint is used. The incident is
accordance with AR 190-14. The weapon then immediately reported to the appropriate
must be unloaded. federal, state, or local police or foreign
authorities. And the subject is remanded to
When it is necessary to carry firearms their custody. The action taken by the
aboard a military aircraft, prior coordi- protective team must be shown to have been
nation must be made with the appropriate necessary under an emergency situation.
flight commander, the operations officer, or The restraint used must have been minimal.
the pilot in command of the aircraft. And the restraint must have been only to the
PS detail members must be familiar with extent needed to deliver the subject to the
AR 190-28, which governs their use of custody of civil authorities. The action taken
firearms. All weapons must be used in must have been in self-defense or to protect
accordance with this regulation and its the principal. And the protective team must
supplements; local, federal, and foreign have acted properly in fulfilling their official
laws; and the mature judgment of PS responsibilities and statutory duties as
personnel. officers of the federal government.

FM 19-10 177
161-016O-94-12
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

PROTECTIVE SERVICES PRINCIPLES
The goal of a PS mission is to protect the all security arrangements before the arrival
principal from all hazards. This includes of the principal at each location being
hazards caused by personal design, accident, visited. For some missions, advance work is
or negligence. But absolute protection is extensive and complex, while other missions
never possible. Thus the objective of a PS may require less. The extent of the work
detail must be to operate in a manner that depends on the threat, the availability of
minimizes the likelihood of an attack and its resources and manpower, and the personal
chances of success. desires of the principal or the local
The “deterrence factor” offered by the commander.
presence of a PS team is invaluable. If the As far as possible, protective personnel
protective force is alert and firm in should adapt themselves to the convenience
dispatching its responsibilities, the apparent of the principal. They should avoid
control will be evident. Voluntary interfering with the principal’s official or
cooperation on the part of the public usually private functions. The protection must not
follows. The acquired atmosphere of unnecessarily interfere with the principal’s
command frequently prevents the need for freedom of action. His privacy must always
further action. Sometimes ostentatious be respected. And every effort must be made
display of protective equipment and not to embarrass him or interfere with his
personnel is needed under some activities. Protective measures and
circumstances, such as in a combat zone or a personnel should always be as unobtrusive
hostile fire zone, to bolster the deterrent as circumstances permit.
factor. The resources used to protect the principal
Every element of protection must be depend on the duration of the principal’s
thoroughly planned in advance. Every actor travels. They also depend on the kind of
movement of the principal and the protective public exposure desired by the principal or
detail must be scrutinized to ensure required by circumstances. The modes of
maximum security. All personnel must be transportation used, the locations visited,
well briefed on emergency procedures. They and the ideologies of the population with
must be able to react instantly and correctly. which the principal will have contact also
Good preventive measures may save the life influence resource use. So too does the
of the protector as well as the person analysis of inherent threats obtained during
protected. advance threat information collection.
Support of local police is important. They
Planning is critical to success. Every may be integrated into the security in depth,
phase of a protective mission must be and they can provide valuable threat
carefully planned. The possibility of information.
unexpected changes requires flexibility in
planning such missions. Alternate and Release of personal information about the
contingency plans should be prepared. They principal and other members of his party is
should cover such circumstances as closely controlled. Certain details of the
inclement weather, possible threats, or any itinerary and the security procedures to be
other actions that may affect the security of employed are also closely controlled.
the principal. Coordination with the host Security personnel do not discuss or release
agency as well as other persons involved in this information to other than authorized
the visit is essential. persons. Particular care is taken with regard
to representatives of the press. Release of
In all cases, advance work is the key to information can adversely affect the
success. Advance work is the coordination of integrity of the mission. Current guidelines

178 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

stress that the itinerary of a general officer is Sports jackets and slacks of conservative cut
at least marked “FOR OFFICIAL USE and color may be appropriate for informal
ONLY.” It may be upgraded when needed. occasions. Formal wear, such as a tuxedo,
may be required for the PSO and some
Generally, PS personnel wear clothing like members of the team. Sometimes specialized
that worn by the principal. Conservative clothing like swimsuits or ski clothing is
business suits are appropriate when needed. If not available, these items may be
escorting a principal wearing a class A rented or purchased, when specifically
uniform. Unconventional styles or colors authorized. Standard equipment for a PS
should not be worn during PS missions. mission is listed in Appendix D.

PROTECTIVE SERVICES DEFENSE FUNDAMENTALS
The Army concept of personal security is space above, below, and on all sides of the
based on the principle of “defense in depth.” principal. Movement control within these
Coordination and flexibility are the cordons is normally established by an
watchwords to organizing a defense in identification system. The system may use
depth. A series of protective cordons is personal recognition, passes, badges, or even
established around the principal. The unobtrusive lapel pins.
cordons are designed to prevent an attack or The inner cordon should be manned by the
absorb its shock to such an extent that the PSO and protective team members. This
results will not be tragic. They control the includes the shift leader on larger PS details.

FM 19-10 179
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

These people are those who have been These cordons are fluid in nature and must
school-trained and are experienced enough be flexible to adjust to the situation at hand.
to occupy the positions of PSO and shift There are no defined areas for these cordons
leader. with regard to distance from one to the other.
The distance between cordons is established
The middle cordon should be manned by on a case-by-case basis. It is based on the
USACIDC or MP personnel who have PS threat, location, crowd, personality of the
training offered in basic USACIDC and MPI principal, and desires of the chain of
courses and by local law enforcement command. The PSO or the DL will adjust the
personnel. cordons to fit the situation.
The outer cordon should be manned by MP Sometimes, particularly overseas where
and local law enforcement personnel. This there is shared responsibility between the
cordon comprises surveillance posts, such as US and the host nation governments,
observation posts, listening posts, sniper changes to the positions in these cordons are
positions, static posts, and response teams. made.

PROTECTIVE SERVICES OPERATIONS
The axiom “know the enemy” is basic to Sometimes a principal desires a low-key
successful PS operations. PS details must security operation.
vary the kind and degree of protection
accorded the principal to suit the kind and LOW-INTENSITY
degree of danger presented by the threat.
CONFLICT OPERATIONS
LOW-PROFILE OPERATIONS More and more US military personnel are
Sometimes it may be advantageous to being called upon to provide protective ser-
modify classic PS procedures to reduce the vices in areas in which circumstances
notice paid to the principal and his need for approach combat conditions. Such low-
protection. At these times a detail under- intensity conflict (LIC) situations require
takes a “low-profile” operation. A low-profile changes in the appearance of PS operations.
operation employs only the protective A change may be only the implementing of a
measures that do not draw unnecessary dress code. Or it may mean an upgrading of
attention to the principal. Such operations weapon systems and the understanding of
do not necessarily lessen manpower rules of engagement with ostensibly hostile
commitments, nor are they less costly. The personnel.
protective coverage becomes more discreet, In areas outside the US, it is imperative
involves considerable planning and that coordination be made with the US
ingenuity, and generally is more difficult to Embassy as well as the major military
conduct than a high-profile operation. Often command responsible for the area.
the middle and outer cordons of protection Diplomatic as well as military rules and
are strengthened, allowing the inner cordon guidelines differ with the locale. PS
to be less obtrusive. personnel planning to travel to an LIC area
Low-profile operations do not provide must know the ground rules before entering
much visible protection close to the the area.
principal. This differs from a high-profile The overriding concern in an LIC area is
operation. Keeping a low profile may be, the need to conform to the tactical rules
however, the best course of action. governing travel into the area. The “how to”
Sometimes the political situation requires it. perform protective services does not change.

180 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Advance work is still required. Threat will be assigned to him upon his arrival at
analysis is done and updated. Itineraries the receiving commander’s area of
must be prepared and safeguarded. Routes responsibility. This information can be
must be examined and safe havens transmitted from PM to PM, or from PM to
identified. Plans for evacuation must be aide-de-camp or executive officer by
considered. And special attention must be telephone or by message.
given to the potential for injuries and the The second stage of planning requires an
ever-present possibility of capture. on-site survey by the advance security team
The major concern of PS personnel in an LIC of all areas to be visited by the principal. The
area is to carry out the mission in accord with itinerary for the proposed visit should be
established policies of the US government. obtained from the principal’s office or the
host agency as soon as it is prepared. It
should be reviewed to determine if sufficient
PREPARATION AND PLANNING information has been furnished to permit
advance security arrangements to be made.
When notified of an impending mission, a
chronological events journal is started. It is A threat collection effort should begin as soon
used to record all information about the as practical after receipt of the itinerary. This is
mission. And it is used to retain all normally accomplished by coordinating with
information produced as a result of the the US Secret Service, FBI, State Department,
mission. The journal is considered to be an USACIDC, military intelligence, and other
official document. It serves to record actions local, federal and foreign law enforcement or
by the PS detail. It helps in preparing the intelligence-gathering agencies. Efforts to
after-action report. And it may be acceptable identify possible threats to the principal at all
for presentation to a board of inquiry if an locations to be visited will be undertaken by
incident occurs adversely affecting the these agencies. Should information considered
security of the principal. prejudicial to the safety of the principal be
The planning of the mission is done in two developed, the developing agency will notify the
stages. The results of preliminary mission DL of the PS detail. Frequent contact
with intelligence-gathering agencies should be
information received with the notice of the maintained throughout the mission to ensure a
mission become the basis for a written current threat analysis.
personal security plan. This plan is the
documentation that gives authority for the EXECUTION
mission. It serves as a basis to fix
responsibilities. It allows the measuring of This portion of the mission commences
resources against tasks to be performed. And with the implementation of all prior
it provides a standardized format for planning. Often the information developed
conveying information and instructions. by the advance team is used in preparing the
The mission DL is responsible for preparing operations annex to the security plan.
the security plan. The plan is given to all Execution is effected using the proper
members of the security detail. The original methods and techniques suited to the
is retained on file. The plan is for official use mission at hand. The execution phase ends
only. It is controlled in the same manner as with the completion of the visit or event, or
the principal’s itinerary. upon order of competent authority.
Coordination between the protective
services chain of command and a member of REVIEW
the visiting dignitary’s staff is tantamount A critique is held in the final stage of a PS
to a successful PS operation. A visiting operation. The purpose of the critique is to
dignitary must be informed that a PS detail discuss the success or failure of the mission.

FM 19-10 181
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

It is conducted so that all participants will personnel should be encouraged to
have a clear, orderly idea of what was done participate in the discussion to ensure the
correctly and incorrectly. To improve PS critique is a learning experience and not an
operations, intelligent, tactful, and “admonishment.”
constructive criticism is necessary. A Supervisory personnel can take notes to
critique is most effective if it is held as soon guide the critique, but detailed planning is
as possible after the mission is completed. not practical. However, coverage of essential
The critique is so important that it must be elements includes—
considered a phase of the PS operation itself.
The effectiveness of a critique depends on Restating objectives of the mission. This
the flexibility with which the reviewer enables the participants to start on a
employs it. In conducting the critique, the common ground. Participants who were
reviewer presents criticisms. He comments concerned with a particular aspect of the
in a straightforward, impersonal manner. subject may have forgotten the overall
Participants should leave the critique with a objectives.
favorable attitude toward the PS operation Reviewing procedures and techniques
and a desire to improve the next one. employed, briefly summarizing the
Examples of personal initiative and methods used to attain the objectives.
ingenuity and types of errors and ways to Evaluating PS detail performance. This is
correct the errors should be covered. PS the most important part of the critique.

182 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Using notes taken during the mission, the written by the mission DL as soon as
DL points out and discusses the strong possible after the mission. He uses his notes
points, then the weaker points, and makes and those of security team members and the
suggestions for improvement. All remarks journals and comments of the principal, his
must be specific and impersonal. Detail staff, the personal security officer, and the
members cannot profit from generalities. residence watch. Personnel other than the
Controlling the discussion to keep the protective force who were instrumental in
critique to issues at hand and yet ensure the execution of the mission should be fully
thorough review. identified. A file with this information is
Summarizing. The critique is concluded maintained for future reference. Emphasis is
placed on problem areas encountered and on
with a brief but comprehensive the procedures necessary to eliminate them.
summation of the points brought out. Recommendations are written in detail for
The critique culminates in an after-action improving, planning, coordination, per-
report. Written in narrative form, this report sonnel, and equipment. A file copy is kept for
relates the highlights of the PS mission. It is use in improving future operations.

FM 19-10 183
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

PROTECTIVE SERVICES DETAIL RESPONSIBILITIES
Individuals assigned to PS details must be The relationship between the principal
constantly aware of the proper techniques and the PS detail has a professional and
they must employ to successfully accomplish definitive basis. Principals should be
their mission. Fulfillment of a mission encouraged to recognize and respect the
requires close teamwork on behalf of the professional distance kept by the detail.
detail. This requires a thorough under- Members of PS details—
standing of the individual and collective Keep all contacts with the official party
responsibilities of the members of the detail. formal. Detail members do not attempt to
The safety of a principal in a threat situation develop close relationships with the
can only be guaranteed by team members official party, nor do they accept favors
who are physically fit and mentally alert from the official party.
and who possess sufficient expertise to
perform their duty in an overall planned Except in emergencies, make all contacts
response to an emergency situation. with the official party through the PSO.
Responsibilities must be clearly defined Avoid presuming on protocol or escort
and individuals should be assigned a prerogatives.
specific responsibility for each phase of the Avoid attracting notice, calling attention
mission. Project officers, protocol officers, to themselves, or trying to impress people.
and hosts of the activity that the principal
will visit should be identified and their Respect the principal’s privacy. Whenever
responsibility established in conjunction possible, detail members adapt
with the PS mission requirements. themselves and the protection they
Coordination between all these persons must provide to the convenience of the
be established to ensure complete protection principal. They make every effort to avoid
of the principal. When two or more agencies interference with the principal’s personal
are protecting distinguished persons, the freedom.
agency protecting the senior official has Abstain from any activity which could
overall responsibility for security measures. reduce their mental or physical
PRINCIPAL capabilities. Alcoholic beverages are not
Principals have a responsibility to consumed during nor for a minimum of
eight hours prior to the execution phase of
contribute to the success of the mission by the mission.
respecting the purpose of the mission and
the responsibility of the detail assigned to DETAIL LEADER
carry it out. The education of the principals
to this responsibility is critical to the overall The DL establishes a close working
success of PS missions. Many designated relationship with the principal’s staff and
principals inherently feel that being combat the project and protocol officer of the host
leaders serving in command positions agency. He obtains detailed itineraries,
exempts them from a real need for a PS biographical sketches, protocol information,
detail. Persons in the chain of command and any other protective type information.
responsible for establishing the PS detail The mission DL discusses with host agency
must ensure that the principal, his staff, and officials such matters as press policies and
his family are fully briefed. The briefing the amount of public exposure desired by the
includes the responsibilities of the detail and principal, funding considerations, and any
how the close working relationship between other matters of mutual concern. He
all persons contributes to the smooth establishes liaison with the staff of the
execution of the PS mission. officials involved, transportation agencies,

184 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

and civil and military police. He collects, The nature of PS inherently lends itself to
evaluates, and disseminates threat close interpersonal relationships. Often a PS
information. He coordinates the utilization member endears himself to his principal
of available manpower and equipment through mutual respect and admiration and
resources. He reviews the security plan a meshing of personalities. Such a
formulated by the advance team. He relationship can tremendously enhance the
disseminates copies of the plan to appro- relationship between the principal and the
priate agencies. During the execution phase entire PS detail. As long as this relationship
of the mission, he supervises and provides remains within professional parameters, the
guidance and leadership to participating overall success of the PS mission is virtually
subordinates. In the final review, he assured.
conducts a post-mission critique. And he
supervises the preparation of the after-action PERSONAL SECURITY OFFICER
report. The PSO is responsible for the close-in
DLs have a responsibility to help detail security of the principal and normally
members maintain peak performance. The accompanies him whenever he is away from
long hours, day after day, of a PS operation, his residence. To ensure continuity, unity of
the requirement for prolonged absences from effort, and control, the PSO is usually the
home, and the ever-present need to be only point of contact between the members
constantly mentally and physically fit place of the PS detail and the principal and his
tremendous stress on PS personnel. PS staff. The PSO and the DL may be the same
operations are jeopardized if a detail member person.
suffers “burnout” from being overstressed. Upon initial contact with the principal, the
Supervisors must understand and help PSO briefs him and his staff concerning the
control the stress in which detail members security arrangements. The PSO is prepared
operate. Time off can be critical in to discuss any areas of particular concern to
controlling stress. the principal. It is essential that the PSO
obtain the confidence, respect, and
Supervisors must make themselves cooperation of the principal as rapidly as
available for guidance on matters of tact and possible.
good judgment. Normally, security
personnel should not accept gifts even A close working relationship must be
though they are presented in gratitude by maintained between the PSO and the
the principal. If gifts cannot be refused mission DL. This can be accomplished by
without offending the principal, they should communicating on a daily basis whenever
be accepted and the DL notified. Under no necessary. While overall control of the
circumstances should the feelings of the mission remains the responsibility of the
dignitary be offended. Supervisors must mission DL, it is imperative that the PSO be
ensure that a brief written statement is afforded adequate authority and sufficient
prepared that gives the circumstances of freedom of action to accomplish his
acceptance, a description of the gift, and an assignment.
estimate of its value. Many times the Effective communications are vital to an
principal or a member of his official party efficient PS detail. The PSO must be in
will give each member of the protective force constant communication with other
a souvenir or memento of his visit. Caution members of the security force and the
must be exercised to ensure that these items security control room or command post. (In
do not have high intrinsic value nor place a many cases the security control room and
financial burden on the giver. the command post are one and the same.)

FM 19-10 185
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Two-way radio equipment should be must be one person designated as the
available. This can be accomplished with controlling advance man at each location to
hand portable radios. However, these radios be visited.
should be equipped with surveillance kits to
enable security personnel to use the radios Advance work begins as soon as the
quietly when near the principal. Radio noise mission is assigned and the DL receives the
should not be heard by or allowed to disrupt basic information. The advance team starts
the activities of the principal and party. a workbook for recording all advance team
activities. The workbook also contains
Hand-held and portable base station checklists to be used.
frequency modulation radios provide
appropriate communications within the PS In addition to the standard requirements
detail. Communications between vehicles is that must be accomplished by the advance
maintained by vehicular-mounted radios team, there are other intangible con-
supplemented by portable radios. When air siderations that must be evaluated and
cover is provided, special provisions to discussed before and during an advance.
ensure effective communications between air These include the personality of the
and ground units must be made. principal and consideration for his family
members. They also include personal
SHIFT LEADER information (sometimes more than is
On larger PS details, a shift leader is available in a biographical sketch), that is,
designated for a given protective team. He physical fitness training programs, religious
works for the PSO and is responsible for his preferences, medical problems, hobbies,
shift of personnel. The shift leader position language capabilities or lack of them,
is useful where there are sufficient PS physical impairments that may affect travel
personnel assigned to a mission to warrant or lodging, and any other unusual traits that
three eight-hour shifts. A shift leader is could affect the mission. Much of this
actually another management position to information can be obtained from the
maintain maximum command and control. principal, his aide-de-camp, or his staff.
He is analogous to the squad leader in a
typical Army platoon. Once the advance team has gathered all
available information, they go to the places
ADVANCE TEAM to be visited by the principal well ahead of
The mission of the advance team is to his scheduled arrival. Sometimes they go as
precede the principal and conduct on-site much as weeks in advance depending on the
security surveys. The team effects necessary duration of travel by the principal. Upon
security coordination, making all security arrival at these locations, the advance team
arrangements. When the PSO arrives at contacts identified points of contact,
each location to be visited a member of the commanders, protocol officers, and other
advance team meets him and provides people designated to assist with the advance
information concerning local security work.
arrangements. When appropriate, the Duties of the advance team at each
advance team provides the PSO with details locality include, but are not limited to,
of the visit, including maps, sketches, names establishing effective working relations
of people involved, telephone numbers, and with the host agency and conducting
so forth. security checks of places and equipment
After receiving an assignment for a PS with which the principal will be involved.
mission, the DL designates a member to be
in charge of the advance work. In most At military reservations and facilities the
cases, more than one person is assigned to advance team coordinates with the
the advance team. But in all cases there commanding officer, the PM, the public

186 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

affairs officer, the intelligence officer, the One of the most sensitive areas is the
engineer, the transportation officer, and the principal’s residence. The residence watch is
communications officer to— normally responsible for the security of the
Obtain a map or plan of the reservation or residence. It also establishes the command
base showing the entrances, exits, or post. It is responsible for organizing and
docking area to be used by the official coordinating security arrangements with
party. the responsible individual from each facility
under its charge. The residence watch also
Select quarters for party (if applicable). performs advance actions at hotels, motels,
Review jointly the security aspects of the and military reservations and facilities.
activities that the principal will view or in
which he will participate, such as The primary purpose of the baggage team
reviewing troops, witnessing demonstra- is to maintain accountability of all items of
tions, and inspecting or examining personal and official property belonging to
devices and equipment. the principal and to members of the official
Ascertain the availability of communica- party who are traveling with or closely
tions, such as radios, telephones, associating with the principal. The primary
telegraph, and so forth, including secure function is to protect all items from loss or
voice capability. theft and to prevent the introduction of
foreign objects or explosives into the
Review the accommodations, that is, food, principal’s aircraft, vehicle, or residence.
refreshments, recreation facilities. and
the like. PROTECTIVE TEAM
RESIDENCE WATCH AND The protective team is normally composed
BAGGAGE TEAM of the PSO and the other members of the PS
When traveling with a principal, the detail in the closest proximity to the
residence watch and baggage team are principal. On larger details the protective
normally part of the advance team. team would normally form a protective
However, a residence watch functions at all formation for routine walking movements
times for a permanently located detail. around a principal.

FM 19-10 187
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

The protective team should remain close to members and minor children. Proper
the principal at all times, changing their planning for manpower and vehicular
relative position frequently. Security support is necessary to accomplish this
personnel must ensure that an assailant is phase of a mission.
unable to get between the principal and the Because a protective team is usually small,
protective detail. effective security often depends on the
Before any person is allowed to approach voluntary cooperation of the public. Friendly
the principal or his personal property, he consideration for the public, especially the
should be checked to establish his identity press, and a clear portrayal of the need for
and the authority for his presence. This is security stimulates the cooperation of the
especially true at the principal’s residence, at public and the press. Inquiries or requests
public and sporting events, and near the not related to security matters should be
principal’s means of transportation. referred to the appropriate member of the
Whenever possible, the protective team official party. Security personnel should
should obtain advance lists of expected refrain from unnecessary conversation with
guests, visitors, press representatives, and the public and, most of all, with the press.
people performing services for the principal.
OTHER SUPPORT
The protective team and residence watch
should quickly learn to recognize all There are many other individuals and
employees, regular visitors, members of the agencies who may be called upon to support
official party, and any public figures who are a PS operation. A typical PS operation
expected to call. No stranger should be includes support from local civilian law
admitted without the permission of the enforcement personnel, law enforcement
principal or a member of his staff. personnel from other branches of the armed
services, EOD units, military intelligence
Although the security of other members of offices, civilian intelligence-gathering
the official party is secondary to that of the agencies, fire department personnel, medical
principal, some degree of safety should be personnel, pilots, aircraft crews, ground
provided these persons. If a member of the support personnel, translators and
official party is injured, the entire mission interpreters, and drivers. This support is
could be adversely affected. In some routinely requested by the organization
situations, it is an additional responsibility responsible for the PS operation. Most
of the protective detail to provide limited military and civilian law enforcement and
protection for other members of the official intelligence agencies have supported PS
party when traveling with the principal. operations in some capacity and are very
When members of the principal’s family responsive to requested support. The best
accompany him on trips, it is not uncommon way to assure acquiring this support is
for members of the protective team to through good continuing liaison with all
provide security and escort for female agencies concerned.

PROTECTION ON FOOT
In a majority of instances, the safety of a PS detail members should be dispersed so
principal is most critical when he is among they can cover all avenues of access to the
the public and walking through crowds, into principal. They should continually adjust
buildings, and to public events in which he their relative positions to ensure that no
will participate. attacker is able to get between the protectors
and the principal. During outdoor walks, the
If possible, the selection of walking time principal’s motorcade should cruise in the
and routes should be varied. Accompanying immediate vicinity. The automobile can

188 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

block any vehicle that may threaten the At indoor assemblies, typical defense
principal’s safety. It can also be used to cordons should be formed immediately
transport the principal in case an emergency around the principal. They are also formed
develops, or it appears necessary to seek a around the confines of the room occupied by
safer location. the principal and around the grounds where
Escorting a principal requires being the building is located. The personnel
highly alert to surrounding areas. Particular manning the defensive cordons should take
emphasis is placed on people in crowds who control of the area before the arrival of
are either participating in the event or are guests or the general public. A careful search
drawn to the area out of curiosity. Close-in and an inspection of the area should be made
security should be established immediately at the time protection is established. The
around the principal. Additional concentric area is then secured until opened to the
cordons of defense are added to the greatest public.
possible extent.

PROTECTION ON-SITE
No two sites are exactly alike. Therefore, it consider the need for personnel, materiel,
is virtually impossible to establish a set of and vehicle control. They must also consider
rules that will be completely applicable to all the use of protective alarms and devices. The
sites. There are, however, specific guidelines plans must designate priorities of protection
that must be applied to ensure that based on analysis of criticality and
minimum acceptable standards are applied vulnerability after considering available
in each situation. PS personnel should refer threat information. Plans must include
to FM 19-30 when formulating a security consideration of assistance available from
plan. The intricacy of the plan depends on military units in the area, as well as civilian
site configuration and the mission. sources. All plans must be coordinated with
civil authorities because civil authorities
Security plans must prescribe specific have primary responsibility for the
responsibilities for all actions required to protection of all private, public, and federal
protect the principal and the site. They must property.

PROTECTION DURING TRAVEL
Protective services during travel are of transportation with security measures,
designed for the method of transportation such as—
used. The DL or his designee contacts the Varying daily routes.
appropriate transportation authority to
obtain pertinent information needed for Being alert to any changes in the locality.
planning. Developing defensive driving skills.
Maximum personal protection during Being constantly vigilant.
travel is the product of a comprehensive Employing other measures, weapons, and
program. That program integrates the mode equipment.

FM 19-10 189
CHAPTER 20
Bomb Threats

The MP response to a bomb threat is to CONTENTS
Page
minimize injuries, damage to property, and
TELEPHONE BOMB THREATS . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
disruption of operations. MP respond to a
bomb threat by securing the building, MAIL BOMBS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
controlling traffic and pedestrian movement, SUSPICIOUS ITEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
and obtaining initial information. PERSONNEL TO NOTIFY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
EMERGENCY OPERATIONS
Each unit or activity on an installation will CENTER . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
have a bomb threat search and evacuation Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
plan. The plan describes the actions to take Evacuation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 194
when a bomb threat is received. When Searches . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
explosives detector dog teams are available, Supervisor’s Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
they will be included in these plans (see Search Team Search . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 195
Chapter 11). AFTER-ACTION PROCEDURES . . . . . . . . . . . . 197

The initial moments of a bomb threat are Bomb threats are usually received by
crucial to the evaluation of an incident. To telephone or mail. Or they may be discovered
assure the successful resolution of a threat, by noticing a suspicious item. Each method
bomb threat contingency plans provide prior requires special procedures to effectively
planning and training in procedures to take obtain the maximum amount of information
on receipt of a bomb threat. from the threat source.
TELEPHONE BOMB THREATS
When a telephone bomb threat is received, background noises. The receiver of the call
someone has actual knowledge that a device concentrates on the exact words of the caller.
has been planted or a prankster wishes to The receiver must try to keep the caller on the
disrupt an operation. Noting what is said and phone as long as possible to allow time to
how it is said during a bomb threat call can recognize background noises and gain
help determine which of these reasons is true. additional information.
The person receiving the call may be the only The receiver asks the caller for specific
person to ever have contact with the potential information as shown on FBI Form 6-136
bomber. This is why bomb threat con- (Bomb Threat Checklist). See DA Pam 190-52.
tingency plans must address the need for If the caller describes what it looks like, how it
training persons most likely to receive a operates, and its general characteristics, this
bomb threat call. When a bomb threat is is known as a descriptive bomb threat. A
received, the receiver must know what to do descriptive bomb threat is probably real. The
and how to do it, or valuable information will receiver documents the exact wording of the
be lost. Proper training provides the person threat. For example, if the caller says,
with the skills to pick out important facts. “Specialist Jones, there is a bomb planted on
your floor. You and your six coworkers have
Signaling another employee to listen in on 20 minutes to clear out,” the receiver must
the call is worked out in advance where note all of that information. If the person
working arrangements allow observation. receiving the call only indicates that a bomb
The second person concentrates on the threat was received, an important investi-
characteristics of the caller and any gative tool and important information is lost.

190 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

FM 19-10 191
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Recording the exact date and time of the form is in most local installation telephone
phone call is important. By determining the directories.
time of the bomb threat, identification of the
bomb site by background sounds may be The person receiving the bomb threat call
possible. immediately reports to the designated
supervisor or security person with the
As part of the bomb threat plan, a bomb completed bomb threat checklist. This action
threat checklist is developed to be placed near will facilitate proper emergency notifications
telephones. FBI Form 6-136 is a good example and help lessen the possibility of panic. The
and can be placed beneath a telephone for receiver does NOT spread the word about the
easy access. If this form is not available, then bomb threat before notifying the supervisor
a copy of the form should be used to develop a who then notifies the MP.
locally produced form. A bomb threat report

MAIL BOMBS
A small number of explosive devices have
been mailed over the years resulting in death,
injury, and destruction of property.
Contingency planning is required to help
prevent mail bomb disasters. Contingency
planners first consider which organizations
are possible targets. A bomb can be enclosed
in either a parcel or an envelope, its outward
appearance limited only by the imagination
of the sender. However, past mail bombs have
exhibited some unique characteristics which
can assist in identifying a suspect mailing.
To apply these factors, it is important for
planners to know the type of mail normally
received by an organization. Motives for mail
bombs often are revenge, extortion,
terrorism, or business disputes.
The information contained in the postal
pamphlet Bombs By Mail should be
available to all mail handlers. A copy of this
pamphlet should be in each unit mail room.
A mail handler or recipient of mail who is
suspicious of a letter or parcel and cannot
verify the contents with the addressee or
sender, must not open the article or put it in
water or a confined space like a desk drawer
or a filing cabinet. Mail handlers and
recipients must isolate the suspected mail
and evacuate the immediate area. If possible,
windows are opened in the immediate area to
help vent potential explosive gases. The MP
or postal inspector is immediately contacted
to report the suspected mail bomb.

192 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

SUSPICIOUS ITEMS
Employees must be alert to determine if a device. Personnel know that if a suspected
suspicious item belongs in the area. An bomb device is discovered they DO NOT
employee should know if a certain briefcase touch the device. Instead, they make sure that
belongs, if a flower arrangement is new, if a the device does not belong. They ensure that
recently delivered package is expected, or if a no one touches it. And they report the
package in the corner is someone’s lunch. discovery to a supervisor, security officer, or
One way to do this is to keep clutter to a MP. Supervisors know that if a suspected
minimum. bomb device is found, they consider
When a bomb threat occurs, all personnel immediate, total evacuation of the building,
must quickly scan their immediate areas and and they await arrival of MP and explosive
identify anything out of the ordinary. This ordnance disposal personnel before
may be the only way to discover a bomb attempting to reenter the building.

PERSONNEL TO NOTIFY
The MP desk sergeant is the first person to Fire department personnel normally respond
notify when a bomb threat has been received. to the scene and stand by. Fire is a common
The desk sergeant then notifies personnel as occurrence in connection with an explosive
shown in the local station SOP. In some detonation. Early notification of the fire
locations it might be the responsibility of the department personnel can assist in
personnel in the building receiving the bomb minimizing property damage and injury
threat to make the notifications. Prior should a device detonate. Then EOD
planning must be done to determine who is personnel are notified. Under normal
responsible for notification. situations, EOD personnel do not respond to
As a rule, the MP are notified first. MP will a bomb threat unless a suspicious item is
respond as the initial investigating agency located. But they may be able to tell if other
for a bomb threat. MP will cordon off the threats of a similiar type have been received
target area, provide traffic control, and and if a bomb was subsequently discovered.
obtain facts for the initial investigation. MP They may also give guidance if a device is
do not conduct a bomb search, because they located. (AR 75-15 identifies EOD
are not familiar with the search area. Then responsibilities.) Then medical personnel are
other personnel are notified as dictated by notified. The potential for injury with any
local SOP like higher commanders, public bomb threat is high. Time can be saved by
affairs personnel, or staff duty personnel. having trained medical personnel stand by
Then fire department personnel are notified. with an ambulance in case of injuries.

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER
It is necessary during any bomb situation charge of the bomb site operation. Both the
to have a bomb threat EOC located at the bomb scene officer and the alternate must
bomb site. Having an EOC as a control point have special training in bomb threats and
for search teams, communications, access emergency situations. The bomb scene officer
lists, and release of information will prevent or the alternate represent the commander
confusion as to who is in charge. and will respond to all bomb threats.
The post commander may designate a The only person who may authorize
bomb scene officer and an alternate to be in release of information from the scene is the

FM 19-10 193
161-016 O-94–13
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

bomb scene officer. And the only person who EVACUATION
can release the information to the public is Evacuation is not necessary for all bomb
the public affairs officer. Keeping tight threats. Evacuation is determined by the
control on information can prevent a wave bomb scene officer only after a thorough
of bomb threats. For example, in a recent evaluation of all available information. The
bombing incident in a major US city, after results of the bomb threat checklist,
the initial release of the information, 400 information from support agencies, and the
bomb threats occurred in a one-hour time criticality of the mission of the targeted
period. facility are considered. The bomb scene
During a bomb threat, the commander or officer also considers that just disrupting
his designated bomb scene officer— operations serves the purpose of the bomber.
Decides if the facility will react to the If the bomber describes in detail the type of
device, its location, and/or the placing of the
threat or conduct business as usual. device, then the bomb scene officer may have
Determines if a supervisor’s search will be more reason to believe that the device has,
conducted without evacuation. indeed, been planted.
Decides if the building will be evacuated
and searched.
Serves as the primary person responsible
for the search team.
Executes control of operations within the
EOC.
After the search, if no bomb is discovered,
determines if and when normal opera-
tions will resume.
If a bomb is discovered, immediately
clears the area and notifies EOD.

COMMUNICATION
Reliable communication from the bomb
scene is essential. The bomb scene officer
will continually keep the command post up-
dated and informed of ongoing actions.
However, radio transmissions, except for
those of extremely low power, should not be
used within 100 meters of the affected area.
If possible, all elements of the bomb scene
operation should use the telephone to If a device is actually discovered, either as
maintain contact with the EOC. a result of a bomb threat or during routine
operations, evacuation procedures should be
Types of communications which may be carried out expeditiously. All persons will
used to maintain contact with the teams evacuate to a predetermined assembly area.
within a building or facility are— But this area must be at least 100 meters
Runners. from the structure. This distance takes into
Whistles. account items like propane bottles, natural
gas lines, or welding equipment that could
Field phones, TA 312. contribute to the explosive force of a bomb
Hand signals (if one point is visible by all). within a facility. All personnel at the

194 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

assembly area must be accounted for to activity should search the building where a
determine if anyone is still in the building. bomb threat has been received. Preferably,
And a contact point can be determined in these persons should be volunteers. It must
case an item cannot be verified as belonging be stressed that the searchers must know or
in that area. be able to determine if an item actually
Depending upon the mission of the belongs in the area; thus they should be
facility, it may be necessary to evacuate a persons assigned to that activity. For this
building in sections. Some areas where reason MP and EOD personnel should not
partial evacuation may be necessary are— search the area.
It is imperative that persons forming
Hospitals. search teams be well trained. Training
Special weapons areas. accomplishes more than just preparing the
Classified storage areas. members of a search team; it increases their
Partial evacuation involves risks. There confidence and morale. MP must make every
are no guarantees as to what damage will effort to help provide local training. And
occur if a device should detonate. Therefore, search team members must be willing to
total evacuation is desirable when possible. practice periodically to maintain
proficiency.
SEARCHES
There are two types of search: a super-
visor’s search and a search team search.
Both types of search move from the outside
in, from the lowest level to the highest, and
from public access areas to more restricted
access areas.
Supervisor’s Search
A supervisor’s search can be conducted by
a few of the activity’s personnel using a
quick-paced method to look for suspicious
items. It can be useful only if all areas are
orderly. If the area to be searched is
cluttered, then a supervisor’s search will not
be effective.
In determining if a supervisor’s search will
be used, it should be remembered that
supervisory searches can be up to 60 percent
effective. They also have the advantage of
limiting the disruptions of the operation,
because the search can be done without
evacuation of personnel.
Search Team Search
A search team search requires that the
building be evacuated until after the search
has been accomplished. The search for an
explosive device is one of the most important
actions involved in the bomb threat
procedures. Two-man teams composed of
persons assigned to and familiar with the

FM 19-10 195
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

The search team looks everywhere and at device may be planted against a facility.
everything. Unless a specific area is Depending upon the nature of the device, an
indicated in the threat, the search team enormous amount of damage can be caused
begins with the exterior and moves to the by a device planted outside a facility. Both
interior. Then they move into public access the exterior and interior of the bomb site
areas like lobbies, restrooms, waiting areas, area must be searched.
and snack machine areas. And finally, they
check limited public access areas, like After the exterior search is completed, the
basements, roofs, and storage rooms. search inside the facility is begun. Interior
searches are conducted from the lowest level
The external area must be searched first. of the facility to the highest and from
The search must cover all feasible areas common access areas to more restricted
where a device may be planted. It must be access areas.
done systematically. Special consideration
must be given to— First, all public access areas are searched.
Window ledges. Then offices with public access are searched.
Bushes. And finally, offices, storage areas, and areas
with restricted public access are searched.
Garbage cans. Rooms that have been searched should be
Flower arrangements. marked with crepe paper or colored tape to
Air conditioner units. ensure efficiency and to speed up the process.
Automobiles. (Extreme caution must be The searchers enter a room, stop, remain
used when search involves automobiles.) still, and listen for any unusual sounds. (In
Any item usually not found in the area or the evacuation phase, all machines are to be
any item noted as being out of place should unplugged.) Searchers will make a quick
be viewed with suspicion. visual scan of the room for obvious, unusual
Most often a bomb device is thought to be items. They divide the room in half and then
hidden somewhere inside a facility. But a into four levels. Their first search includes

196 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

items such as desks, chairs, and garbage search includes items such as picture
cans that lie within the area from the waist frames, shelves, cupboards, windows, and
to the floor. Their second search includes vents that lie within the area from the top of
items such as filing cabinets, table tops, and the head to the ceiling. Their fourth search
lower shelves that lie within the area from includes checking all vents, pipes, and
the waist to the top of the head. Their third ceiling supports beyond the ceiling.

AFTER-ACTION PROCEDURES
After a device has been rendered safe or it After-action reports are completed and
has detonated, the area is sealed off by the must contain specific information such as—
MP until criminal investigator and EOD
personnel thoroughly investigate the area. If Nature of incident.
a device detonates, the most minute frag- Action taken.
ments are retrieved in order to determine the
composition of the device. All persons not Outcome.
directly involved with the investigation are Additional information.
restricted from the scene.

FM 19-10 197
CHAPTER 21
Special Reaction Team

C ommanders must provide an CONTENTS
installation SRT capable of providing an Page
enhanced response to developed threats in EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER . . . . 199
their area of responsibility within two hours EQUIPMENT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
of initial notification (see AR 190-52). The
PM normally is responsible for organizing,
training, equipping, and maintaining the Securing the safe release of hostages.
SRT. The SRT is a specially trained team of Isolating/containing the incident.
military or security personnel armed and Gathering information/intelligence. This
equipped to isolate, contain, gather is an ongoing responsibility from the
information for, and, if necessary, neutralize beginning of an incident until its
a special threat. Specific missions and resolution.
response capabilities are determined by the Protecting property/equipment.
threat and availability of equipment and
training time. Preventing escape.
Apprehending offenders.
When major disruptions or special threats
occur (to include acts of terrorism), resources Conducting an assault (only if all other
must be committed in a graduated response alternatives have been exhausted, no
to resolve the situation and restore law and other assistance is expected, and a threat
order. SRTs are one of the commander’s to human life exists).
principal response forces in the event of a These mission priorities apply in all
major disruption or special threat, and as special threat situations. They must be
such, are an integral part of an installation’s stressed, planned for, and given the
security. necessary command emphasis to ensure
Some situations requiring SRT employ- success. However, during a special threat
ment may include, but are not limited to— situation involving a nuclear weapon,
recovery of the weapon is the overriding
Barricaded criminals. consideration (AR 50-5).
Barricaded criminals with hostages.
To successfully meet mission require-
Sniper incidents. ments, it may be necessary for the SRT or
Counterterrorist operations. SRT member to replace or augment the
VIP protection (as a response force). initial responding MP on the inner perimeter
Threatened suicide incidents. around the affected site.
Barricaded, mentally disturbed persons. PMs must ensure commanders understand
the limitations of SRTs. Training scenarios
During hostilities, SRTs may be required used to test and evaluate SRTs must be
to perform similar missions in a combat consistent with team purpose and missions.
environment. Post crisis management teams, controllers,
SRT priorities during an incident are— evaluators, and observers must be aware of
Protecting lives, to include hostages, law team limitations and those circumstances
enforcement personnel, bystanders, and under which more qualified forces will
suspects. assume responsibility for an incident.

198 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

US Army involvement in terrorism taken to ensure that the installation and its
counteraction is limited by HN responsi- personnel are prepared to meet any potential
bilities, Department of Justice and Depart- threat.
ment of State authority, legal and political The knowledge and understanding of the
restrictions, and appropriate regulations. US existing threat is a viable tool essential to
Army support to civilian law enforcement evaluating the installation’s vulnerability. A
agencies during civil disturbance operations survey outlining both the strong and weak
is limited by DOD Civil Disturbance Plan points in an installation’s ability to defend
(Garden Plot), 18 USC 1385 (Posse Comitatus against a threat will assist commanders in
Act), and applicable laws and regulations. training, equipping, and planning for the
Each installation has unique needs as desired response levels for their SRTs.
determined by a current threat analysis and Available resources, materials, and
the installation’s vulnerabilities. A detailed personnel are factors that influence
threat analysis is essential to support the planning and establishing a workable SRT
process of identifying the desired level of and initial response team. Resource
SRT response capability. On one end of the availability will impact on the immediate
spectrum the threat analysis may reveal the SRT response capabilities. The long-range
existence of only a low-level external threat action is to plan for the unexpected, counter
requiring a general SRT manpower/equipment the threat, harden the installation’s possible
response capability. At the upper end of the targets, and deal with special threats.
spectrum the threat analysis could indicate a While the SRT will usually be the
sophisticated threat posed by groups having installation’s response to special threats,
unique abilities and seeking specifically consideration must be given to the
identified targets. This would require an requirement for an expanded response. Since
SRT of highly trained personnel possessing it is impossible to predict the magnitude and
specialized training and equipment. peculiarities of incidents, installations
However, the need for SRT response identify, train, and equip personnel from
capabilities cannot be based entirely on the outside existing MP assets to augment the
external threat, but must be approached initial response force. SRT actions in
within the framework of the definition of response to threats are determined by the
special threats found in AR 190-52. Action is EOC.

EMERGENCY OPERATIONS CENTER
Command and control actions pertaining the incident and provides it to the EOC.
to SRTs are planned, coordinated, and Strategic planning decisions are developed
directed by the EOC which is activated at the EOC.
immediately when a special threat occurs. The TMF includes the initial response
The TMF, the tactical element of the EOC, is force, inner and outer perimeter security
drawn from installation resources that elements, SRT, negotiation team, and
respond to major disruptions on the investigative team:
installation. The TMF commander,
normally the installation PM or his The initial response force, normally
representative, is the on-site commander and on-duty law enforcement personnel,
has operational control for all response isolates, contains, and evaluates the
forces. The TMF commander gathers and incident, and provides the initial report to
disseminates information/intelligence about the PM.

FM 19-10 199
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

Inner and outer perimeter security screened before assuming their duties. This
elements secure the incident site, control screening can be done through command
access to the area, and provide security to channels without any adverse effects to
the remainder of the installation. individuals or their military careers.
The SRT provides an enhanced response A suggested SRT consists of not less than
capable of controlling the situation. nine people. This team composition best
During initial employment, the SRT conforms to and allows for the suggested
begins preliminary tactical planning to rank requirements contained in most MP
resolve the situation. (Rescue and assault unit TOEs and TDAs.
missions are performed only under special
circumstances.) Ideally, consideration is given to training
one or two nine-man teams per installation.
The hostage negotiation team sets up The goal is to have one SRT available at all
direct communication with the times. Additionally, as situations dictate, it
perpetrators. Negotiations are conducted may become necessary to alert or employ
to further develop the situation for key more than one team and combine or
decision makers. augment
— teams to meet threats beyond the
The investigative team investigates the capabilities of one nine-man team.
incident while it is ongoing and concludes
the investigation after the incident is
resolved.
When selecting SRT personnel, the most
qualified volunteers are those persons who—
Have at least one year of military service
as MP.
Are in the pay grade of E4 or above.
Are highly disciplined and morally sound.
Are mature and able to handle pressure.
Have passed the Army Physical Fitness
Test.
Have a minimum qualification of
sharpshooter with assigned weapon.
Possess individual special skills (that is,
demolitions, emergency medical
treatment, and the like).
Have prior combat and/or small unit
operations experience.
Have prior law enforcement experience.
Exhibit an ability to work with others.
Possess good eyesight.
Can be retained (one year recommended).
Have had no derogatory data revealed It is critical to SRT functions that all team
during the background investigation. members be cross-trained in at least one
alternative position within the team. The
Additionally, all volunteers considered for team leader must be familiar with all
selection to SRTs are psychologically aspects of each member’s duties.

200 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

EQUIPMENT
Selection of equipment used by SRTs is Specific missions and response capabilities
important to the total effectiveness of the are partially determined by selection,
team in accomplishing assigned missions. availability, and assignment of equipment.

FM 19-10 207
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

It is suggested that an SRT SOP, including identified and submitted for evaluation and
an equipment list, be included as an annex to approval to the US Army Military Police
installation security plans. This action will School, Directorate of Combat Develop-
assist in procuring and programming funds ments, ATTN: ATZN-MP-CM, Fort
for SRT equipment not organic to the McClellan, AL 36205-5030, using DA Form
installation. 2028 in accordance with AR 310-34.
Equipment authorized by CTAs, TOEs, Individual equipment such as load bearing
and TDAs is used to the maximum extent to equipment, heavy body armor, survival
equip SRTs. Additional government supply vests, and the like, is determined by the
sources include Self-Service Supply Center, commander using common sense, careful
Training and Audiovisual Support Center analysis of the opposing threat, and specific
(TASC), US General Services Admini- mission assignment. The basic suggested
stration (GSA) Supply Catalog, GSA SRT uniform is composed of—
Federal Supply Schedule, The Army
Authorization Documents System (TAADS), Work gloves with liners.
and source selection advisory council Battledress uniform (BDU).
(SSAC). Cap, woodland pattern (BDU).
Local procurement or one-time purchases Brown T-shirt.
may initially be necessary to obtain some Black combat boots.
specialized equipment until appropriate Lightweight body armor.
authorization documents are revised.
Equipment not listed in an authorization Eye protection.
document at present, but required, is Hearing protection.

202 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

FM 19-10 203
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

204 FM 19-10
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

FM 19-10 205
TERRORISM COUNTERACTION

206 FM 19-10
APPENDIX A
MP STATION DESIGN

The public must have access to MP in front of the desk, the desk must be sharply
station activities to conduct legitimate inclined outward from floor level to the desk
business. These areas must be easily top to make it more difficult for anyone to
accessible and clearly marked. However, climb over the desk. The front of the desk is
controls must be established to prevent reinforced to provide protection from small
visitors and unauthorized personnel from arms fire and shrapnel.
wandering through the station. Such controls Proper location of the MP station desk can
must not interfere with personnel conducting afford desk personnel a clear and
business with the various PM sections. unobstructed view of the detention cell area,
Visitors can be controlled by electronically eliminating the need for a guard to prevent
operated doors to gain access to the persons in detention from self-inflicting
information desk. wounds or injuries. Space for detention cells
The desk must be located so desk personnel must be in accordance with AR 190-38
have an unobstructed view of the station structure criteria. Waivers of design
entrance and the area around the desk. The requirements require complete justification.
area directly behind the MP desk is closed to Job order requests for structure upgrade of
the general public. existing detention cells must be approved by
The desk is constructed so that desk local engineers and submitted as an
personnel, when seated, are on eye level with enclosure to the waiver request.
a person standing in front of the desk, The The back side of the desk can be designed as
height of the desk may vary, but it must be a storage area for forms and desk supplies.
high enough to prevent anyone from The work area behind the desk must be large
reaching desk personnel with the intent of enough to permit use of a typewriter and
harming them. If a restraining bar is not used telephones.

MP STATION REQUIREMENTS
Mission requirements determine the need Briefing/debriefing patrols and reserves.
for specific station features. To support the Detention facilities.
basic MP mission, space is required for— Public waiting room.
The PM or officer in charge and the duty Latrine facilities.
officer. Parking for employees, visitors, MP
Station desk. vehicles.
Processing offenders. Impounded vehicles.
Radio communications. NCIC terminal room/infrared discrimina-
Office space. tion systems monitor.
Conference and interrogation/interview Storage area for riot control and other
rooms. equipment.
Storage of arms, evidence, and property. Shower facilities.

FM 19-10 207
Specific station features should include— Break areas may contain vending
machines.
Outside lighting 360 degrees around the A communications room with intrusion
station and a 50-foot “stand off” area free detection alarms for the post exchange,
of private vehicle parking. finance office, bank, and so forth for rapid
Controlled or monitored access to the response.
station on all doors. Special entrances Furniture (in public areas) inconspicu-
provided for MP. ously secured to the floor to prevent its use
Interior and exterior doors with plexiglass in a scuffle.
windows for maximum observation, with Access to detention facilities free of items
the exception of the door leading from the that can cause prisoner injury.
public waiting area to the detention area
which must not permit observation. This Offices that require frequent coordination,
door is electrically operated. such as operations and administration,
Maintenance. free internal surfaces. located close to one another.
A minimum of exterior windows. Where Efficient design can enhance the security
required, either plexiglass or triple glass of the station, reduce personnel requirements,
substituted for plate glass. and ensure effective use of station facilities.
The general planning guidance in each
Emergency lighting and power. example design is based on programming
Separate latrine facilities provided for factors such as staff composition,
public and station personnel. organizational structure, and physical
A field safe for storing property and development requirements consistent with a
evidence during nonduty hours when a hypothetical set of functional and
custodian is not readily available. operational objectives. Space organization
Interview rooms with one-way mirrors principles are based on established
where possible for identification purposes. organizational and functional needs and on
requirements for the design and construction
Private work area for duty officer. This of MP facilities. For more information on
area can also serve as an interview room. designing MP facilities, see the Design Guide:
A break area, out of public sight, for MP. Military Police Facilities.

208 FM 19-10
FM 19-10 209
161-016O–94-14
210 FM 19-10
APPENDIX B
Military Police Firearms Qualification

Military police personnel must be trained to conduct training. DA Pamphlet 350-38
in the use of the weapon that they carry in the authorizes ammunition for MP personnel to
performance of their duties. The weapon may qualify yearly with their assigned weapon.
be the M16, the M1911A1 (.45-caliber pistol), Yearly qualification includes protective
the .38-caliber revolver with 4-inch or a 2-inch mask firing. (See DA Pamphlet 350-38 for the
barrel, or the M9 9-mm parabellum protective mask firing requirements.)
semiautomatic pistol. FM 23-9 provides The MPFQC is designed to provide realistic
marksmanship instruction on the M16. and effective police marksmanship training.
USACIDC Regulation 195-19 provides The MP engages single targets at various
instruction on the .38-caliber 2-inch barrel ranges using the standard service weapon.
weapon. The Military Police Firearms The six tables of the MPFQC require the firer
Qualification Course (MPFQC) described in to fire from 7, 15, 25, and 35 meters. The firer
this appendix provides marksmanship uses both the strong and weak hands in the
instruction for the .45-caliber pistol, the .38- standing and kneeling positions, and the
caliber revolver with 4-inch barrel, and the 9- strong hand in the prone and crouch
mm parabellum semiautomatic pistol. positions. The MPFQC standards are—
Commanders at all levels are responsible
for ensuring that personnel entrusted with Expert, 48 to 50 hits.
weapons are trained to use the weapons as Sharpshooter, 45 to 47 hits.
intended and in a safe manner. AR 190-14
and AR 190-28 establish the requirements for Marksman, 35 to 44 hits.
granting authorization to carry firearms and Unqualified, 34 or fewer hits.

FM 19-10 211
A locally reproduced record of qualification (Combat Pistol Qualification Course
should be used and must be forwarded with Scorecard) should not be used for the MPFQC
departing personnel as proof of weapons because this course does not provide combat
qualification at the gaining unit. DA Form 88 pistol qualification.

212 FM 19-10
FM 19-10 213
214 FM 19-10
APPENDIX C
Presenting Statistical Data

S tatistical data can be depicted in a may be used to depict the information. Or a
frequency distribution table. This data can circle graph or pie chart may be used. A pin
be prepared in a logical order, condensed and map chart is another way to graphically
simplified, and essential details can be present the data.
retained.
Three steps are required in construction of
a frequency distribution table.
Step 1. The collection of raw data. The
graphic illustrates raw data on the
number of offenses per month for different
age classes from 17 to 38. Data arranged
in this manner make it difficult to
determine which age class has the highest
total number of offenses for the year.
Step 2. This step involves totaling the
items in each class and arranging them in
order of magnitude. Such an arrangement
(whether ascending or descending) is
called an array. This graphic shows an
array with yearly total offenses for each
age listed in descending order. The range
of total offenses is from 220 to 10 with a
concentration of offenses in the younger
age classes and comparatively few
offenses in the older age classes.
Step 3. Finally, in preparing a frequency
distribution table, classes are combined
into class intervals or groups. In this
graphic two-year class intervals have
been used making it easier to see a large
concentration. (The largest concentration
is 423 or the 19-20 age interval.) Other
data suitable for frequency distribution
tables include—
Accident frequencies.
Accident fatalities or injuries.
Offenses by categories; that is, assaults,
robberies, and so forth.
Data taken from a frequency distribution
table can then be depicted in a chart or
graph. A vertical or horizontal bar chart

FM 19-10 215
CURVE CHART
The curve or line chart is probably the possible to compare two or more series on the
most widely used form of graphic same chart. The curve or line chart may be
presentation. It is very simple to construct used to show trends in various enforcement
and is most effective when the emphasis is activities, such as total AWOLs, vehicle
on movement, rather than amount. The registrations, offenses, apprehensions, and
curve chart is normally used for data so forth.
covering a long period of time. It is also

VERTICAL BAR CHART
Another chart frequently used to depict hours of the day, or for all three. The chart is
enforcement data is the vertical bar or simple to construct and readily understood.
column chart. This chart is also used to The vertical bar chart is preferable to the
depict numerical values of a given item over curve chart when a sharper delineation of
a period of time. It may be used for months of trend is to be shown.
the year, as shown, for days of the week, for

216 FM 19-10
HORIZONTAL BAR CHART
The horizontal bar chart is the simplest break down offenses by units, traffic
form of graph. Its primary use is to compare violations by specific violation over a given
different items as of a specified date. In MP period and for a specified date. and similar
work, the horizontal bar chart is used to categories.

CIRCLE GRAPH OR PIE (SECTOR) CHART
The circle graph or pie (sector) chart where many segments are involved the chart
compares various components with each will appear confusing. The small sections of
other and with the whole. This chart serves the chart will be difficult to label in such a
to direct attention to extreme areas. The case. A bar chart is recommended when
primary disadvantage of the pie chart is that dealing with numerous components.

FM 19-10 217
PIN MAP
The pin map is another way of graphically stuck into the map at the location where the
presenting data pertaining to frequency, incidents or accidents occurred. Different
type, and location of accidents or incidents. types of accidents or incidents (that is,
This chart is also considered to be an injury, fatality) may be depicted by different
essential element of selective enforcement colored or marked pins. The pin map may be
planning, A map of an area is mounted on a used as a yearly record and, if photographed,
board capable of holding pins. Locations of may be compared with succeeding years.
accidents or incidents are indicated by pins

218 FM 19-10
APPENDIX D
EXTRACT OF A LOCAL PROTECTIVE SERVICES
DETAIL EQUIPMENT LIST

FM 19-10 219
220
GLOSSARY

ACRONYMS AND ABBREVIATIONS
admin administration DL detail leader
ADP automatic data processing DOC Directorate of Contracting
AF Air Force DOD Department of Defense
AFAP Army Family Advocacy Program DOJ Department of Justice
AG Adjutant General DPM deputy provost marshal
APO Army and Air Force Post DRM Directorate of Resource
Office Management
AR Army regulation DWI driving while intoxicated
ASAP alcohol safety action program EDD explosives detector dog
auth authorization EECI essential elements of
AWOL absent without leave criminal intelligence
BCC battlefield circulation EOC emergency operations center
control EOD explosives ordnance disposal
BDU battledress uniform EPW enemy prisoner of war
BEQ bachelor enlisted quarters FACMT Family Advocacy Case Manage-
BER budget execution review ment Team
BIP budget increment package FAR Federal Acquisition Regulation
BMG budget and manpower guidance FBI Federal Bureau of Investigation
BOQ bachelor officers’ quarters FCF field confinement facility
CA commercial activities FDF field detention facility
cal caliber FM field manual
CDR commander FY fiscal year
cm centimeter gal gallon
CMT crisis management team govt government
COB command operating budget GSA General Services Administration
COMMZ communications zone
CONUS continental United States HGNT horizontal gaze nystagmus
COR contract officer’s representa- test
tive HN host nation
CRS Correctional Reporting System HQ headquarters
CS chlorobenzalmalononitrile hr hour
CTA common table of allowances IAW in accordance with
DA Department of the Army ID identification
DCSPER Deputy Chief of Staff for ICF installation confinement facility
Personnel IDS infrared discrimination system
DD Department of Defense (forms) intel intelligence
DEH Directorate of Engineering and INSCOM United States Army Intelligence
Housing and Security Command

221
ISA interservice support agreement OCIR other criminal intelligence
ITAC Intelligence and Threat Analysis requirement
Center OCONUS outside continental United
States
km kilometer OIC officer in charge
KO contracting officer OMA Operations and Maintenance,
LIC low-intensity conflict Army
LIN line item number OPA Other Procurement, Army
meter OPSEC operations security
m
MAC Military Airlift Command ORS Offense Reporting System
MACOM major Army command PA public address
MAD major activity director PAO Public Affairs Officer
MCA Major Construction, Army PCS permanent change of station
MCM Manual for Courts-Martial PDIP program development increment
MDEP management decision package package
MEVA mission essential vulnerable PERSCOM Personnel Command
areas PI protected identities
MFR memorandum for record PM provost marshal
MI military intelligence POC point of contact
min minute POM program objective memorandum
mm millimeter POV privately owned vehicle
MOS military occupational specialty PPBES planning, programming, budgeting,
MP military police and execution system
MPDO military police duty officer PR&C purchase request and commitment
MPFQC Military Police Firearms PRAC program resource advisory
Qualification Course committee
MPI military police investigator PS protective services
MPIS military police investigative PSO personal security officer
supervisor QSTAG Quadripartite Standardization
MPMIS Military Police Management Agreement
Information Systems
MPR military police report ref reference
MSR main supply route rept report
MTOE modification table of organiza- RMO Resource Management Office
tion and equipment ROI report of investigation
MWD military working dog ROTC Reserve Officers’ Training Corps
sec second
NA not applicable sergeant
NAC National Agency Check SGT
SIR serious incident report
NATO North Atlantic Treaty Organization
SJA Staff Judge Advocate
NCIC National Crime Information Center status of forces agreement
SOFA
NCO noncommissioned officer standing operating procedure
noncommissioned officer in charge SOP
NCOIC SOW statement of work
no number special reaction team
national stock number SRT
NSN SSAC source selection advisory
OALE Office of Army Law Enforcement council

222 FM 19-10
SSN social security number UCMJ Uniform Code of Military Justice
STANAG Standardization Agreement UFR unfinanced requirement
TA table of allowance USACA United States Army Correctional
TAACOM theater army area command Activity
TAADS The Army Authorization Docu- USACIDC United States Army Criminal
ments System Investigation Command
TASC training and audiovisual USACIL United States Army Criminal
support center Investigation Laboratory
TC training circular USACRC United States Army Crime
TCP traffic control post Records Center
TDA table of distribution and USADIP United States Army Deserter
allowances Information Point
TDY temporary duty USAREUR United States Army, Europe
TM technical manual USC United States Code
TMF threat management force USDB United States Disciplinary
TOA total obligational authority Barracks
TOE table of organization and equipment USSS United States Secret Service
TRADOC United States Army Training VIP very important person
and Doctrine Command VRS Vehicle Registration System

DEFINITIONS
Amnesty box. A container into which personnel may place any item, without penalty, before customs
processing.
Antihijack security. All measures taken to reduce the risk of hijacking aircraft, with particular attention
to the exclusion of weapons from the passenger compartment of an aircraft. (See Air Force Regulation 60-14.)
Closed evidence voucher. An evidence voucher concerning evidence from which final disposition has
been made by the custodian.
Controlled substance. A drug or other substance, or immediate precursor thereof, listed in 21 USC 812.
General categories included in this section are narcotics, derivatives of the cannabis sativa plant,
amphetamines, barbiturates, and hallucinogens.
Crime control. The detection and investigation of crimes and offenses and the apprehension and
protection of offenders.
Crime repression. The reduction of crimes and offenses through such measures as patrolling, physical
security and crime prevention surveys and inspections, observation of persons and places considered
crime-producing, and employment of off-limits procedures to preclude military personnel from
participating in activities conducive to crime.
Criminal complaint. An alleged criminal offense reported to or observed by military or civilian police
personnel or USACIDC personnel, whether subsequently determined to be founded or unfounded.
Crisis management team (CMT). A team found at a major command or installation level concerned
with plans, procedures, techniques, policies, and controls for dealing with terrorism, special threats, or
other major disruptions occurring on government installations or facilities. The team considers the local,
national, and international implications of major disruptions and establishes contact with the Army
Operations Center as the situation escalates, requiring higher level involvement and guidance. Normally

FM 19-10 223
at installation level, the CMT is established at or in proximity to the designated emergency operations
center.
Customs exclusion area. Clearly defined area into which cleared customs personnel enter before they
depart.
Evidence ledger. The bound ledger or record book kept by the evidence custodian to provide double
accountability control through cross-reference with the evidence vouchers.
Evidence voucher. The original DA Form 4137 which, upon presentation to the evidence custodian,
becomes an evidence voucher.
Evidence subvoucher. A carbon or reproduced copy of the original evidence voucher used to effect the
temporary release of evidence for any reason.
Founded offense. A criminal offense that has been proven to have been committed. The determination
that a founded offense exists is made by the appropriate police agency and is not dependent upon judicial
process.
High-risk personnel. US personnel who, by their grade, assignment, symbolic value, or relative
isolation, are more likely to be attractive or accessible terrorist targets.
Identified offender. An individual identified by police action as the subject or perpetrator of a criminal
offense.
Nonintoxicating malt beverage. Any alcoholic malt beverage having an alcholic content of less than
3.2 percent by weight.
Open evidence voucher. An evidence voucher concerning evidence for which the evidence custodian has
accountability.
Referral. A process in which the parties in conflict are led to consider some specific form of professional
counseling service.
Strategic information. Information that has no immediate applicability but may be used in some future
investigation or program. Strategic information gathering is a long-range continuous process.
Tactical information. Information that has immediate applicability to the employment of units in
combat.
Total obligational authority (TOA). The total financial requirements of the five-year defense program
or any component thereof required to support the approved program of a given fiscal year.
Unfounded offense. A criminal complaint in which a determination is made that a criminal offense was
not committed or did not occur. The determination is based on police action, not on court-martial or civilian
court verdict.

224 FM 19-10
REFERENCES

Related publications are sources of additional information. They are not required in order to under-
stand this publication.
ARMY REGULATIONS
1-1 Planning, Programming, and Budgeting Within the Department
of the Army
1-4 Employment of Department of the Army Resources in Support of
the United States Secret Service
5-3 Installation Management and Organization
5-9 Intraservice Support Installation Area Coordination
5-20 Commercial Activities Program
10-23 US Army Criminal Investigation Command
25-400-2 The Modern Army Recordkeeping System (MARKS)
27-10 Military Justice
27-40 Litigation
27-50 Status of Forces Policies, Procedures, and Information
37-103 Finance and Accounting for Installations: Disbursing Operations
40-12 Medical and Agricultural Foreign and Domestic Quarantine Regulations for
Vessels, Aircraft, and Other Transports of the Armed Forces
50-5 Nuclear and Chemical Weapons and Materiel—Nuclear Surety
55-71 Transportation of Personal Property and Related Services
55-355 Defense Traffic Management Regulation
75-15 Responsibilities and Procedures for Explosive Ordnance Disposal
190-5 Motor Vehicle Traffic Supervision
190-9 Military Absentee and Deserter Apprehension Program
190-10 Security of Government Officials
190-11 Physical Security of Arms, Ammunition and Explosives
190-12 Military Police Working Dogs
190-13 The Army Physical Security Program
190-14 Carrying of Firearms
190-22 Searches, Seizures and Disposition of Property
190-24 Armed Forces Disciplinary Control Boards and Off-Installation
Military Enforcement
190-27 Army Participation in National Crime Information Center (NCIC)
190-28 Use of Force by Personnel Engaged in Law Enforcement and Security Duties
190-30 Military Police Investigations
190-31 Department of the Army Crime Prevention Program
190-38 Detention Cell Standards
190-40 Serious Incident Report
190-45 Law Enforcement Reporting
190-47 The US Army Correctional System
190-51 Security of Army Property at Unit and Installation Level
190-52 Countering Terrorism and Other Major Disruptions on Military Installations

FM 19-10 225

161-016 O-94-15
190-56 The Army Civilian Police and Security Guard Program
195-2 Criminal Investigation Activities
195-4 Use of Contingency Limitation .0015 Funds for Criminal Investigative
Activities
195-5 Evidence Procedures
195-6 Department of the Army Polygraph Activities
210-10 Administration
215-1 Administration of Army Morale, Welfare, and Recreation Activities
and Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities
215-2 The Management and Operation of Army Morale, Welfare, and Recreation
Activities and Nonappropriated Fund Instrumentalities
310-31 Management System for Tables of Organization and Equipment
(The TOE System)
310-34 The Department of the Army Equipment Authorization and Usage Program
340-17 Release of Information and Records from Army Files
340-21 The Army Privacy Program
360-5 Army Public Affairs, Public Information
360-61 Community Relations
380-5 Department of the Army Information Security Program
380-13 Acquisition and Storage of Information Concerning Nonaffiliated
Persons and Organizations
380-380 Automation Security
420-74 Natural Resources: Land, Forest, and Wildlife Management
500-50 Civil Disturbances
530-2 Communications Security
600-3 The Army Specialty Proponent System
600-8-1 Army Casualty and Memorial Affairs and Line of Duty Investigations
600-9 The Army Weight Control Program
600-40 Apprehension, Restraint, and Release to Civil Authorities
600-290 Passports and Visas
608-1 Army Community Service Program
608-4 Control and Registration of War Trophies and War Trophy Firearms
630-5 Leaves and Passes
630-10 Absence Without Leave and Desertion
640-3 Identification Cards, Tags and Badges
700-84 Issue and Sale of Personal Clothing
710-2 Supply Policy Below the Wholesale Level

COMMON TABLES OF ALLOWANCES
8-100 Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items
50-900 Clothing and Individual Equipment
50-909 Field and Garrison Furnishings and Equipment
50-970 Expendable/Durable Items (Except: Medical, Class V, Repair Parts
and Heraldic Items)

226 FM 19-10
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY FORMS
88 Combat Pistol Qualification Course Scorecard
581 Request for Issue and Turn-In of Ammunition
1594 Daily Staff Journal or Duty Officer’s Log
2028 Recommended Changes to Publications and Blank Forms
2496 Disposition Form
2804 Crime Records Data Reference
2806-1-R Physical Security Inspection Report
2806-R Physical Security Survey Report
2818 Firearms Authorization
2823 Sworn Statement
3626 Vehicle Registration/Driver Record
3837 and Military Police Investigator Credentials
3837-1
3881 Rights Warning Procedure/Waiver Certificate
3945 Military Police Radio Log
3953 Purchase Request and Commitment
3975 Military Police Report
3997 Military Police Desk Blotter
3998 Military Police Desk Reference
4137 Evidence/Property Custody Document
4261 and Physical Security Inspector Identification Card
4261-1
4712-R Volunteer Agreement
4833 Commander’s Report of Disciplinary or Administrative Action
5070-R Justification Statement for .0015 Contingency Funds
DEPARTMENT OF THE ARMY PAMPHLETS
5-3 Management Improvement Techniques for First Line Supervisors
5-9 Planning, Programming, Budgeting, Execution System
190-31 Crime Prevention Handbook
190-52 Personnel Security Precautions Against Acts of Terrorism
350-38 Standards in Weapons Training
420-7 Natural Resources—Land, Forest and Wildlife Management
600-8 Management and Administrative Procedures
608-28 Handbook on Volunteers in Army Community Service
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE FORMS
460 Provisional Pass
497 Confinement Order
553(Test) Deserter/Absentee Wanted by the Armed Forces
629 Receipt of Prisoner or Detained Person
1131 Cash Collection Voucher
1348-1 DOD Single Line Item Release/Receipt Document
1408 Armed Forces Traffic Ticket

FM 19-10 227
1805 United States District Court Violation Notice
1920 Alcoholic Influence Report
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE MANUAL
4160.21-M Defense Utilization and Disposal Manual
DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE REGULATIONS
5030.49-R Customs Inspection
5200.1-R DOD Information Security Program
FIELD MANUALS
19-1 Military Police Support for the AirLand Battle
19-4 Military Police Team, Squad, Platoon Combat Operations
19-15 Civil Disturbances
19-20 Law Enforcement Investigations
19-25 Military Police Traffic Operations
19-30 Physical Security
19-35 Military Police Working Dogs
19-60 Confinement and Correctional Treatment of US Military Prisoners
21-20 Physical Fitness Training
21-75 Combat Skills of the Soldier
23-9 M16A1 Rifle and Rifle Marksmanship
23-35 Pistols and Revolvers
90-14 Rear Battle
100-20 Low Intensity Conflict
NATO STANDARDIZATION AGREEMENTS/QUADRIPARTITE
STANDARDIZATION AGREEMENTS*
1001 Standardized System of Designating Days and Hours in Relation
to an Operation or Exercise
2025/591 Basic Military Road Traffic Regulations
2085 NATO Combined Military Police
2154/539 Regulations for Military Motor Vehicle Movement by Road
2155/561 Road Movement Bid and Credit
2159/540 Identification of Movement Control and Traffic Control
Personnel and Agencies
2253/174 Roads and Road Structures
TRAINING CIRCULARS
19-16 Countering Terrorism on US Army Installations
23-14 Sniper Training and Employment
90-6-1 Military Mountaineering
* NATO STANAGs/QSTAGs are available, upon request, from Naval Publications and Forms Center, 5801
Tabor Avenue, Philadelphia, PA 19210.

228 FM 19-10
TECHNICAL MANUAL

55-1680-348-10 Survival Kit, Cold Climate, Individual
USACIDC (CID) PUBLICATIONS**
Form 36 Field Test Results
Form 97 Criminal Intelligence Report
Pamphlet 195-7 Personal Security Assessment Briefings: Action Officers Guide
Regulation 195-19 Carrying, Using, Safeguarding, and Qualifying with Weapons
MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS
Air Force Regulation 60-14, Preventing and Resisting Aircraft Piracy (Hijacking)
Bombs By Mail, Document Control Division, Room 2810, US Postal Service Headquarters, Washington,
DC 20260-1561
Commerce Business Daily, Superintendent of Documents, US Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC 20402-9373
Correctional Reporting System Users Manual, Commander, US Army Military Police Operations
Agency, ATTN: PEMP-A, 5611 Columbia Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-5014
Design Guide: Military Police Facilities, Office of the Chief of Engineers, Military Programs
Directorate, Engineering Division, Washington, DC 20314
FBI Form 6-136, Bomb Threat Checklist
Guide for Writing and Administering Performance Statements of Work,Associate
Administrator, Major Systems Acquisition and Procurement Strategies, Office of Federal Procurement
Policy, 726 Jackson Place, NW, Washington, DC 20503
Manual for Courts-Martial, United States 1984 (Revised Edition)
Manual on Uniform Traffic Control Devices,Superintendent of Documents, US Government
Printing Office, Washington, DC 20402-9373
Miscellaneous Publication 8-1, Joint Travel Regulations: Volume 1: Members of the Uniformed
Services
Offense Reporting System Functional Users Manual, Commander, US Army Military Police
Operations Agency, ATTN: PEMP-A, 5611 Columbia Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-5014
Uniform Code of Military Justice
United States Code
Vehicle Registration System Functional Users Manual, Commander, US Army Military Police
Operations Agency, ATTN: PEMP-A, 5611 Columbia Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041-5014
Work Schedule Design Handbook: Methods for Assigning Employees’ Work Shifts and Days
Off, US Department of Housing and Urban Development, HUD User, P.O. Box 280, Germantown, MD
20874

** Determine availability of USACIDC publications by contacting Headquarters, US Army Criminal
Investigation Command, ATTN: CIPP-PD, 5611 Columbia Pike, Falls Church, VA 22041.

FM 19-10 229
230 FM 19-10
FM 19-10 231
232 FM 19-10
FM 19-10 233
234 FM 19-10
FM 19-10 235
FM 19-10
30 SEPTEMBER 1987

By Order of the Secretary of the Army:

CARL E. VUONO
General, United States Army
Chief of Staff
Official:

R. L. DILWORTH
Brigadier General, United States Army
The Adjutant General

DISTRIBUTION:
Active Army, USAR, and ARNG: To be distributed in accordance with DA Form 12-11A, Require-
ments for Military Police Operations (qty rqr block no. 1048).
U.S. GOVERNMENT PRINTING OFFICE: 1994 O—161-016
PIN: 007163-000